\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @c %**start of header @setfilename gnuplot.info @settitle Gnuplot: An Interactive Plotting Program @setchapternewpage odd @c %**end of header @c define the command and options indeces @defindex cm @defindex op @defindex tm @dircategory Math @direntry * GNUPLOT: (gnuplot). An Interactive Plotting Program @end direntry @ifnottex @node Top, gnuplot, (dir), (dir) @top Master Menu @end ifnottex @example GNUPLOT An Interactive Plotting Program Thomas Williams & Colin Kelley Version 4.3 organized by: Hans-Bernhard Broeker, Ethan A Merritt, and others Copyright (C) 1986 - 1993, 1998, 2004 Thomas Williams, Colin Kelley Copyright (C) 2004 - 2008 various authors Mailing list for comments: gnuplot-info@@lists.sourceforge.net Mailing list for bug reports: gnuplot-bugs@@lists.sourceforge.net This manual was originally prepared by Dick Crawford Version 4.3 - 21 May 2008 Major contributors (alphabetic order): @end example @c ^

An Interactive Plotting Program

@c ^

Thomas Williams & Colin Kelley

@c ^

Version 4.2 organized by Hans-Bernhard Broeker and others

@c ^

Major contributors (alphabetic order):

@itemize @bullet @item Hans-Bernhard Broeker @item John Campbell @item Robert Cunningham @item David Denholm @item Gershon Elber @item Roger Fearick @item Carsten Grammes @item Lucas Hart @item Lars Hecking @item Thomas Koenig @item David Kotz @item Ed Kubaitis @item Russell Lang @item Alexander Lehmann @item Alexander Mai @item Ethan A Merritt @item Petr Mikulik @item Carsten Steger @item Tom Tkacik @item Jos Van der Woude @item Alex Woo @item James R. Van Zandt @item Johannes Zellner @end itemize @c ^

Copyright (C) 1986 - 1993, 1998 - 2004 Thomas Williams, Colin Kelley

@c ^ Mailing list for comments: gnuplot-info@@lists.sourceforge.net

@c ^ Mailing list for bug reports: gnuplot-bugs@@lists.sourceforge.net

@c ^

@c ^

This manual was prepared by Dick Crawford

@c ^

Last revised: February 2007

@c ^


@menu * gnuplot:: * plotting_styles:: * Commands:: * Terminal_types:: * Graphical_User_Interfaces:: * Bugs:: * Concept_Index:: * Command_Index:: * Options_Index:: * Function_Index:: * Terminal_Index:: @end menu @node gnuplot, plotting_styles, Top, Top @chapter gnuplot @menu * Copyright:: * Introduction:: * Seeking-assistance:: * New_features_introduced_in_version_4.3:: * Backwards_compatibility:: * Batch/Interactive_Operation:: * Command-line-editing:: * Comments:: * Coordinates:: * Datastrings:: * Enhanced_text_mode:: * Environment:: * Expressions:: * Glossary:: * linetype:: * mouse_input:: * Plotting:: * Start-up:: * String_constants_and_string_variables:: * Substitution_and_Command_line_macros:: * Syntax:: * Time/Date_data:: @end menu @node Copyright, Introduction, gnuplot, gnuplot @section Copyright @cindex copyright @cindex license @example Copyright (C) 1986 - 1993, 1998, 2004, 2007 Thomas Williams, Colin Kelley @end example Permission to use, copy, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation. Permission to modify the software is granted, but not the right to distribute the complete modified source code. Modifications are to be distributed as patches to the released version. Permission to distribute binaries produced by compiling modified sources is granted, provided you @example 1. distribute the corresponding source modifications from the released version in the form of a patch file along with the binaries, 2. add special version identification to distinguish your version in addition to the base release version number, 3. provide your name and address as the primary contact for the support of your modified version, and 4. retain our contact information in regard to use of the base software. @end example Permission to distribute the released version of the source code along with corresponding source modifications in the form of a patch file is granted with same provisions 2 through 4 for binary distributions. This software is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty to the extent permitted by applicable law. @example AUTHORS @end example @example Original Software: Thomas Williams, Colin Kelley. @end example @example Gnuplot 2.0 additions: Russell Lang, Dave Kotz, John Campbell. @end example @example Gnuplot 3.0 additions: Gershon Elber and many others. @end example @example Gnuplot 4.0 additions: See list of contributors at head of this document. @end example @node Introduction, Seeking-assistance, Copyright, gnuplot @section Introduction @cindex introduction @c ? `gnuplot` is a command-driven interactive function and data plotting program. syntax: @example gnuplot @{X11OPTIONS@} @{OPTIONS@} file1 file2 ... @end example Generic X11 options, if any, must come first. See your X11 documentation. If you are not using X11, ignore this. Options interpreted by gnuplot may come anywhere on the line. Files are executed in the order specified, as are commands supplied by the -e option. Example: @example gnuplot file1.in -e "reset" file2.in @end example The special filename "-" is used to force reading from stdin. `gnuplot` exits after the last file is processed. If no load files are named, `gnuplot` takes interactive input from stdin. See help `batch/interactive` for more details. The options specific to gnuplot can be listed by typing @example gnuplot --help @end example `gnuplot` is case sensitive (commands and function names written in lowercase are not the same as those written in CAPS). All command names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous. Any number of commands may appear on a line, separated by semicolons (;). Strings may be set off by either single or double quotes, although there are some subtle differences. See `syntax` and `quotes` for more details. Examples: @example load "filename" cd 'dir' @end example Many `gnuplot` commands have multiple options. Version 4 is less sensitive to the order of these options than earlier versions, but some order-dependence remains. If you see error messages about unrecognized options, please try again using the exact order listed in the documentation. Commands may extend over several input lines by ending each line but the last with a backslash (\). The backslash must be the _last_ character on each line. The effect is as if the backslash and newline were not there. That is, no white space is implied, nor is a comment terminated. Therefore, commenting out a continued line comments out the entire command (see `comments`). But note that if an error occurs somewhere on a multi-line command, the parser may not be able to locate precisely where the error is and in that case will not necessarily point to the correct line. In this document, curly braces (@{@}) denote optional arguments and a vertical bar (|) separates mutually exclusive choices. `gnuplot` keywords or @ref{help} topics are indicated by backquotes or `boldface` (where available). Angle brackets (<>) are used to mark replaceable tokens. In many cases, a default value of the token will be taken for optional arguments if the token is omitted, but these cases are not always denoted with braces around the angle brackets. For built-in help on any topic, type @ref{help} followed by the name of the topic or `help ?` to get a menu of available topics. The new `gnuplot` user should begin by reading about `plotting` (if in an interactive session, type `help plotting`). See the simple.dem demo, also available together with other demos on the web page @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/,http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/ } @node Seeking-assistance, New_features_introduced_in_version_4.3, Introduction, gnuplot @section Seeking-assistance @cindex help-desk @cindex seeking-assistance @c ^ There is a mailing list for `gnuplot` users. Note, however, that the newsgroup @example comp.graphics.apps.gnuplot @end example is identical to the mailing list (they both carry the same set of messages). We prefer that you read the messages through the newsgroup rather than subscribing to the mailing list. Instructions for subscribing to gnuplot mailing lists may be found via the gnuplot development website on SourceForge @uref{http://sourceforge.net/projects/gnuplot,http://sourceforge.net/projects/gnuplot } The address for mailing to list members is: @example gnuplot-info@@lists.sourceforge.net @end example Bug reports and code contributions should be uploaded to the trackers at @example http://sourceforge.net/projects/gnuplot @end example The list of those interested in beta-test versions is: @example gnuplot-beta@@lists.sourceforge.net @end example There is also the canonical (if occasionally out-of-date) gnuplot web page at @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info,http://www.gnuplot.info } Before seeking help, please check the @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/faq/,FAQ (Frequently Asked Questions) list. } When posting a question, please include full details of the version of `gnuplot`, the machine, and operating system you are using. A _small_ script demonstrating the problem may be useful. Function plots are preferable to datafile plots. If email-ing to gnuplot-info, please state whether or not you are subscribed to the list, so that users who use news will know to email a reply to you. There is a form for such postings on the WWW site. @node New_features_introduced_in_version_4.3, Backwards_compatibility, Seeking-assistance, gnuplot @section New features introduced in version 4.3 @cindex new-features Gnuplot version 4.3 offers many new features introduced since the preceding official version 4.2. This section lists major additions and gives a partial list of changes and minor new features. For a more exhaustive list, see the NEWS file. @menu * Internationalization:: * Transparency:: * Volatile_Data:: * Canvas_size:: * New_plot_elements:: * New_or_revised_terminal_drivers:: * New_smoothing_algorithms:: @end menu @node Internationalization, Transparency, New_features_introduced_in_version_4.3, New_features_introduced_in_version_4.3 @subsection Internationalization Gnuplot 4.3 contains significantly improved support for locale settings and for UTF-8 character encodings. See @ref{locale}, @ref{encoding}, @ref{decimalsign}. @node Transparency, Volatile_Data, Internationalization, New_features_introduced_in_version_4.3 @subsection Transparency Gnuplot now supports transparent objects in several ways. Any object or plot element that uses a fill style can be assigned a value from fully opaque to fully transparent. Image or matrix data can be plotted with an alpha channel using the new plot style @ref{rgbalpha}. See `fillstyle`, @ref{rgbalpha}. @node Volatile_Data, Canvas_size, Transparency, New_features_introduced_in_version_4.3 @subsection Volatile Data The new command @ref{refresh} is similar to @ref{replot} except that it uses the previously-stored input data values rather than rereading the input data file. Mouse operations (zoom, rotate) will automatically use @ref{refresh} rather than @ref{replot} if the input data stream is marked `volatile`. Piped or in-line data is automatically treated as volatile. See @ref{refresh}, `plot datafile volatile`. @node Canvas_size, New_plot_elements, Volatile_Data, New_features_introduced_in_version_4.3 @subsection Canvas size @c ?canvas size @cindex canvas @c ?set term size In earlier versions of gnuplot, some terminal types used the values from @ref{size} to control also the size of the output canvas; others did not. The use of 'set size' for this purpose was deprecated in version 4.2. In version 4.3 almost all terminals now behave as follows: `set term size , ` controls the size of the output file, or "canvas". Please see individual terminal documentation for allowed values of the size parameters. By default, the plot will fill this canvas. `set size , ` scales the plot itself relative to the size of the canvas. Scale values less than 1 will cause the plot to not fill the entire canvas. Scale values larger than 1 will cause only a portion of the plot to fit on the canvas. Please be aware that setting scale values larger than 1 may cause problems on some terminal types. The major exception to this convention is the PostScript driver, which by default continues to act as it has in earlier versions. Be warned that the next version of gnuplot may change the default behaviour of the PostScript driver as well. Example: @example set size 0.5, 0.5 set term png size 600, 400 set output "figure.png" plot "data" with lines @end example These commands will produce an output file "figure.png" that is 600 pixels wide and 400 pixels tall. The plot will fill the lower left quarter of this canvas. This is consistent with the way multiplot mode has always worked, however it is a change in the way the png driver worked for single plots in version 4.0. @node New_plot_elements, New_or_revised_terminal_drivers, Canvas_size, New_features_introduced_in_version_4.3 @subsection New plot elements @cindex circles @cindex ellipse @cindex polygon The @ref{object} command can now be used to define fixed circles, ellipses, and polygons as well as rectangles. There is a corresponding new plot style @ref{circles}. See `circle` @ref{ellipse} @ref{polygon}. @node New_or_revised_terminal_drivers, New_smoothing_algorithms, New_plot_elements, New_features_introduced_in_version_4.3 @subsection New or revised terminal drivers Two new drivers based on the cairo and pango libraries are included, `pngcairo` and `pdfcairo`. These are alternatives to the older libgd-based png driver and the older PDFLib-based pdf driver. The figures in the pdf version of this manual were prepared using the pdfcairo terminal driver. @node New_smoothing_algorithms, , New_or_revised_terminal_drivers, New_features_introduced_in_version_4.3 @subsection New smoothing algorithms @cindex kdensity @cindex cumulative New smoothing algorithms have been added for both 2- and 3-dimensional plots. `smooth kdensity` and `smooth cumul` can be used with `plot` to draw smooth histograms and cumulative distribution functions, resp. For use with `splot` several new smoothing kernels have been added to @ref{dgrid3d}. See @ref{smooth} @ref{dgrid3d}. @node Backwards_compatibility, Batch/Interactive_Operation, New_features_introduced_in_version_4.3, gnuplot @section Backwards compatibility @c ?backwards compatibility @cindex compatibility Gnuplot version 4.0 deprecated certain syntax used in earlier versions, but continued to recognize it. This is now under the control of a configuration option, and can be disabled as follows: @example ./configure --disable-backwards-compatibility @end example Notice: Deprecated syntax items may be disabled permanently in some future version of gnuplot. One major difference is the introduction of keywords to disambiguate complex commands, particularly commands containing string variables. A notable issue was the use of bare numbers to specify offsets, line and point types. Illustrative examples: Deprecated: @example set title "Old" 0,-1 set data linespoints plot 1 2 4 # horizontal line at y=1 @end example New: @example TITLE = "New" set title TITLE offset char 0, char -1 set style data linespoints plot 1 linetype 2 pointtype 4 @end example @node Batch/Interactive_Operation, Command-line-editing, Backwards_compatibility, gnuplot @section Batch/Interactive Operation @cindex batch/interactive `gnuplot` may be executed in either batch or interactive modes, and the two may even be mixed together on many systems. Any command-line arguments are assumed to be either program options (first character is -) or names of files containing `gnuplot` commands. The option -e "command" may be used to force execution of a gnuplot command. Each file or command string will be executed in the order specified. The special filename "-" is indicates that commands are to be read from stdin. `gnuplot` exits after the last file is processed. If no load files and no command strings are specified, `gnuplot` accepts interactive input from stdin. Both the @ref{exit} and @ref{quit} commands terminate the current command file and `load` the next one, until all have been processed. Examples: To launch an interactive session: @example gnuplot @end example To launch a batch session using two command files "input1" and "input2": @example gnuplot input1 input2 @end example To launch an interactive session after an initialization file "header" and followed by another command file "trailer": @example gnuplot header - trailer @end example To give `gnuplot` commands directly in the command line, using the "-persist" option so that the plot remains on the screen afterwards: @example gnuplot -persist -e "set title 'Sine curve'; plot sin(x)" @end example To set user-defined variables a and s prior to executing commands from a file: @example gnuplot -e "a=2; s='file.png'" input.gpl @end example @node Command-line-editing, Comments, Batch/Interactive_Operation, gnuplot @section Command-line-editing @cindex line-editing @cindex editing @cindex command-line-editing Command-line editing and command history are supported using either the external gnu readline library or a built-in equivalent. This choice is a configuration option at the time gnuplot is built. The editing commands of the built-in version are given below. The gnu readline library has its own documentation. @example `Line-editing`: @end example @example ^B moves back a single character. ^F moves forward a single character. ^A moves to the beginning of the line. ^E moves to the end of the line. ^H and DEL delete the previous character. ^D deletes the current character. ^K deletes from current position to the end of line. ^L,^R redraws line in case it gets trashed. ^U deletes the entire line. ^W deletes from the current word to the end of line. @end example @example `History`: @end example @example ^P moves back through history. ^N moves forward through history. @end example @node Comments, Coordinates, Command-line-editing, gnuplot @section Comments @cindex comments Comments are supported as follows: a `#` may appear in most places in a line and `gnuplot` will ignore the rest of the line. It will not have this effect inside quotes, inside numbers (including complex numbers), inside command substitutions, etc. In short, it works anywhere it makes sense to work. See also `set datafile commentschars` for specifying comment characters in data files. Note that if a comment line ends in '\' then the subsequent line is also treated as a comment. @node Coordinates, Datastrings, Comments, gnuplot @section Coordinates @cindex coordinates @cindex axes The commands @ref{arrow}, `set key`, `set label` and @ref{object} allow you to draw something at an arbitrary position on the graph. This position is specified by the syntax: @example @{@} , @{@} @{,@{@} @} @end example Each can either be `first`, `second`, `graph`, `screen`, or `character`. `first` places the x, y, or z coordinate in the system defined by the left and bottom axes; `second` places it in the system defined by the second axes (top and right); `graph` specifies the area within the axes---0,0 is bottom left and 1,1 is top right (for splot, 0,0,0 is bottom left of plotting area; use negative z to get to the base---see @ref{ticslevel}); `screen` specifies the screen area (the entire area---not just the portion selected by @ref{size}), with 0,0 at bottom left and 1,1 at top right; and `character` gives the position in character widths and heights from the bottom left of the screen area (screen 0,0), `character` coordinates depend on the chosen font size. If the coordinate system for x is not specified, `first` is used. If the system for y is not specified, the one used for x is adopted. In some cases, the given coordinate is not an absolute position but a relative value (e.g., the second position in @ref{arrow} ... `rto`). In most cases, the given value serves as difference to the first position. If the given coordinate resides in a logarithmic axis the value is interpreted as factor. For example, @example set logscale x set arrow 100,5 rto 10,2 @end example plots an arrow from position 100,5 to position 1000,7 since the x axis is logarithmic while the y axis is linear. If one (or more) axis is timeseries, the appropriate coordinate should be given as a quoted time string according to the @ref{timefmt} format string. See @ref{xdata} and @ref{timefmt}. `gnuplot` will also accept an integer expression, which will be interpreted as seconds from 1 January 2000. @node Datastrings, Enhanced_text_mode, Coordinates, gnuplot @section Datastrings @cindex datastrings Data files may contain string data consisting of either an arbitrary string of printable characters containing no whitespace or an arbitrary string of characters, possibly including whitespace, delimited by double quotes. The following sample line from a datafile is interpreted to contain four columns, with a text field in column 3: @example 1.000 2.000 "Third column is all of this text" 4.00 @end example Text fields can be positioned within a 2-D or 3-D plot using the commands: @example plot 'datafile' using 1:2:4 with labels splot 'datafile using 1:2:3:4 with labels @end example A column of text data can also be used to label the ticmarks along one or more of the plot axes. The example below plots a line through a series of points with (X,Y) coordinates taken from columns 3 and 4 of the input datafile. However, rather than generating regularly spaced tics along the x axis labeled numerically, gnuplot will position a tic mark along the x axis at the X coordinate of each point and label the tic mark with text taken from column 1 of the input datafile. @example set xtics plot 'datafile' using 3:4:xticlabels(1) with linespoints @end example There is also an option that will interpret the first entry in a column of input data (i.e. the column heading) as a text field, and use it as the key title for data plotted from that column. The example given below will use the first entry in column 2 to generate a title in the key box, while processing the remainder of columns 2 and 4 to draw the required line: @example plot 'datafile' using 1:(f($2)/$4) title 2 with lines @end example This option must come immediately after the 'using' clause, if any. E.g.: @example plot 'datafile' title 2 linetype 5 # OK plot 'datafile' using 1:2 title 2 linetype 5 # OK plot 'datafile' using 1:2 linetype 5 title "FOO" # OK plot 'datafile' using 1:2 linetype 5 title 2 # fails @end example See @ref{labels}, `using xticlabels`, @ref{title}, @ref{using}. @node Enhanced_text_mode, Environment, Datastrings, gnuplot @section Enhanced text mode @c ?enhanced text @cindex enhanced Many terminal types support an enhanced text mode in which additional formatting information is embedded in the text string. For example, "x^2" will write x-squared as we are used to seeing it, with a superscript 2. This mode is normally selected when you set the terminal, e.g. "set term png enhanced", but may also be toggled afterward using "set termoption enhanced", or by marking individual strings as in "set label 'x_2' noenhanced". @example Control Examples Explanation ^ a^x superscript _ a_x subscript @@ @@x or a@@^b_@{cd@} phantom box (occupies no width) & &@{space@} inserts space of specified length ~ ~a@{.8-@} overprints '-' on 'a', raised by .8 times the current fontsize @end example Braces can be used to place multiple-character text where a single character is expected (e.g., 2^@{10@}). To change the font and/or size, use the full form: @{/[fontname][=fontsize | *fontscale] text@}. Thus @{/Symbol=20 G@} is a 20 pt GAMMA and @{/*0.75 K@} is a K at three-quarters of whatever fontsize is currently in effect. (The '/' character MUST be the first character after the '@{'.) The phantom box is useful for a@@^b_c to align superscripts and subscripts but does not work well for overwriting an accent on a letter. For the latter, it is much better to use an encoding (e.g. iso_8859_1 or utf8) that contains a large variety of letters with accents or other diacritical marks. See @ref{encoding}. Since the box is non-spacing, it is sensible to put the shorter of the subscript or superscript in the box (that is, after the @@). Space equal in length to a string can be inserted using the '&' character. Thus @example 'abc&@{def@}ghi' @end example would produce @example 'abc ghi'. @end example The '~' character causes the next character or bracketed text to be overprinted by the following character or bracketed text. The second text will be horizontally centered on the first. Thus '~a/' will result in an 'a' with a slash through it. You can also shift the second text vertically by preceding the second text with a number, which will define the fraction of the current fontsize by which the text will be raised or lowered. In this case the number and text must be enclosed in brackets because more than one character is necessary. If the overprinted text begins with a number, put a space between the vertical offset and the text ('~@{abc@}@{.5 000@}'); otherwise no space is needed ('~@{abc@}@{.5---@}'). You can change the font for one or both strings ('~a@{.5 /*.2 o@}'---an 'a' with a one-fifth-size 'o' on top---and the space between the number and the slash is necessary), but you can't change it after the beginning of the string. Neither can you use any other special syntax within either string. You can, of course, use control characters by escaping them (see below), such as '~a@{\^@}' You can access special symbols numerically by specifying \character-code (in octal), e.g., @{/Symbol \245@} is the symbol for infinity. This does not work for multibyte encodings like UTF-8, however. In a UTF-8 environment, you should be able to enter multibyte sequences implicitly by typing or otherwise selecting the character you want. You can escape control characters using \, e.g., \\, \@{, and so on. But be aware that strings in double-quotes are parsed differently than those enclosed in single-quotes. The major difference is that backslashes may need to be doubled when in double-quoted strings. Examples (these are hard to describe in words---try them!): @example set xlabel 'Time (10^6 @{/Symbol m@}s)' set title '@{/Symbol=18 \\362@@_@{/=9.6 0@}^@{/=12 x@}@} \\ @{/Helvetica e^@{-@{/Symbol m@}^2/2@} d@}@{/Symbol m@}' @end example The file "ps_guide.ps" in the /docs/psdoc subdirectory of the gnuplot source distribution contains more examples of the enhanced syntax. @node Environment, Expressions, Enhanced_text_mode, gnuplot @section Environment @cindex environment A number of shell environment variables are understood by `gnuplot`. None of these are required, but may be useful. If GNUTERM is defined, it is used as the name of the terminal type to be used. This overrides any terminal type sensed by `gnuplot` on start-up, but is itself overridden by the .gnuplot (or equivalent) start-up file (see `start-up`) and, of course, by later explicit changes. GNUHELP may be defined to be the pathname of the HELP file (gnuplot.gih). On VMS, the logical name GNUPLOT$HELP should be defined as the name of the help library for `gnuplot`. The `gnuplot` help can be put inside any system help library, allowing access to help from both within and outside `gnuplot` if desired. On Unix, HOME is used as the name of a directory to search for a .gnuplot file if none is found in the current directory. On AmigaOS, MS-DOS, Windows and OS/2, GNUPLOT is used. On Windows, the NT-specific variable USERPROFILE is tried, too. VMS, SYS$LOGIN: is used. Type `help start-up`. On Unix, PAGER is used as an output filter for help messages. On Unix and AmigaOS, SHELL is used for the @ref{shell} command. On MS-DOS and OS/2, COMSPEC is used for the @ref{shell} command. FIT_SCRIPT may be used to specify a `gnuplot` command to be executed when a fit is interrupted---see @ref{fit}. FIT_LOG specifies the default filename of the logfile maintained by fit. GNUPLOT_LIB may be used to define additional search directories for data and command files. The variable may contain a single directory name, or a list of directories separated by a platform-specific path separator, eg. ':' on Unix, or ';' on DOS/Windows/OS/2/Amiga platforms. The contents of GNUPLOT_LIB are appended to the @ref{loadpath} variable, but not saved with the @ref{save} and `save set` commands. Several gnuplot terminal drivers access TrueType fonts via the gd library. For these drivers the font search path is controlled by the environmental variable GDFONTPATH. Furthermore, a default font for these drivers may be set via the environmental variable GNUPLOT_DEFAULT_GDFONT. The postscript terminal uses its own font search path. It is controlled by the environmental variable GNUPLOT_FONTPATH. The format is the same as for GNUPLOT_LIB. The contents of GNUPLOT_FONTPATH are appended to the @ref{fontpath} variable, but not saved with the @ref{save} and `save set` commands. GNUPLOT_PS_DIR is used by the postscript driver to use external prologue files. Depending on the build process, gnuplot contains either a builtin copy of those files or simply a default hardcoded path. Use this variable to test the postscript terminal with custom prologue files. See `postscript prologue`. @node Expressions, Glossary, Environment, gnuplot @section Expressions @cindex expressions In general, any mathematical expression accepted by C, FORTRAN, Pascal, or BASIC is valid. The precedence of these operators is determined by the specifications of the C programming language. White space (spaces and tabs) is ignored inside expressions. Complex constants are expressed as @{,@}, where and must be numerical constants. For example, @{3,2@} represents 3 + 2i; @{0,1@} represents 'i' itself. The curly braces are explicitly required here. @cindex division Note that gnuplot uses both "real" and "integer" arithmetic, like FORTRAN and C. Integers are entered as "1", "-10", etc; reals as "1.0", "-10.0", "1e1", 3.5e-1, etc. The most important difference between the two forms is in division: division of integers truncates: 5/2 = 2; division of reals does not: 5.0/2.0 = 2.5. In mixed expressions, integers are "promoted" to reals before evaluation: 5/2e0 = 2.5. The result of division of a negative integer by a positive one may vary among compilers. Try a test like "print -5/2" to determine if your system chooses -2 or -3 as the answer. The integer expression "1/0" may be used to generate an "undefined" flag, which causes a point to ignored; the `ternary` operator gives an example. Or you can use the pre-defined variable NaN to achieve the same result. @cindex NaN The real and imaginary parts of complex expressions are always real, whatever the form in which they are entered: in @{3,2@} the "3" and "2" are reals, not integers. Gnuplot can also perform simple operations on strings and string variables. For example, the expression ("A" . "B" eq "AB") evaluates as true, illustrating the string concatenation operator and the string equality operator. A string which contains a numerical value is promoted to the corresponding integer or real value if used in a numerical expression. Thus ("3" + "4" == 7) and (6.78 == "6.78") both evaluate to true. An integer, but not a real or complex value, is promoted to a string if used in string concatenation. A typical case is the use of integers to construct file names or other strings; e.g. ("file" . 4 eq "file4") is true. Substrings can be specified using a postfixed range descriptor [beg:end]. For example, "ABCDEF"[3:4] == "CD" and "ABCDEF"[4:*] == "DEF" The syntax "string"[beg:end] is exactly equivalent to calling the built-in string-valued function substr("string",beg,end), except that you cannot omit either beg or end from the function call. @menu * Functions:: * Operators:: * Gnuplot-defined_variables:: * User-defined_variables_and_functions:: @end menu @node Functions, Operators, Expressions, Expressions @subsection Functions @c ?expressions functions @cindex functions @opindex functions The functions in `gnuplot` are the same as the corresponding functions in the Unix math library, except that all functions accept integer, real, and complex arguments, unless otherwise noted. For those functions that accept or return angles that may be given in either degrees or radians (sin(x), cos(x), tan(x), asin(x), acos(x), atan(x), atan2(x) and arg(z)), the unit may be selected by @ref{angles}, which defaults to radians. @menu * abs:: * acos:: * acosh:: * arg:: * asin:: * asinh:: * atan:: * atan2:: * atanh:: * EllipticK:: * EllipticE:: * EllipticPi:: * besj0:: * besj1:: * besy0:: * besy1:: * ceil:: * cos:: * cosh:: * erf:: * erfc:: * exp:: * floor:: * gamma:: * ibeta:: * inverf:: * igamma:: * imag:: * invnorm:: * int:: * lambertw:: * lgamma:: * log:: * log10:: * norm:: * rand:: * real:: * sgn:: * sin:: * sinh:: * sqrt:: * tan:: * tanh:: * gprintf:: * sprintf:: * strlen:: * strstrt:: * substr:: * strftime:: * strptime:: * system:: * word:: * words:: * column:: * defined:: * exists:: * stringcolumn:: * timecolumn:: * tm_hour:: * tm_mday:: * tm_min:: * tm_mon:: * tm_sec:: * tm_wday:: * tm_yday:: * tm_year:: * valid:: * elliptic_integrals:: * Random_number_generator:: @end menu @node abs, acos, Functions, Functions @subsubsection abs @c ?expressions functions abs @c ?functions abs @cindex abs @findex abs The `abs(x)` function returns the absolute value of its argument. The returned value is of the same type as the argument. For complex arguments, abs(x) is defined as the length of x in the complex plane [i.e., sqrt(real(x)**2 + imag(x)**2) ]. @node acos, acosh, abs, Functions @subsubsection acos @c ?expressions functions acos @c ?functions acos @cindex acos @findex acos The `acos(x)` function returns the arc cosine (inverse cosine) of its argument. `acos` returns its argument in radians or degrees, as selected by @ref{angles}. @node acosh, arg, acos, Functions @subsubsection acosh @c ?expressions functions acosh @c ?functions acosh @cindex acosh @findex acosh The `acosh(x)` function returns the inverse hyperbolic cosine of its argument in radians. @node arg, asin, acosh, Functions @subsubsection arg @c ?expressions functions arg @c ?functions arg @cindex arg @findex arg The `arg(x)` function returns the phase of a complex number in radians or degrees, as selected by @ref{angles}. @node asin, asinh, arg, Functions @subsubsection asin @c ?expressions functions asin @c ?functions asin @cindex asin @findex asin The `asin(x)` function returns the arc sin (inverse sin) of its argument. `asin` returns its argument in radians or degrees, as selected by @ref{angles}. @node asinh, atan, asin, Functions @subsubsection asinh @c ?expressions functions asinh @c ?functions asinh @cindex asinh @findex asinh The `asinh(x)` function returns the inverse hyperbolic sin of its argument in radians. @node atan, atan2, asinh, Functions @subsubsection atan @c ?expressions functions atan @c ?functions atan @cindex atan @findex atan The `atan(x)` function returns the arc tangent (inverse tangent) of its argument. `atan` returns its argument in radians or degrees, as selected by @ref{angles}. @node atan2, atanh, atan, Functions @subsubsection atan2 @c ?expressions functions atan2 @c ?functions atan2 @cindex atan2 @findex atan2 The `atan2(y,x)` function returns the arc tangent (inverse tangent) of the ratio of the real parts of its arguments. @ref{atan2} returns its argument in radians or degrees, as selected by @ref{angles}, in the correct quadrant. @node atanh, EllipticK, atan2, Functions @subsubsection atanh @c ?expressions functions atanh @c ?functions atanh @cindex atanh @findex atanh The `atanh(x)` function returns the inverse hyperbolic tangent of its argument in radians. @node EllipticK, EllipticE, atanh, Functions @subsubsection EllipticK See `elliptic integrals`. @node EllipticE, EllipticPi, EllipticK, Functions @subsubsection EllipticE See `elliptic integrals`. @node EllipticPi, besj0, EllipticE, Functions @subsubsection EllipticPi See `elliptic integrals`. @node besj0, besj1, EllipticPi, Functions @subsubsection besj0 @c ?expressions functions besj0 @c ?functions besj0 @cindex besj0 @findex besj0 The `besj0(x)` function returns the j0th Bessel function of its argument. @ref{besj0} expects its argument to be in radians. @node besj1, besy0, besj0, Functions @subsubsection besj1 @c ?expressions functions besj1 @c ?functions besj1 @cindex besj1 @findex besj1 The `besj1(x)` function returns the j1st Bessel function of its argument. @ref{besj1} expects its argument to be in radians. @node besy0, besy1, besj1, Functions @subsubsection besy0 @c ?expressions functions besy0 @c ?functions besy0 @cindex besy0 @findex besy0 The `besy0(x)` function returns the y0th Bessel function of its argument. @ref{besy0} expects its argument to be in radians. @node besy1, ceil, besy0, Functions @subsubsection besy1 @c ?expressions functions besy1 @c ?functions besy1 @cindex besy1 @findex besy1 The `besy1(x)` function returns the y1st Bessel function of its argument. @ref{besy1} expects its argument to be in radians. @node ceil, cos, besy1, Functions @subsubsection ceil @c ?expressions functions ceil @c ?functions ceil @cindex ceil @findex ceil The `ceil(x)` function returns the smallest integer that is not less than its argument. For complex numbers, @ref{ceil} returns the smallest integer not less than the real part of its argument. @node cos, cosh, ceil, Functions @subsubsection cos @c ?expressions functions cos @c ?functions cos @cindex cos @findex cos The `cos(x)` function returns the cosine of its argument. `cos` accepts its argument in radians or degrees, as selected by @ref{angles}. @node cosh, erf, cos, Functions @subsubsection cosh @c ?expressions functions cosh @c ?functions cosh @cindex cosh @findex cosh The `cosh(x)` function returns the hyperbolic cosine of its argument. @ref{cosh} expects its argument to be in radians. @node erf, erfc, cosh, Functions @subsubsection erf @c ?expressions functions erf @c ?functions erf @cindex erf @findex erf The `erf(x)` function returns the error function of the real part of its argument. If the argument is a complex value, the imaginary component is ignored. See @ref{erfc}, @ref{inverf}, and @ref{norm}. @node erfc, exp, erf, Functions @subsubsection erfc @c ?expressions functions erfc @c ?functions erfc @cindex erfc @findex erfc The `erfc(x)` function returns 1.0 - the error function of the real part of its argument. If the argument is a complex value, the imaginary component is ignored. See `erf`, @ref{inverf}, and @ref{norm}. @node exp, floor, erfc, Functions @subsubsection exp @c ?expressions functions exp @c ?functions exp @cindex exp @findex exp The `exp(x)` function returns the exponential function of its argument (`e` raised to the power of its argument). On some implementations (notably suns), exp(-x) returns undefined for very large x. A user-defined function like safe(x) = x<-100 ? 0 : exp(x) might prove useful in these cases. @node floor, gamma, exp, Functions @subsubsection floor @c ?expressions functions floor @c ?functions floor @cindex floor @findex floor The `floor(x)` function returns the largest integer not greater than its argument. For complex numbers, @ref{floor} returns the largest integer not greater than the real part of its argument. @node gamma, ibeta, floor, Functions @subsubsection gamma @c ?expressions functions gamma @c ?functions gamma @cindex gamma @findex gamma The `gamma(x)` function returns the gamma function of the real part of its argument. For integer n, gamma(n+1) = n!. If the argument is a complex value, the imaginary component is ignored. @node ibeta, inverf, gamma, Functions @subsubsection ibeta @c ?expressions functions ibeta @c ?functions ibeta @cindex ibeta @findex ibeta The `ibeta(p,q,x)` function returns the incomplete beta function of the real parts of its arguments. p, q > 0 and x in [0:1]. If the arguments are complex, the imaginary components are ignored. @node inverf, igamma, ibeta, Functions @subsubsection inverf @c ?expressions functions inverf @c ?functions inverf @cindex inverf @findex inverf The `inverf(x)` function returns the inverse error function of the real part of its argument. See `erf` and @ref{invnorm}. @node igamma, imag, inverf, Functions @subsubsection igamma @c ?expressions functions igamma @c ?functions igamma @cindex igamma @findex igamma The `igamma(a,x)` function returns the normalized incomplete gamma function of the real parts of its arguments, where a > 0 and x >= 0. The standard notation is P(a,x), e.g. Abramowitz and Stegun (6.5.1), with limiting value of 1 as x approaches infinity. If the arguments are complex, the imaginary components are ignored. @node imag, invnorm, igamma, Functions @subsubsection imag @c ?expressions functions imag @c ?functions imag @cindex imag @findex imag The `imag(x)` function returns the imaginary part of its argument as a real number. @node invnorm, int, imag, Functions @subsubsection invnorm @c ?expressions functions invnorm @c ?functions invnorm @cindex invnorm @findex invnorm The `invnorm(x)` function returns the inverse cumulative normal (Gaussian) distribution function of the real part of its argument. See @ref{norm}. @node int, lambertw, invnorm, Functions @subsubsection int @c ?expressions functions int @c ?functions int @cindex int @findex int The `int(x)` function returns the integer part of its argument, truncated toward zero. @node lambertw, lgamma, int, Functions @subsubsection lambertw @c ?expressions functions lambertw @c ?functions lambertw @cindex lambertw @findex lambertw The lambertw function returns the value of the principal branch of Lambert's W function, which is defined by the equation (W(z)*exp(W(z))=z. z must be a real number with z >= -exp(-1). @node lgamma, log, lambertw, Functions @subsubsection lgamma @c ?expressions functions lgamma @c ?functions lgamma @cindex lgamma @findex lgamma The `lgamma(x)` function returns the natural logarithm of the gamma function of the real part of its argument. If the argument is a complex value, the imaginary component is ignored. @node log, log10, lgamma, Functions @subsubsection log @c ?expressions functions log @c ?functions log @cindex log @findex log The `log(x)` function returns the natural logarithm (base `e`) of its argument. See @ref{log10}. @node log10, norm, log, Functions @subsubsection log10 @c ?expressions functions log10 @c ?functions log10 @cindex log10 @findex log10 The `log10(x)` function returns the logarithm (base 10) of its argument. @node norm, rand, log10, Functions @subsubsection norm @c ?expressions functions norm @c ?functions norm @cindex norm @findex norm The `norm(x)` function returns the cumulative normal (Gaussian) distribution function of the real part of its argument. See @ref{invnorm}, `erf` and @ref{erfc}. @node rand, real, norm, Functions @subsubsection rand @c ?expressions functions rand @c ?functions rand @cindex rand @findex rand `rand(0)` returns a pseudo random number in the interval [0:1] generated @example from the current value of two internal 32-bit seeds. @end example `rand(-1)` resets both seeds to a standard value. `rand(x)` for x>0 sets both seeds to a value based on the value of x. `rand(@{x,y@})` for x>0 sets seed1 to x and seed2 to y. @node real, sgn, rand, Functions @subsubsection real @c ?expressions functions real @c ?functions real @cindex real @findex real The `real(x)` function returns the real part of its argument. @node sgn, sin, real, Functions @subsubsection sgn @c ?expressions functions sgn @c ?functions sgn @cindex sgn @findex sgn The `sgn(x)` function returns 1 if its argument is positive, -1 if its argument is negative, and 0 if its argument is 0. If the argument is a complex value, the imaginary component is ignored. @node sin, sinh, sgn, Functions @subsubsection sin @c ?expressions functions sin @c ?functions sin @cindex sin @findex sin The `sin(x)` function returns the sine of its argument. `sin` expects its argument to be in radians or degrees, as selected by @ref{angles}. @node sinh, sqrt, sin, Functions @subsubsection sinh @c ?expressions functions sinh @c ?functions sinh @cindex sinh @findex sinh The `sinh(x)` function returns the hyperbolic sine of its argument. @ref{sinh} expects its argument to be in radians. @node sqrt, tan, sinh, Functions @subsubsection sqrt @c ?expressions functions sqrt @c ?functions sqrt @cindex sqrt @findex sqrt The `sqrt(x)` function returns the square root of its argument. @node tan, tanh, sqrt, Functions @subsubsection tan @c ?expressions functions tan @c ?functions tan @cindex tan @findex tan The `tan(x)` function returns the tangent of its argument. `tan` expects its argument to be in radians or degrees, as selected by @ref{angles}. @node tanh, gprintf, tan, Functions @subsubsection tanh @c ?expressions functions tanh @c ?functions tanh @cindex tanh @findex tanh The `tanh(x)` function returns the hyperbolic tangent of its argument. @ref{tanh} expects its argument to be in radians. @node gprintf, sprintf, tanh, Functions @subsubsection gprintf @c ?expressions functions gprintf @c ?functions gprintf `gprintf("format",x)` applies gnuplot's own format specifiers to the single variable x and returns the resulting string. If you want standard C-language format specifiers, you must instead use `sprintf("format",x)`. See `format specifiers`. @node sprintf, strlen, gprintf, Functions @subsubsection sprintf @c ?expressions functions sprintf @c ?functions sprintf @cindex sprintf @findex sprintf `sprintf("format",var1,var2,...)` applies standard C-language format specifiers to multiple arguments and returns the resulting string. If you want to use gnuplot's own format specifiers, you must instead call `gprintf()`. For information on sprintf format specifiers, please see standard C-language documentation or the unix sprintf man page. @node strlen, strstrt, sprintf, Functions @subsubsection strlen @c ?expressions functions strlen @c ?functions strlen @cindex strlen @findex strlen `strlen("string")` returns the number of characters in the string. @node strstrt, substr, strlen, Functions @subsubsection strstrt @c ?expressions functions strstrt @c ?functions strstrt @cindex strstrt @findex strstrt `strstrt("string","key")` searches for the character string "key" in "string" and returns the index to the first character of "key". If "key" is not found, returns 0. Similar to C library function strstr except that it returns an index rather than a string pointer. strstrt("hayneedlestack","needle") = 4. @node substr, strftime, strstrt, Functions @subsubsection substr @c ?expressions functions substr @c ?functions substr @cindex substr @findex substr @cindex substring `substr("string",beg,end)` returns the substring consisting of characters beg through end of the original string. This is exactly equivalent to the expression "string"[beg:end] except that you do not have the option of omitting beg or end. @node strftime, strptime, substr, Functions @subsubsection strftime @c ?expressions functions strftime @c ?functions strftime @cindex strftime @findex strftime `strftime("timeformat",t)` applies the timeformat specifiers to the time t given in seconds since the year 2000. See `time_specifiers` and @ref{strptime}. @node strptime, system, strftime, Functions @subsubsection strptime @c ?expressions functions strptime @c ?functions strptime @cindex strptime @findex strptime `strptime("timeformat",s)` reads the time from the string s using the timeformat specifiers and converts it into seconds since the year 2000. See `time_specifiers` and @ref{strftime}. @node system, word, strptime, Functions @subsubsection system @c ?expressions functions system @c ?functions system @cindex system @cmindex system `system("command")` executes "command" using the standard shell and returns the resulting character stream from stdout as string variable. One optional trailing newline is ignored. This can be used to import external functions into gnuplot scripts using 'f(x) = real(system(sprintf("somecommand %f", x)))'. @node word, words, system, Functions @subsubsection word @c ?expressions functions word @c ?functions word @cindex word @findex word @cindex word @findex word `word("string",n)` returns the nth word in string. For example, `word("one two three",2)` returns the string "two". @node words, column, word, Functions @subsubsection words @c ?expressions functions words @c ?functions words @cindex words @findex words @cindex words @findex words `words("string")` returns the number of words in string. For example, `words(" a b c d")` returns the 4. @node column, defined, words, Functions @subsubsection column @c ?expressions functions column @c ?functions column @cindex column @findex column `column(x)` may be used only in expressions as part of @ref{using} manipulations to fits or datafile plots. It evaluates to the numerical value of the contents of column x. See @ref{using}. @node defined, exists, column, Functions @subsubsection defined @c ?expressions functions defined @c ?functions defined @cindex defined @findex defined `defined(X)` [DEPRECATED] returns 1 if a variable named X has been defined, otherwise it returns 0. @node exists, stringcolumn, defined, Functions @subsubsection exists @c ?expressions functions exists @c ?functions exists @cindex exists @findex exists The argument to exists() is a string constant or a string variable; if the string contains the name of a defined variable, the function returns 1. Otherwise the function returns 0. @node stringcolumn, timecolumn, exists, Functions @subsubsection stringcolumn @c ?expressions functions stringcolumn @c ?functions stringcolumn @cindex stringcolumn @findex stringcolumn @c ?expressions functions strcol @c ?functions strcol @cindex strcol `stringcolumn(x)` may be used only in expressions as part of @ref{using} manipulations to fits or datafile plots. It returns the content of column x as a string variable. See @ref{using}. @node timecolumn, tm_hour, stringcolumn, Functions @subsubsection timecolumn @c ?expressions functions timecolumn @c ?functions timecolumn @cindex timecolumn @findex timecolumn `timecolumn(x)` may be used only in expressions as part of @ref{using} manipulations to fits or datafile plots. See @ref{using}. It reads the data starting at that column as a time/date value and returns its value in gnuplot's internal time representation of "seconds since the millennium". To find the right @ref{timefmt} string to use, @ref{timecolumn} searches for a @ref{using} specification with the same column number as its argument. If one is found, @ref{timefmt} pattern of the target axis for this specifier is used. Otherwise, @ref{timecolumn} chooses the x axis @ref{timefmt} per default. @node tm_hour, tm_mday, timecolumn, Functions @subsubsection tm_hour @c ?expressions tm_hour @findex tm_hour @c ?functions tm_hour @cindex tm_hour @findex tm_hour The @ref{tm_hour} function interprets its argument as a time, in seconds from 1 Jan 2000. It returns the hour (an integer in the range 0--23) as a real. @node tm_mday, tm_min, tm_hour, Functions @subsubsection tm_mday @c ?expressions tm_mday @findex tm_mday @c ?functions tm_mday @cindex tm_mday @findex tm_mday The @ref{tm_mday} function interprets its argument as a time, in seconds from 1 Jan 2000. It returns the day of the month (an integer in the range 1--31) as a real. @node tm_min, tm_mon, tm_mday, Functions @subsubsection tm_min @c ?expressions tm_min @findex tm_min @c ?functions tm_min @cindex tm_min @findex tm_min The @ref{tm_min} function interprets its argument as a time, in seconds from 1 Jan 2000. It returns the minute (an integer in the range 0--59) as a real. @node tm_mon, tm_sec, tm_min, Functions @subsubsection tm_mon @c ?expressions tm_mon @findex tm_mon @c ?functions tm_mon @cindex tm_mon @findex tm_mon The @ref{tm_mon} function interprets its argument as a time, in seconds from 1 Jan 2000. It returns the month (an integer in the range 0--11) as a real. @node tm_sec, tm_wday, tm_mon, Functions @subsubsection tm_sec @c ?expressions tm_sec @findex tm_sec @c ?functions tm_sec @cindex tm_sec @findex tm_sec The @ref{tm_sec} function interprets its argument as a time, in seconds from 1 Jan 2000. It returns the second (an integer in the range 0--59) as a real. @node tm_wday, tm_yday, tm_sec, Functions @subsubsection tm_wday @c ?expressions tm_wday @findex tm_wday @c ?functions tm_wday @cindex tm_wday @findex tm_wday The @ref{tm_wday} function interprets its argument as a time, in seconds from 1 Jan 2000. It returns the day of the week (an integer in the range 0--6) as a real. @node tm_yday, tm_year, tm_wday, Functions @subsubsection tm_yday @c ?expressions tm_yday @findex tm_yday @c ?functions tm_yday @cindex tm_yday @findex tm_yday The @ref{tm_yday} function interprets its argument as a time, in seconds from 1 Jan 2000. It returns the day of the year (an integer in the range 1--366) as a real. @node tm_year, valid, tm_yday, Functions @subsubsection tm_year @c ?expressions tm_year @findex tm_year @c ?functions tm_year @cindex tm_year @findex tm_year The @ref{tm_year} function interprets its argument as a time, in seconds from 1 Jan 2000. It returns the year (an integer) as a real. @node valid, elliptic_integrals, tm_year, Functions @subsubsection valid @c ?expressions functions valid @c ?functions valid @cindex valid @findex valid `valid(x)` may be used only in expressions as part of @ref{using} manipulations to fits or datafile plots. See @ref{using}. @node elliptic_integrals, Random_number_generator, valid, Functions @subsubsection elliptic integrals @c ?expressions functions elliptic integrals @c ?functions elliptic integrals @c ?elliptic integrals @cindex elliptic integrals @findex elliptic integrals The `EllipticK(k)` function returns the complete elliptic integral of the first kind, i.e. the definite integral between 0 and pi/2 of the function `(1-(k*sin(p))**2)**(-0.5)`. The domain of `k` is -1 to 1 (exclusive). The `EllipticE(k)` function returns the complete elliptic integral of the second kind, i.e. the definite integral between 0 and pi/2 of the function `(1-(k*sin(p))**2)**0.5`. The domain of `k` is -1 to 1 (inclusive). The `EllipticPi(n,k)` function returns the complete elliptic integral of the third kind, i.e. the definite integral between 0 and pi/2 of the function `(1-(k*sin(p))**2)**(-0.5)/(1-n*sin(p)**2)`. The parameter `n` must be less than 1, while `k` must lie between -1 and 1 (exclusive). Note that by definition EllipticPi(0,k) == EllipticK(k) for all possible values of `k`. @node Random_number_generator, , elliptic_integrals, Functions @subsubsection Random number generator @c ?expressions random @c ?functions random @cindex random Some older versions of gnuplot used rand(x>0) to produce sequential pseudo-random numbers. The current behavior is as follows: @example `rand(0)` returns a pseudo random number in the interval [0:1] generated from the current value of two internal 32-bit seeds. `rand(-1)` resets both seeds to a standard value. `rand(x)` for x>0 sets both seeds to a value based on the value of x. `rand(@{x,y@})` for x>0 sets seed1 to x and seed2 to y. @end example @node Operators, Gnuplot-defined_variables, Functions, Expressions @subsection Operators @c ?expressions operators @cindex operators The operators in `gnuplot` are the same as the corresponding operators in the C programming language, except that all operators accept integer, real, and complex arguments, unless otherwise noted. The ** operator (exponentiation) is supported, as in FORTRAN. Parentheses may be used to change order of evaluation. @menu * Unary:: * Binary:: * Ternary:: @end menu @node Unary, Binary, Operators, Operators @subsubsection Unary @c ?expressions operators unary @c ?operators unary @cindex unary The following is a list of all the unary operators and their usages: @example Symbol Example Explanation - -a unary minus + +a unary plus (no-operation) ~ ~a * one's complement ! !a * logical negation ! a! * factorial $ $3 * call arg/column during @ref{using} manipulation @end example @cindex factorial @cindex negation @cindex one's complement @cindex operator precedence (*) Starred explanations indicate that the operator requires an integer argument. Operator precedence is the same as in Fortran and C. As in those languages, parentheses may be used to change the order of operation. Thus -2**2 = -4, but (-2)**2 = 4. The factorial operator returns a real number to allow a greater range. @node Binary, Ternary, Unary, Operators @subsubsection Binary @c ?expressions operators binary @c ?operators binary The following is a list of all the binary operators and their usages: @example Symbol Example Explanation ** a**b exponentiation * a*b multiplication / a/b division % a%b * modulo + a+b addition - a-b subtraction == a==b equality != a!=b inequality < a a>b greater than >= a>=b greater than or equal to & a&b * bitwise AND ^ a^b * bitwise exclusive OR | a|b * bitwise inclusive OR && a&&b * logical AND || a||b * logical OR = a = b assignment , (a,b) serial evaluation . A.B string concatenation eq A eq B string equality ne A ne B string inequality @end example @cindex bitwise operators @cindex string operators @cindex modulo @cindex exponentiation (*) Starred explanations indicate that the operator requires integer arguments. Capital letters A and B indicate that the operator requires string arguments. Logical AND (&&) and OR (||) short-circuit the way they do in C. That is, the second `&&` operand is not evaluated if the first is false; the second `||` operand is not evaluated if the first is true. Serial evaluation occurs only in parentheses and is guaranteed to proceed in left to right order. The value of the rightmost subexpression is returned. @node Ternary, , Binary, Operators @subsubsection Ternary @c ?expressions operators ternary @c ?operators ternary @cindex ternary There is a single ternary operator: @example Symbol Example Explanation ?: a?b:c ternary operation @end example The ternary operator behaves as it does in C. The first argument (a), which must be an integer, is evaluated. If it is true (non-zero), the second argument (b) is evaluated and returned; otherwise the third argument (c) is evaluated and returned. The ternary operator is very useful both in constructing piecewise functions and in plotting points only when certain conditions are met. Examples: Plot a function that is to equal sin(x) for 0 <= x < 1, 1/x for 1 <= x < 2, and undefined elsewhere: @example f(x) = 0<=x && x<1 ? sin(x) : 1<=x && x<2 ? 1/x : 1/0 plot f(x) @end example @c ^ [ternary.gif] Note that `gnuplot` quietly ignores undefined values, so the final branch of the function (1/0) will produce no plottable points. Note also that f(x) will be plotted as a continuous function across the discontinuity if a line style is used. To plot it discontinuously, create separate functions for the two pieces. (Parametric functions are also useful for this purpose.) For data in a file, plot the average of the data in columns 2 and 3 against the datum in column 1, but only if the datum in column 4 is non-negative: @example plot 'file' using 1:( $4<0 ? 1/0 : ($2+$3)/2 ) @end example For an explanation of the @ref{using} syntax, please see @ref{using}. @node Gnuplot-defined_variables, User-defined_variables_and_functions, Operators, Expressions @subsection Gnuplot-defined variables @c ?gnuplot-defined variables Gnuplot maintains a number of read-only variables that reflect the current internal state of the program and the most recent plot. These variables begin with the prefix "GPVAL_". Examples include GPVAL_TERM, GPVAL_X_MIN, GPVAL_X_MAX, GPVAL_Y_MIN. Type `show variables all` to display the complete list and current values. Values related to axes parameters (ranges, log base) are values used during the last plot, not those currently `set`. @cindex errors @cindex error state The read-only variable GPVAL_ERRNO is set to a non-zero value if any gnuplot command terminates early due to an error. The most recent error message is stored in the string variable GPVAL_ERRMSG. Both GPVAL_ERRNO and GPVAL_ERRMSG can be cleared using the command `reset errors`. Interactive terminals with `mouse` functionality maintain read-only variables with the prefix "MOUSE_". See @ref{variables} for details. The @ref{fit} mechanism uses several variables with names that begin "FIT_". It is safest to avoid using such names. "FIT_LIMIT", however, is one that you may wish to redefine. Under `set fit errorvariables`, the error for each fitted parameter will be stored in a variable named like the parameter, but with "_err" appended. See the documentation on @ref{fit} for details. See @ref{variables}, `reset errors`, @ref{variables}, and @ref{fit}. @node User-defined_variables_and_functions, , Gnuplot-defined_variables, Expressions @subsection User-defined variables and functions @c ?expressions user-defined @c ?user-defined variables @cindex user-defined @cindex variables @opindex variables New user-defined variables and functions of one through five variables may be declared and used anywhere, including on the `plot` command itself. User-defined function syntax: @example ( @{,@} ... @{,@} ) = @end example where is defined in terms of through . User-defined variable syntax: @example = @end example Examples: @example w = 2 q = floor(tan(pi/2 - 0.1)) f(x) = sin(w*x) sinc(x) = sin(pi*x)/(pi*x) delta(t) = (t == 0) ramp(t) = (t > 0) ? t : 0 min(a,b) = (a < b) ? a : b comb(n,k) = n!/(k!*(n-k)!) len3d(x,y,z) = sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z) plot f(x) = sin(x*a), a = 0.2, f(x), a = 0.4, f(x) @end example @example file = "mydata.inp" file(n) = sprintf("run_%d.dat",n) @end example @c ^ [userdefined.gif] The final two examples illustrate a user-defined string variable and a user-defined string function. @cindex NaN @cindex pi Note that the variables `pi` (3.14159...) and `NaN` (IEEE "Not a Number") are already defined. You can redefine these to something else if you really need to. The original values can be recovered by setting: @example NaN = GPVAL_NaN pi = GPVAL_pi @end example Other variables may be defined under various gnuplot operations like mousing in interactive terminals or fitting; see @ref{variables} for details. You can check for existence of a given variable V by the exists("V") expression. For example @example a = 10 if (exists("a")) print "a is defined" if (!exists("b")) print "b is not defined" @end example Valid names are the same as in most programming languages: they must begin with a letter, but subsequent characters may be letters, digits, "$", or "_". See @ref{functions}, @ref{functions}, @ref{variables}, @ref{macros}. @node Glossary, linetype, Expressions, gnuplot @section Glossary @cindex glossary Throughout this document an attempt has been made to maintain consistency of nomenclature. This cannot be wholly successful because as `gnuplot` has evolved over time, certain command and keyword names have been adopted that preclude such perfection. This section contains explanations of the way some of these terms are used. A "page" or "screen" or "canvas" is the entire area addressable by `gnuplot`. On a desktop it is a full window; on a plotter, it is a single sheet of paper; in svga mode it is the full monitor screen. A screen may contain one or more "plots". A plot is defined by an abscissa and an ordinate, although these need not actually appear on it, as well as the margins and any text written therein. A plot contains one "graph". A graph is defined by an abscissa and an ordinate, although these need not actually appear on it. A graph may contain one or more "lines". A line is a single function or data set. "Line" is also a plotting style. The word will also be used in sense "a line of text". Presumably the context will remove any ambiguity. The lines on a graph may have individual names. These may be listed together with a sample of the plotting style used to represent them in the "key", sometimes also called the "legend". The word "title" occurs with multiple meanings in `gnuplot`. In this document, it will always be preceded by the adjective "plot", "line", or "key" to differentiate among them. A 2D graph may have up to four labelled @ref{axes}. The names of the four axes are "x" for the axis along the bottom border of the plot, "y" for the axis along the left border, "x2" for the top border, and "y2" for the right border. See @ref{axes}. A 3D graph may have up to three labelled @ref{axes} -- "x", "y" and "z". It is not possible to say where on the graph any particular axis will fall because you can change the direction from which the graph is seen with @ref{view}. When discussing data files, the term "record" will be resurrected and used to denote a single line of text in the file, that is, the characters between newline or end-of-record characters. A "point" is the datum extracted from a single record. A "datablock" is a set of points from consecutive records, delimited by blank records. A line, when referred to in the context of a data file, is a subset of a datablock. @node linetype, mouse_input, Glossary, gnuplot @section linetype, colors, and styles @cindex linetype @cindex colors Each gnuplot terminal type provides a set of distinct "linetypes". These may differ in color, in thickness, in dot/dash pattern, or in some combination of color and dot/dash. The default linetypes for a particular terminal can be previewed by issuing the @ref{test} command after setting the terminal type. The pre-defined colors and dot/dash patterns are not guaranteed to be consistent for all terminal types, but all terminals use the special linetype -1 to mean a solid line in the primary foreground color (normally black). By default, successive functions or datafiles plotted by a single command will be assigned successive linetypes. You can override this default by specifying a particular linetype for any function, datafile, or plot element. Examples: @example plot "foo", "bar" # plot two files using linetypes 1, 2 plot sin(x) linetype 4 # terminal-specific linetype color 4 plot sin(x) lt -1 # black @end example @cindex colors For many terminal types it is also possible to assign user-defined colors using explicit rgb (red, green, blue) values, named colors, or color values that refer to the current PM3D palette. Examples: @example plot sin(x) lt rgb "violet" # one of gnuplot's named colors plot sin(x) lt rgb "#FF00FF" # explicit RGB triple in hexadecimal plot sin(x) lt palette cb -45 # whatever color corresponds to -45 # in the current cbrange of the palette plot sin(x) lt palette frac 0.3 # fractional value along the palette @end example See @ref{colornames}, @ref{palette}, @ref{cbrange}. For terminals that support dot/dash patterns, each default linetype has both a dot-dash pattern and a default color. However, you can override the default color by using the keyword `linecolor`, abbreviated `lc`. For example, the postscript terminal provides a dashed blue line as linetype 3. The plot commands below use this same dash pattern for three plots, one in blue (the default), another in red (the default for linetype 1), and a third in gold. Example: @example set term postscript dashed color plot 'foo' lt 3, 'baz' lt 3 linecolor 1, 'bar' lt 3 lc rgb 'gold' @end example Lines can have additional properties such as linewidth. You can associate these various properties, as well as equivalent properties for point symbols, into user-defined "line styles" using the command `set style line`. Once you have defined a linestyle, you can use it in a plot command to control the appearance of one or more plot elements. Examples: @example # define a new line style with terminal-independent color cyan, # linewidth 3, and associated point type 6 (a circle with a dot in it). set style line 5 lt rgb "cyan" lw 3 pt 6 plot sin(x) with linespoints ls 5 # user-defined line style 5 @end example See `linestyle`, `set style line`. @menu * colorspec:: @end menu @node colorspec, , linetype, linetype @subsection colorspec @cindex colorspec @cindex rgbcolor @cindex colors @cindex lc @cindex linecolor @cindex tc @cindex textcolor Many commands allow you to specify a linetype with an explicit color. Terminal-independent color choice is only possible for terminals that support RGB color or pm3d palettes. Syntax: @example ... @{linecolor | lc@} ... @{textcolor | tc@} @end example where has one of the following forms: @example rgbcolor "colorname" rgbcolor "#RRGGBB" rgbcolor variable # color is read from input file palette frac # runs from 0 to 1 palette cb # lies within cbrange palette z variable # color index is read from input file @end example "colorname" refers to one of the color names built in to gnuplot. For a list of the available names, see @ref{colornames}. "#RRGGBB" is a hexadecimal constant preceded by the "#" symbol. The RRGGBB represents the red, green, and blue components of the color, each on a scale from 0 - 255. For example, magenta = full-scale red + full-scale blue would be represented by #FF00FF, which is the hexadecimal representation of (255 << 16) + (0 << 8) + (255). The color palette is a linear gradient of colors that smoothly maps a single numerical value onto a particular color. Two such mappings are always in effect. `palette frac` maps a fractional value between 0 and 1 onto the full range of the color palette. `palette cb` maps the range of the color axis onto the same palette. See @ref{cbrange}. See also `set colorbox`. You can use either of these to select a constant color from the current palette. "palette z" maps the z value of each plot segment or plot element into the cbrange mapping of the palette. This allows smoothly-varying color along a 3d line or surface. It also allows coloring 2D plots by palette values read from an extra column of data (not all 2D plot styles allow an extra column). @menu * rgbcolor_variable:: * linecolor_variable:: @end menu @node rgbcolor_variable, linecolor_variable, colorspec, colorspec @subsubsection rgbcolor variable @c ?rgbcolor variable @c ?lc rgbcolor variable @c ?tc rgbcolor variable Most plot commands assign a single color (linetype) to each element of the plot. If there are multiple plots on a single graph, the default color (linetype) is incremented sequentially. You can instead assign a separate color for each data point, line segment, or label based on additional information in the input data file. This is indicated by the colorspec keyword `variable`. `lc rgbcolor variable` tells the program to use a 24-bit RGB color from a separate column in the data file. This requires a corresponding additional column in the @ref{using} specifier. The extra column is interpreted as a 24-bit packed RGB triple. These are most easily specified as hexidecimal values (see `rgbcolor`). Text colors are similarly set using `tc rgbcolor variable`. Example: @example # Place colored points in 3D at the x,y,z coordinates corresponding to # their red, green, and blue components rgb(r,g,b) = 65536 * int(r) + 256 * int(g) + int(b) splot "data" using 1:2:3:(rgb($1,$2,$3)) with points lc rgb variable @end example @node linecolor_variable, , rgbcolor_variable, colorspec @subsubsection linecolor variable @c ?linecolor variable @c ?lc variable @c ?textcolor variable @c ?tc variable Most plot commands assign a single color (linetype) to each element of the plot. If there are multiple plots on a single graph, the default color (linetype) is incremented sequentially. You can instead assign a separate color for each data point, line segment, or label based on additional information in the input data file. This is indicated by the colorspec keyword `variable`. `lc variable` tells the program to use the value read from one column of the input data as a linestyle index, and use the color belonging to that linestyle. This requires a corresponding additional column in the @ref{using} specifier. Text colors can be set similarly using `tc variable`. A single data file may contain multiple sets of data, separated by two blank lines. Each of these separate sets is assigned an index value (see @ref{index}) that can be retrieved via the using specifier column(-2). See `pseudocolumns`. All data in the file is drawn with the same color/linestyle/pointtype properties by default. The command `lc variable` can be used to assign different colors to each data set in the file by using the index value from pseudocolumn -2. Examples: @example # Use the third column of data to assign colors to individual points plot 'data' using 1:2:3 with points lc variable @end example @example # Use the data set index to choose a linestyle color plot 'data' using 1:2:(column(-2)) with lines lc variable @end example @node mouse_input, Plotting, linetype, gnuplot @section mouse input @c ?mouse input The `x11`, `pm`, `windows`, `ggi`, and `wxt` terminals allow interaction with the current plot using the mouse. They also support the definition of hotkeys to activate pre-defined functions by hitting a single key while the mouse focus is in the active plot window. It is even possible to combine mouse input with `batch` command scripts, by invoking the command `pause mouse` and then using the mouse variables returned by mouse clicking as parameters for subsequent scripted actions. See `bind` and @ref{variables}. See also the command `set mouse`. @menu * bind:: * Mouse_variables:: @end menu @node bind, Mouse_variables, mouse_input, mouse_input @subsection bind @c ?commands bind @cindex bind @opindex bind Syntax: @example bind @{allwindows@} [] [""] bind "" reset bind @end example The `bind` allows defining or redefining a hotkey, i.e. a sequence of gnuplot commands which will be executed when a certain key or key sequence is pressed while the driver's window has the input focus. Note that `bind` is only available if gnuplot was compiled with `mouse` support and it is used by all mouse-capable terminals. A user-specified binding supersedes any builtin bindings, except that and 'q' cannot normally be rebound. For an exception, see `bind space`. Mouse buttons cannot be rebound. You get the list of all hotkeys by typing `show bind` or `bind` or by typing the hotkey 'h' in the graph window. Key bindings are restored to their default state by `reset bind`. Note that multikey-bindings with modifiers must be given in quotes. Normally hotkeys are only recognized when the currently active plot window has focus. `bind allwindows ...` (short form: `bind all ...`) causes the binding for to apply to all gnuplot plot windows, active or not. In this case gnuplot variable MOUSE_KEY_WINDOW is set to the ID of the originating window, and may be used by the bound command. Examples: - set bindings: @example bind a "replot" bind "ctrl-a" "plot x*x" bind "ctrl-alt-a" 'print "great"' bind Home "set view 60,30; replot" bind all Home 'print "This is window ",MOUSE_KEY_WINDOW' @end example - show bindings: @example bind "ctrl-a" # shows the binding for ctrl-a bind # shows all bindings show bind # show all bindings @end example - remove bindings: @example bind "ctrl-alt-a" "" # removes binding for ctrl-alt-a (note that builtins cannot be removed) reset bind # installs default (builtin) bindings bind! # deprecated form of "reset bind" @end example - bind a key to toggle something: @example v=0 bind "ctrl-r" "v=v+1;if(v%2)set term x11 noraise; else set term x11 raise" @end example Modifiers (ctrl / alt) are case insensitive, keys not: @example ctrl-alt-a == CtRl-alT-a ctrl-alt-a != ctrl-alt-A @end example List of modifiers (alt == meta): @example ctrl, alt @end example List of supported special keys: @example "BackSpace", "Tab", "Linefeed", "Clear", "Return", "Pause", "Scroll_Lock", "Sys_Req", "Escape", "Delete", "Home", "Left", "Up", "Right", "Down", "PageUp", "PageDown", "End", "Begin", @end example @example "KP_Space", "KP_Tab", "KP_Enter", "KP_F1", "KP_F2", "KP_F3", "KP_F4", "KP_Home", "KP_Left", "KP_Up", "KP_Right", "KP_Down", "KP_PageUp", "KP_PageDown", "KP_End", "KP_Begin", "KP_Insert", "KP_Delete", "KP_Equal", "KP_Multiply", "KP_Add", "KP_Separator", "KP_Subtract", "KP_Decimal", "KP_Divide", @end example @example "KP_1" - "KP_9", "F1" - "F12" @end example The following are window events rather than actual keys @example "Close" @end example See also help for `mouse` and @ref{if}. @menu * bind_space:: @end menu @node bind_space, , bind, bind @subsubsection bind space @c ?commands bind space @c ?bind space If gnuplot was built with configuration option --enable-raise-console, then typing in the plot window raises gnuplot's command window. This hotkey can be changed to ctrl-space by starting gnuplot as 'gnuplot -ctrlq', or by setting the XResource 'gnuplot*ctrlq'. See `x11 command-line-options`. @node Mouse_variables, , bind, mouse_input @subsection Mouse variables @c ?mouse variables When mousing is active, clicking in the active window will set several user variables that can be accessed from the gnuplot command line. The coordinates of the mouse at the time of the click are stored in MOUSE_X MOUSE_Y MOUSE_X2 and MOUSE_Y2. The mouse button clicked, and any meta-keys active at that time, are stored in MOUSE_BUTTON MOUSE_SHIFT MOUSE_ALT and MOUSE_CTRL. These variables are set to undefined at the start of every plot, and only become defined in the event of a mouse click in the active plot window. To determine from a script if the mouse has been clicked in the active plot window, it is sufficient to test for any one of these variables being defined. @example plot 'something' pause mouse if (defined(MOUSE_BUTTON)) call 'something_else'; \ else print "No mouse click." @end example It is also possible to track keystrokes in the plot window using the mousing code. @example plot 'something' pause mouse keypress print "Keystroke ", MOUSE_KEY, " at ", MOUSE_X, " ", MOUSE_Y @end example When `pause mouse keypress` is terminated by a keypress, then MOUSE_KEY will contain the ascii character value of the key that was pressed. MOUSE_CHAR will contain the character itself as a string variable. If the pause command is terminated abnormally (e.g. by ctrl-C or by externally closing the plot window) then MOUSE_KEY will equal -1. Note that after a zoom by mouse, you can read the new ranges as GPVAL_X_MIN, GPVAL_X_MAX, GPVAL_Y_MIN, and GPVAL_Y_MAX, see @ref{variables}. @node Plotting, Start-up, mouse_input, gnuplot @section Plotting @cindex plotting There are three `gnuplot` commands which actually create a plot: `plot`, `splot` and @ref{replot}. `plot` generates 2D plots, `splot` generates 3-d plots (actually 2D projections, of course), and @ref{replot} appends its arguments to the previous `plot` or `splot` and executes the modified command. Much of the general information about plotting can be found in the discussion of `plot`; information specific to 3D can be found in the `splot` section. `plot` operates in either rectangular or polar coordinates -- see `set polar` for details of the latter. `splot` operates only in rectangular coordinates, but the @ref{mapping} command allows for a few other coordinate systems to be treated. In addition, the @ref{using} option allows both `plot` and `splot` to treat almost any coordinate system you'd care to define. @cindex axes `plot` also lets you use each of the four borders -- x (bottom), x2 (top), y (left) and y2 (right) -- as an independent axis. The @ref{axes} option lets you choose which pair of axes a given function or data set is plotted against. A full complement of `set` commands exists to give you complete control over the scales and labelling of each axis. Some commands have the name of an axis built into their names, such as @ref{xlabel}. Other commands have one or more axis names as options, such as `set logscale xy`. Commands and options controlling the z axis have no effect on 2D graphs. `splot` can plot surfaces and contours in addition to points and/or lines. In addition to `splot`, see @ref{isosamples} for information about defining the grid for a 3D function; @ref{datafile} for information about the requisite file structure for 3D data values; and @ref{contour} and @ref{cntrparam} for information about contours. In `splot`, control over the scales and labels of the axes are the same as with `plot`, except that commands and options controlling the x2 and y2 axes have no effect whereas of course those controlling the z axis do take effect. @node Start-up, String_constants_and_string_variables, Plotting, gnuplot @section Start-up @cindex startup @cindex start @cindex .gnuplot @c ^ When `gnuplot` is run, it looks for an initialization file to load. This file is called `.gnuplot` on Unix and AmigaOS systems, and `GNUPLOT.INI` on other systems. If this file is not found in the current directory, the program will look for it in the HOME directory (under AmigaOS, MS-DOS, Windows and OS/2, the environment variable `GNUPLOT` should contain the name of this directory; on Windows NT, it will use `USERPROFILE` if GNUPLOT isn't defined). Note: if NOCWDRC is defined during the installation, `gnuplot` will not read from the current directory. If the initialization file is found, `gnuplot` executes the commands in it. These may be any legal `gnuplot` commands, but typically they are limited to setting the terminal and defining frequently-used functions or variables. @node String_constants_and_string_variables, Substitution_and_Command_line_macros, Start-up, gnuplot @section String constants and string variables @cindex strings @c ?string variables In addition to string constants, most gnuplot commands also accept a string variable, a string expression, or a function that returns a string. For example, the following four methods of creating a plot all result in the same plot title: @example four = "4" graph4 = "Title for plot #4" graph(n) = sprintf("Title for plot #%d",n) @end example @example plot 'data.4' title "Title for plot #4" plot 'data.4' title graph4 plot 'data.4' title "Title for plot #".four plot 'data.4' title graph(4) @end example Since integers are promoted to strings when operated on by the string concatenation operator, the following method also works: @example N = 4 plot 'data.'.N title "Title for plot #".N @end example In general, elements on the command line will only be evaluated as possible string variables if they are not otherwise recognizable as part of the normal gnuplot syntax. So the following sequence of commands is legal, although probably should be avoided so as not to cause confusion: @example plot = "my_datafile.dat" title = "My Title" plot plot title title @end example There are three binary operators that require string operands: the string concatenation operator ".", the string equality operator "eq" and the string inequality operator "ne". The following example will print TRUE. @example if ("A"."B" eq "AB") print "TRUE" @end example See also the two string formatting functions @ref{gprintf} and @ref{sprintf}. @cindex substring Substrings can be specified by appending a range specifier to any string, string variable, or string-valued function. The range specifier has the form [begin:end], where begin is the index of the first character of the substring and end is the index of the last character of the substring. The first character has index 1. The begin or end fields may be empty, or contain '*', to indicate the true start or end of the original string. E.g. str[:] and str[*:*] both describe the full string str. @node Substitution_and_Command_line_macros, Syntax, String_constants_and_string_variables, gnuplot @section Substitution and Command line macros @cindex substitution When a command line to gnuplot is first read, i.e. before it is interpreted or executed, two forms of lexical substitution are performed. These are triggered by the presence of text in backquotes (ascii character 96) or preceded by @@ (ascii character 64). @menu * Substitution_of_system_commands_in_backquotes:: * Substitution_of_string_variables_as_macros:: * String_variables:: @end menu @node Substitution_of_system_commands_in_backquotes, Substitution_of_string_variables_as_macros, Substitution_and_Command_line_macros, Substitution_and_Command_line_macros @subsection Substitution of system commands in backquotes @c ?substitution backquotes @cindex backquotes @c ?shell commands Command-line substitution is specified by a system command enclosed in backquotes. This command is spawned and the output it produces replaces the backquoted text on the command line. Some implementations also support pipes; see @ref{special-filenames}. Command-line substitution can be used anywhere on the `gnuplot` command line, except inside strings delimited by single quotes. Example: This will run the program `leastsq` and replace `leastsq` (including backquotes) on the command line with its output: @example f(x) = `leastsq` @end example or, in VMS @example f(x) = `run leastsq` @end example These will generate labels with the current time and userid: @example set label "generated on `date +%Y-%m-%d` by `whoami`" at 1,1 set timestamp "generated on %Y-%m-%d by `whoami`" @end example @node Substitution_of_string_variables_as_macros, String_variables, Substitution_of_system_commands_in_backquotes, Substitution_and_Command_line_macros @subsection Substitution of string variables as macros @c ?substitution macros @cindex macros @opindex macros @cindex exists @findex exists Substitution of command line macros is disabled by default, but may be enabled using the @ref{macros} command. If macro substitution is enabled, the character @@ is used to trigger substitution of the current value of a string variable into the command line. The text in the string variable may contain any number of lexical elements. This allows string variables to be used as command line macros. Only string constants may be expanded using this mechanism, not string-valued expressions. For example: @example set macros style1 = "lines lt 4 lw 2" style2 = "points lt 3 pt 5 ps 2" range1 = "using 1:3" range2 = "using 1:5" plot "foo" @@range1 with @@style1, "bar" @@range2 with @@style2 @end example The line containing @@ symbols is expanded on input, so that by the time it is executed the effect is identical to having typed in full @example plot "foo" using 1:3 with lines lt 4 lw 2, \ "bar" using 1:5 with points lt 3 pt 5 ps 2 @end example The function exists() may be useful in connection with macro evaluation. The following example checks that C can safely be expanded as the name of a user-defined variable: @example C = "pi" if (exists(C)) print C," = ", @@C @end example Macro expansion does not occur inside either single or double quotes. However macro expansion does occur inside backquotes. For execution of complete commands the @ref{evaluate} command may also be handy. @node String_variables, , Substitution_of_string_variables_as_macros, Substitution_and_Command_line_macros @subsection String variables, macros, and command line substitution @cindex mixing_macros_backquotes @c ?substitution mixing_macros_backquotes The interaction of string variables, backquotes and macro substitution is somewhat complicated. Backquotes do not block macro substitution, so @example filename = "mydata.inp" lines = ` wc --lines @@filename | sed "s/ .*//" ` @end example results in the number of lines in mydata.inp being stored in the integer variable lines. And double quotes do not block backquote substitution, so @example mycomputer = "`uname -n`" @end example results in the string returned by the system command `uname -n` being stored in the string variable mycomputer. However, macro substitution is not performed inside double quotes, so you cannot define a system command as a macro and then use both macro and backquote substitution at the same time. @example machine_id = "uname -n" mycomputer = "`@@machine_id`" # doesn't work!! @end example This fails because the double quotes prevent @@machine_id from being interpreted as a macro. To store a system command as a macro and execute it later you must instead include the backquotes as part of the macro itself. This is accomplished by defining the macro as shown below. Notice that the sprintf format nests all three types of quotes. @example machine_id = sprintf('"`uname -n`"') mycomputer = @@machine_id @end example @node Syntax, Time/Date_data, Substitution_and_Command_line_macros, gnuplot @section Syntax @cindex syntax @cindex specify @cindex punctuation Version 4 of gnuplot is much less sensitive than earlier versions to the order of keywords and suboptions. However, if you get error messages from specifying options that you think should work, please try rearranging them into the exact order listed by the documentation. Options and any accompanying parameters are separated by spaces whereas lists and coordinates are separated by commas. Ranges are separated by colons and enclosed in brackets [], text and file names are enclosed in quotes, and a few miscellaneous things are enclosed in parentheses. Braces @{@} are used for a few special purposes. Commas are used to separate coordinates on the `set` commands @ref{arrow}, `key`, and `label`; the list of variables being fitted (the list after the `via` keyword on the @ref{fit} command); lists of discrete contours or the loop parameters which specify them on the @ref{cntrparam} command; the arguments of the `set` commands @ref{dgrid3d}, @ref{dummy}, @ref{isosamples}, @ref{offsets}, @ref{origin}, @ref{samples}, @ref{size}, `time`, and @ref{view}; lists of tics or the loop parameters which specify them; the offsets for titles and axis labels; parametric functions to be used to calculate the x, y, and z coordinates on the `plot`, @ref{replot} and `splot` commands; and the complete sets of keywords specifying individual plots (data sets or functions) on the `plot`, @ref{replot} and `splot` commands. Parentheses are used to delimit sets of explicit tics (as opposed to loop parameters) and to indicate computations in the @ref{using} filter of the @ref{fit}, `plot`, @ref{replot} and `splot` commands. (Parentheses and commas are also used as usual in function notation.) Square brackets are used to delimit ranges given in `set`, `plot` or `splot` commands. Colons are used to separate extrema in `range` specifications (whether they are given on `set`, `plot` or `splot` commands) and to separate entries in the @ref{using} filter of the `plot`, @ref{replot}, `splot` and @ref{fit} commands. Semicolons are used to separate commands given on a single command line. Braces are used in text to be specially processed by some terminals, like @ref{postscript}. They are also used to denote complex numbers: @{3,2@} = 3 + 2i. At present you should not embed \n inside @{@} when using the PostScript terminal in `enhanced text` mode. The EEPIC, Imagen, Uniplex, LaTeX, and TPIC drivers allow a newline to be specified by \\ in a single-quoted string or \\\\ in a double-quoted string. @menu * Quote_Marks:: @end menu @node Quote_Marks, , Syntax, Syntax @subsection Quote Marks @cindex quotes @c ?syntax quotes Gnuplot uses three forms of quote marks for delimiting text strings, double-quote (ascii 34), single-quote (ascii 39), and backquote (ascii 96). Filenames may be entered with either single- or double-quotes. In this manual the command examples generally single-quote filenames and double-quote other string tokens for clarity. String constants and text strings used for labels, titles, or other plot elements may be enclosed in either single quotes or double quotes. Further processing of the quoted text depends on the choice of quote marks. Backslash processing of special characters like \n (newline) and \345 (octal character code) is performed for double-quoted strings. In single-quoted strings, backslashes are just ordinary characters. To get a single-quote (ascii 39) in a single-quoted string, it has to be doubled. Thus the strings "d\" s' b\\" and 'd" s'' b\' are completely equivalent. Text justification is the same for each line of a multi-line string. Thus the center-justified string @example "This is the first line of text.\nThis is the second line." @end example will produce @example This is the first line of text. This is the second line. @end example but @example 'This is the first line of text.\nThis is the second line.' @end example will produce @example This is the first line of text.\nThis is the second line. @end example Enhanced text processing is performed for both double-quoted text and single-quoted text, but only by terminals supporting this mode. See `enhanced text`. Back-quotes are used to enclose system commands for substitution into the command line. See `substitution`. @node Time/Date_data, , Syntax, gnuplot @section Time/Date data @cindex time/date @c ^ @c ^ `gnuplot` supports the use of time and/or date information as input data. This feature is activated by the commands `set xdata time`, `set ydata time`, etc. Internally all times and dates are converted to the number of seconds from the year 2000. The command @ref{timefmt} defines the format for all inputs: data files, ranges, tics, label positions---in short, anything that accepts a data value must receive it in this format. Since only one input format can be in force at a given time, all time/date quantities being input at the same time must be presented in the same format. Thus if both x and y data in a file are time/date, they must be in the same format. The conversion to and from seconds assumes Universal Time (which is the same as Greenwich Standard Time). There is no provision for changing the time zone or for daylight savings. If all your data refer to the same time zone (and are all either daylight or standard) you don't need to worry about these things. But if the absolute time is crucial for your application, you'll need to convert to UT yourself. Commands like @ref{xrange} will re-interpret the integer according to @ref{timefmt}. If you change @ref{timefmt}, and then `show` the quantity again, it will be displayed in the new @ref{timefmt}. For that matter, if you give the deactivation command (like @ref{xdata}), the quantity will be shown in its numerical form. The commands `set format` or `set tics format` define the format that will be used for tic labels, whether or not the specified axis is time/date. If time/date information is to be plotted from a file, the @ref{using} option _must_ be used on the `plot` or `splot` command. These commands simply use white space to separate columns, but white space may be embedded within the time/date string. If you use tabs as a separator, some trial-and-error may be necessary to discover how your system treats them. The following example demonstrates time/date plotting. Suppose the file "data" contains records like @example 03/21/95 10:00 6.02e23 @end example This file can be plotted by @example set xdata time set timefmt "%m/%d/%y" set xrange ["03/21/95":"03/22/95"] set format x "%m/%d" set timefmt "%m/%d/%y %H:%M" plot "data" using 1:3 @end example which will produce xtic labels that look like "03/21". See the descriptions of each command for more details. @node plotting_styles, Commands, gnuplot, Top @chapter plotting styles @c ?plotting styles There are many plotting styles available in gnuplot. They are listed alphabetically below. The commands `set style data` and `set style function` change the default plotting style for subsequent `plot` and `splot` commands. You also have the option to specify the plot style explicitly as part of the `plot` or `splot` command. If you want to mix plot styles within a single plot, you must specify the plot style for each component. Example: @example plot 'data' with boxes, sin(x) with lines @end example Each plot style has its own expected set of data entries in a data file. For example by default the `lines` style expects either a single column of y values (with implicit x ordering) or a pair of columns with x in the first and y in the second. For more information on how to fine-tune how columns in a file are interpreted as plot data, see @ref{using}. @menu * boxerrorbars:: * boxes:: * boxxyerrorbars:: * candlesticks:: * circles:: * dots:: * filledcurves:: * financebars:: * fsteps:: * histeps:: * histograms:: * image:: * impulses:: * labels:: * lines:: * linespoints:: * points:: * steps:: * rgbalpha:: * rgbimage:: * vectors:: * xerrorbars:: * xyerrorbars:: * yerrorbars:: * xerrorlines:: * xyerrorlines:: * yerrorlines:: * 3D_(surface)_plots:: @end menu @node boxerrorbars, boxes, plotting_styles, plotting_styles @section boxerrorbars @c ?commands set style boxerrorbars @c ?set style boxerrorbars @c ?plotting styles boxerrorbars @c ?style boxerrorbars @cindex boxerrorbars The @ref{boxerrorbars} style is only relevant to 2D data plotting. It is a combination of the @ref{boxes} and @ref{yerrorbars} styles. It uses 3, 4, or 5 columns of data: @example 3 columns: x y ydelta 4 columns: x y ydelta xdelta # boxwidth != -2 4 columns: x y ylow yhigh # boxwidth == -2 5 columns: x y ylow yhigh xdelta @end example The boxwidth will come from the fourth column if the y errors are given as "ydelta" and the boxwidth was not previously set to -2.0 (`set boxwidth -2.0`) or from the fifth column if the y errors are in the form of "ylow yhigh". The special case `boxwidth = -2.0` is for four-column data with y errors in the form "ylow yhigh". In this case the boxwidth will be calculated so that each box touches the adjacent boxes. The width will also be calculated in cases where three-column data are used. The box height is determined from the y error in the same way as it is for the @ref{yerrorbars} style---either from y-ydelta to y+ydelta or from ylow to yhigh, depending on how many data columns are provided. See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/mgr.html,errorbar demo. } @node boxes, boxxyerrorbars, boxerrorbars, plotting_styles @section boxes @c ?commands set style boxes @c ?set style boxes @c ?plotting styles boxes @c ?style boxes @cindex boxes The @ref{boxes} style is only relevant to 2D plotting. It draws a box centered about the given x coordinate that extends from the x axis (not from the graph border) to the given y coordinate. It uses 2 or 3 columns of basic data. Additional input columns may be used to provide information such as variable line or fill color (see `rgbcolor variable`). @example 2 columns: x y 3 columns: x y x_width @end example The width of the box is obtained in one of three ways. If the input data has a third column, this will be used to set the width of the box. If not, if a width has been set using the @ref{boxwidth} command, this will be used. If neither of these is available, the width of each box will be calculated automatically so that it touches the adjacent boxes. The interior of the boxes is drawn according to the current fillstyle. See `set style fill` for details. Alternatively a new fillstyle may be specified in the plot command. For fillstyle `empty` the box is not filled. For fillstyle `solid` the box is filled with a solid rectangle of the current drawing color. There is an optional parameter that controls the fill density; it runs from 0 (background color) to 1 (current drawing color). For fillstyle `pattern` the box is filled in the current drawing color with a pattern, if supported by the terminal driver. Examples: To plot a data file with solid filled boxes with a small vertical space separating them (bargraph): @example set boxwidth 0.9 relative set style fill solid 1.0 plot 'file.dat' with boxes @end example To plot a sine and a cosine curve in pattern-filled boxes style: @example set style fill pattern plot sin(x) with boxes, cos(x) with boxes @end example The sin plot will use pattern 0; the cos plot will use pattern 1. Any additional plots would cycle through the patterns supported by the terminal driver. To specify explicit fillstyles for each dataset: @example plot 'file1' with boxes fs solid 0.25, \ 'file2' with boxes fs solid 0.50, \ 'file3' with boxes fs solid 0.75, \ 'file4' with boxes fill pattern 1, \ 'file5' with boxes fill empty @end example @node boxxyerrorbars, candlesticks, boxes, plotting_styles @section boxxyerrorbars @c ?commands set style boxxyerrorbars @c ?set style boxxyerrorbars @c ?plotting styles boxxyerrorbars @c ?style boxxyerrorbars @cindex boxxyerrorbars The @ref{boxxyerrorbars} style is only relevant to 2D data plotting. It is similar to the @ref{xyerrorbars} style except that it draws rectangular areas rather than simple crosses. It uses either 4 or 6 basic columns of input data. Additional input columns may be used to provide information such as variable line or fill color (see `rgbcolor variable`). @example 4 columns: x y xdelta ydelta 6 columns: x y xlow xhigh ylow yhigh @end example The box width and height are determined from the x and y errors in the same way as they are for the @ref{xyerrorbars} style---either from xlow to xhigh and from ylow to yhigh, or from x-xdelta to x+xdelta and from y-ydelta to y+ydelta, depending on how many data columns are provided. The interior of the boxes is drawn according to the current fillstyle. See `set style fill` and @ref{boxes} for details. Alternatively a new fillstyle may be specified in the plot command. @node candlesticks, circles, boxxyerrorbars, plotting_styles @section candlesticks @c ?commands set style candlesticks @c ?set style candlesticks @c ?plotting styles candlesticks @c ?style candlesticks @cindex candlesticks The @ref{candlesticks} style can be used for 2D data plotting of financial data or for generating box-and-whisker plots of statistical data. The symbol is a rectangular box, centered horizontally at the x coordinate and limited vertically by the opening and closing prices. A vertical line segment at the x coordinate extends up from the top of the rectangle to the high price and another down to the low. The vertical line will be unchanged if the low and high prices are interchanged. Five columns of basic data are required: @example financial data: date open low high close whisker plot: x box_min whisker_min whisker_high box_high @end example The width of the rectangle can be controlled by the @ref{boxwidth} command. For backwards compatibility with earlier gnuplot versions, when the boxwidth parameter has not been set then the width of the candlestick rectangle is controlled by `set bars `. By default the vertical line segments have no crossbars at the top and bottom. If you want crossbars, which are typically used for box-and-whisker plots, then add the keyword `whiskerbars` to the plot command. By default these whiskerbars extend the full horizontal width of the candlestick, but you can modify this by specifying a fraction of the full width. The usual convention for financial data is that the rectangle is empty if (open < close) and solid fill if (close < open). This is the behavior you will get if the current fillstyle is set to "empty". See `fillstyle`. If you set the fillstyle to solid or pattern, then this will be used for all boxes independent of open and close values. See also @ref{bars} and @ref{financebars}. See also the @uref{http://gnuplot.sourceforge.net/demo/candlesticks.html,candlestick } and @uref{http://gnuplot.sourceforge.net/demo/finance.html,finance } demos. Note: To place additional symbols, such as the median value, on a box-and-whisker plot requires additional plot commands as in this example: @example # Data columns:X Min 1stQuartile Median 3rdQuartile Max set bars 4.0 set style fill empty plot 'stat.dat' using 1:3:2:6:5 with candlesticks title 'Quartiles', \ '' using 1:4:4:4:4 with candlesticks lt -1 notitle @end example @example # Plot with crossbars on the whiskers, crossbars are 50% of full width plot 'stat.dat' using 1:3:2:6:5 with candlesticks whiskerbars 0.5 @end example See @ref{boxwidth}, @ref{bars} and `set style fill`. @node circles, dots, candlesticks, plotting_styles @section circles @c ?commands set style circles @c ?set style circles @c ?plotting styles circles @c ?style circles @cindex circles The @ref{circles} style plots a circle with an explicit radius at each data point. Three columns of data are required: x, y, radius. An optional 4th column may be used to specify color information. The radius is always interpreted in the units of the plot's horizontal axis (x or x2). The scale on y and the aspect ratio of the plot are both ignored. Example (draws circles whose area is proportional to the value in column 3): @example set style fill transparent solid 0.2 noborder plot 'data' using 1:2:(sqrt($3)) with circles, \ 'data' using 1:2 with linespoints @end example The result is similar to using a `points` plot with variable size points and pointstyle 6, except that the circles will scale with the x axis range. See also `set object circle` and `fillstyle`. @node dots, filledcurves, circles, plotting_styles @section dots @c ?commands set style dots @c ?set style dots @c ?plotting styles dots @c ?style dots @cindex dots The @ref{dots} style plots a tiny dot at each point; this is useful for scatter plots with many points. Either 1 or 2 columns of input data are required in 2D. Three columns are required in 3D. For some terminals (post, pdf) the size of the dot can be controlled by changing the linewidth. @example 1 column y # x is row number 2 columns: x y 3 columns: x y z # 3D only (splot) @end example @node filledcurves, financebars, dots, plotting_styles @section filledcurves @c ?commands set style filledcurves @c ?set style filledcurves @c ?plotting styles filledcurves @c ?style filledcurves @cindex filledcurves The @ref{filledcurves} style is only relevant to 2D plotting. Three variants are possible. The first two variants require either a function or two columns of input data, and may be further modified by the options listed below. Syntax: @example plot ... with filledcurves [option] @end example where the option can be one of the following @example [closed | @{above | below@} @{x1 | x2 | y1 | y2@}[=] | xy=,] @end example The first variant, `closed`, treats the curve itself as a closed polygon. This is the default if there are two columns of input data. The second variant is to fill the area between the curve and a given axis, a horizontal or vertical line, or a point. @example filledcurves closed ... just filled closed curve, filledcurves x1 ... x1 axis, filledcurves x2 ... x2 axis, etc for y1 and y2 axes, filledcurves y1=0 ... line y=0 (at y1 axis) ie parallel to x1 axis, filledcurves y2=42 ... line y=42 (at y2 axis) ie parallel to x2, etc, filledcurves xy=10,20 ... point 10,20 of x1,y1 axes (arc-like shape). @end example The third variant requires three columns of input data: the x coordinate and two y coordinates corresponding to two curves sampled at the same set of x coordinates; the area between the two curves is filled. This is the default if there are three or more columns of input data. @example 3 columns: x y1 y2 @end example Example of filling the area between two input curves. @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/fillbetween.html,fill between curves demo. } @example plot 'data' using 1:2:3 with filledcurves @end example The `above` and `below` options apply both to commands of the form @example ... filledcurves above @{x1|x2|y1|y2@}= @end example and to commands of the form @example ... using 1:2:3 with filledcurves below @end example In either case the option limits the filled area to one side of the bounding line or curve. Note: Not all terminal types support this plotting mode. Zooming a filled curve drawn from a datafile may produce empty or incorrect areas because gnuplot is clipping points and lines, and not areas. If the values of , , are out of the drawing boundary, then they are moved to the graph boundary. Then the actually filled area in the case of option xy=, will depend on xrange and yrange. @node financebars, fsteps, filledcurves, plotting_styles @section financebars @c ?commands set style financebars @c ?set style financebars @c ?plotting styles financebars @c ?style financebars @cindex financebars The @ref{financebars} style is only relevant for 2D data plotting of financial data. It requires 1 x coordinate (usually a date) and 4 y values (prices). @example 5 columns: date open low high close @end example The symbol is a vertical line segment, located horizontally at the x coordinate and limited vertically by the high and low prices. A horizontal tic on the left marks the opening price and one on the right marks the closing price. The length of these tics may be changed by @ref{bars}. The symbol will be unchanged if the high and low prices are interchanged. See @ref{bars} and @ref{candlesticks}, and also the @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/finance.html,finance demo. } @node fsteps, histeps, financebars, plotting_styles @section fsteps @c ?commands set style fsteps @c ?set style fsteps @c ?plotting styles fsteps @c ?style fsteps @cindex fsteps The @ref{fsteps} style is only relevant to 2D plotting. It connects consecutive points with two line segments: the first from (x1,y1) to (x1,y2) and the second from (x1,y2) to (x2,y2). The input column requires are the same as for plot styles `lines` and `points`. The difference between @ref{fsteps} and @ref{steps} is that @ref{fsteps} traces first the change in y and then the change in x. @ref{steps} traces first the change in x and then the change in y. See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/steps.html,steps demo. } @node histeps, histograms, fsteps, plotting_styles @section histeps @c ?commands set style histeps @c ?set style histeps @c ?plotting styles histeps @c ?style histeps @cindex histeps The @ref{histeps} style is only relevant to 2D plotting. It is intended for plotting histograms. Y-values are assumed to be centered at the x-values; the point at x1 is represented as a horizontal line from ((x0+x1)/2,y1) to ((x1+x2)/2,y1). The lines representing the end points are extended so that the step is centered on at x. Adjacent points are connected by a vertical line at their average x, that is, from ((x1+x2)/2,y1) to ((x1+x2)/2,y2). The input column requires are the same as for plot styles `lines` and `points`. If @ref{autoscale} is in effect, it selects the xrange from the data rather than the steps, so the end points will appear only half as wide as the others. See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/steps.html,steps demo. } @ref{histeps} is only a plotting style; `gnuplot` does not have the ability to create bins and determine their population from some data set. @node histograms, image, histeps, plotting_styles @section histograms @c ?commands set style histogram @c ?set style histogram @c ?style histograms @c ?plotting styles histograms @cindex histograms The @ref{histograms} style is only relevant to 2D plotting. It produces a bar chart from a sequence of parallel data columns. Each element of the `plot` command must specify a single input data source (e.g. one column of the input file), possibly with associated tic values or key titles. Four styles of histogram layout are currently supported. @example set style histogram clustered @{gap @} set style histogram errorbars @{gap @} @{@} set style histogram rowstacked set style histogram columnstacked @end example The default style corresponds to `set style histogram clustered gap 2`. In this style, each set of parallel data values is collected into a group of boxes clustered at the x-axis coordinate corresponding to their sequential position (row #) in the selected datafile columns. Thus if datacolumns are selected, the first cluster is centered about x=1, and contains boxes whose heights are taken from the first entry in the corresponding data columns. This is followed by a gap and then a second cluster of boxes centered about x=2 corresponding to the second entry in the respective data columns, and so on. The default gap width of 2 indicates that the empty space between clusters is equivalent to the width of 2 boxes. All boxes derived from any one column are given the same fill color and/or pattern (see `set style fill`). Each cluster of boxes is derived from a single row of the input data file. It is common in such input files that the first element of each row is a label. Labels from this column may be placed along the x-axis underneath the appropriate cluster of boxes with the `xticlabels` option to @ref{using}. The @ref{errorbars} style is very similar to the `clustered` style, except that it requires additional columns of input for each entry. The first column holds the height (y value) of that box, exactly as for the `clustered` style. @example 2 columns: y yerr bar extends from y-yerr to y+err 3 columns: y ymin yman bar extends from ymin to ymax @end example The appearance of the error bars is controlled by the current value of @ref{bars} and by the optional specification. Two styles of stacked histogram are supported, chosen by the command `set style histogram @{rowstacked|columnstacked@}`. In these styles the data values from the selected columns are collected into stacks of boxes. Positive values stack upwards from y=0; negative values stack downwards. Mixed positive and negative values will produce both an upward stack and a downward stack. The default stacking mode is `rowstacked`. The `rowstacked` style places a box resting on the x-axis for each data value in the first selected column; the first data value results in a box a x=1, the second at x=2, and so on. Boxes corresponding to the second and subsequent data columns are layered on top of these, resulting in a stack of boxes at x=1 representing the first data value from each column, a stack of boxes at x=2 representing the second data value from each column, and so on. All boxes derived from any one column are given the same fill color and/or pattern (see `set style fill`). The `columnstacked` style is similar, except that each stack of boxes is built up from a single data column. Each data value from the first specified column yields a box in the stack at x=1, each data value from the second specified column yields a box in the stack at x=2, and so on. In this style the color of each box is taken from the row number, rather than the column number, of the corresponding data field. Box widths may be modified using the @ref{boxwidth} command. Box fill styles may be set using the `set style fill` command. Histograms always use the x1 axis, but may use either y1 or y2. If a plot contains both histograms and other plot styles, the non-histogram plot elements may use either the x1 or the x2 axis. Examples: Suppose that the input file contains data values in columns 2, 4, 6, ... and error estimates in columns 3, 5, 7, ... This example plots the values in columns 2 and 4 as a histogram of clustered boxes (the default style). Because we use iteration in the plot command, any number of data columns can be handled in a single command. See @ref{iteration}. @example set boxwidth 0.9 relative set style data histograms set style histogram cluster set style fill solid 1.0 border lt -1 plot for [COL=2:4:2] 'file.dat' using COL @end example This will produce a plot with clusters of two boxes (vertical bars) centered at each integral value on the x axis. If the first column of the input file contains labels, they may be placed along the x-axis using the variant command @example plot for [COL=2:4:2] 'file.dat' using COL:xticlabels(1) @end example If the file contains both magnitude and range information for each value, then error bars can be added to the plot. The following commands will add error bars extending from (y-) to (y+), capped by horizontal bar ends drawn the same width as the box itself. The error bars and bar ends are drawn with linewidth 2, using the border linetype from the current fill style. @example set bars fullwidth set style fill solid 1 border lt -1 set style histogram errorbars gap 2 lw 2 plot for [COL=2:4:2] 'file.dat' using COL:COL+1 @end example To plot the same data as a rowstacked histogram. Just to be different, this example lists the separate columns explicitly rather than using iteration. @example set style histogram rowstacked plot 'file.dat' using 2, '' using 4:xtic(1) @end example This will produce a plot in which each vertical bar corresponds to one row of data. Each vertical bar contains a stack of two segments, corresponding in height to the values found in columns 2 and 4 of the datafile. Finally, the commands @example set style histogram columnstacked plot 'file.dat' using 2, '' using 4 @end example will produce two vertical stacks, one for each column of data. The stack at x=1 will contain a box for each entry in column 2 of the datafile. The stack at x=2 will contain a box for each parallel entry in column 4 of the datafile. Because this interchanges gnuplot's usual interpretation of input rows and columns, the specification of key titles and x-axis tic labels must also be modified accordingly. See the comments given below. @example set style histogram columnstacked plot '' u 5:key(1) # uses first column to generate key titles plot '' u 5 title columnhead # uses first row to generate xtic labels @end example Note that the two examples just given present exactly the same data values, but in different formats. @menu * newhistogram:: * automated_iteration_over_multiple_columns:: @end menu @node newhistogram, automated_iteration_over_multiple_columns, histograms, histograms @subsection newhistogram @cindex newhistogram @c ?histograms newhistogram @c ?plotting style histograms newhistogram More than one set of histograms can appear in a single plot. In this case you can force a gap between them, and a separate label for each set, by using the plot command `newhistogram @{""@} @{<first-linetype@} @{at <x-coord>@}`. For example @example set style histogram cluster plot newhistogram "Set A", 'a' using 1, '' using 2, '' using 3, \ newhistogram "Set B", 'b' using 1, '' using 2, '' using 3 @end example The labels "Set A" and "Set B" will appear beneath the respective sets of histograms, under the overall x axis label. The newhistogram command can also be used to force histogram coloring to begin with a specific color (linetype). By default colors will continue to increment successively even across histogram boundaries. Here is an example using the same coloring for multiple histograms @example plot newhistogram "Set A" lt 4, 'a' using 1, '' using 2, '' using 3, \ newhistogram "Set B" lt 4, 'b' using 1, '' using 2, '' using 3 @end example The `at <x-coord>` option only applies to column-stacked histograms. @node automated_iteration_over_multiple_columns, , newhistogram, histograms @subsection automated iteration over multiple columns @cindex automated @c ?histograms automated @c ?styles histograms automated @c ?plotting styles histograms automated If you want to create a histogram from many columns of data in a single file, it is very convenient to use the plot iteration feature. See @ref{iteration}. For example, to create stacked histograms of the data in columns 3 through 8 @example set style histogram columnstacked plot for [i=3:8] "datafile" using i title columnhead @end example @node image, impulses, histograms, plotting_styles @section image @c ?commands set style image @c ?set style image @c ?plotting styles image @c ?style image @cindex image @cindex rgbimage @cindex rgbalpha The `image`, @ref{rgbimage}, and @ref{rgbalpha} plotting styles all project an input 2D image onto either a 2D or 3D plot. It is assumed that the image data forms an equidistant sampling grid in the viewing plane along two, not necessarily orthogonal, directions. In other words, each group of four adjacent points is assumed to form a uniformly sized parallelogram. The paralleogram is painted using the color of the corresponding pixel in the input image. Each pixel (data point) of the input 2D image will become a rectangle or parallelipiped in the plot. The coordinates of each data point will determine the center of the parallelipiped. That is, an M x N set of data will form an image with M x N pixels. This is different from the pm3d plotting style, where an M x N set of data will form a surface of (M-1) x (N-1) elements. The scan directions for a binary image data grid can be further controlled by additional keywords. See `binary general keywords flipx`, `center`, and `rotate`. The `image` style handles input pixels containing a grayscale or color palette value. Thus 2D plots (`plot` command) require 3 columns of data (x,y,value), while 3D plots (`splot` command) require 4 columns of data (x,y,z,value). The @ref{rgbimage} style handles input pixels that are described by three separate values for the red, green, and blue components. Thus 5D data (x,y,r,g,b) is needed for `plot` and 6D data (x,y,z,r,g,b) for `splot`. The individual red, green, and blue components are assumed to lie in the range [0:255]. The @ref{rgbalpha} style handles input pixels that contain alpha channel (transparency) information in addition to the red, green, and blue components. Thus 6D data (x,y,r,g,b,a) is needed for `plot` and 7D data (x,y,z,r,g,b,a) for `splot`. The r, g, b, and alpha components are assumed to lie in the range [0:255]. @menu * transparency:: * image_failsafe:: @end menu @node transparency, image_failsafe, image, image @subsection transparency @c ?image transparency @cindex transparency @c ?alpha channel The @ref{rgbalpha} plotting style assumes that each pixel of input data contains an alpha value in the range [0:255]. A pixel with alpha = 0 is purely transparent and does not alter the underlying contents of the plot. A pixel with alpha = 255 is purely opaque. All terminal types can handle these two extreme cases. A pixel with 0 < alpha < 255 is partially transparent. Only a few terminal types can handle this correctly; other terminals will approximate this by treating alpha as being either 0 or 255. @node image_failsafe, , transparency, image @subsection image failsafe @c ?commands set style image failsafe @c ?set style image failsafe @c ?plotting styles image failsafe @c ?style image failsafe @c ?image failsafe @cindex failsafe Some terminal drivers provide code to optimize rendering of image data within a rectangular 2D area. However this code is known to be imperfect. This optimized code may be disabled by using the keyword `failsafe`. E.g. @example plot 'data' with image failsafe @end example @node impulses, labels, image, plotting_styles @section impulses @c ?commands set style impulses @c ?set style impulses @c ?plotting styles impulses @c ?style impulses @cindex impulses The @ref{impulses} style displays a vertical line from the x axis to the y value of each point (2D) or from the xy plane to the z value of each point (3D). Note that the y or z values may be negative. As with most plot styles, data from additional columns can be used to control the color of each impulse. To use this style effectively in 3D plots, it is useful to use thick lines (linewidth > 1). This approximates a 3D bar chart. @example 1 column: y # implicit x coordinate from row number (2D) 2 columns: x y # line from [x,0] to [x,y] (2D) 3 columns: x y z # line from [x,y,0] to [x,y,z] (3D) @end example @node labels, lines, impulses, plotting_styles @section labels @c ?commands set style labels @c ?set style labels @c ?plotting styles labels @c ?style labels @cindex labels The @ref{labels} style reads coordinates and text from a data file and places the text string at the corresponding 2D or 3D position. 3 or 4 input columns of basic data are required. Additional input columns may be used to provide information such as variable font size or text color (see `rgbcolor variable`). @example 3 columns: x y string # 2D version 4 columns: x y z string # 3D version @end example The font, color, rotation angle and other properties of the printed text may be specified as additional command options (see `set label`). The example below generates a 2D plot with text labels constructed from the city whose name is taken from column 1 of the input file, and whose geographic coordinates are in columns 4 and 5. The font size is calculated from the value in column 3, in this case the population. @example CityName(String,Size) = sprintf("@{/=%d %s@}", Scale(Size), String) plot 'cities.dat' using 5:4:(CityName(stringcolumn(1),$3)) with labels @end example If we did not want to adjust the font size to a different size for each city name, the command would be much simpler: @example plot 'cities.dat' using 5:4:1 with labels font "Times,8" @end example The @ref{labels} style can also be used in 3D plots. In this case four input column specifiers are required, corresponding to X Y Z and text. @example splot 'datafile' using 1:2:3:4 with labels @end example See also `datastrings`, `set style data`. @node lines, linespoints, labels, plotting_styles @section lines @c ?commands set style lines @c ?set style lines @c ?plotting styles lines @c ?style lines @cindex lines The `lines` style connects adjacent points with straight line segments. It may be used in either 2D or 3D plots. The basic form requires 1, 2, or 3 columns of input data. Additional input columns may be used to provide information such as variable line color (see `rgbcolor variable`). 2D form @example 1 column: y # implicit x from row number 2 columns: x y @end example 3D form @example 1 column: z # implicit x from row, y from index 3 columns: x y z @end example See also `linetype`, `linewidth`, and `linestyle`. @node linespoints, points, lines, plotting_styles @section linespoints @c ?commands set style linespoints @c ?commands set style lp @c ?set style linespoints @c ?plotting styles linespoints @c ?set style lp @c ?style linespoints @c ?style lp @cindex linespoints @cindex lp The @ref{linespoints} style does both `lines` and `points`, that is, it draws a small symbol at each point and then connects adjacent points with straight line segments. The command @ref{pointsize} may be used to change the size of the points. See @ref{pointsize} for its usage. 1 or 2 columns of basic input data are required in 2D plots; 1 or 3 columns are required if 3D plots. See `style lines`. Additional input columns may be used to provide information such as variable point size or line color. @ref{linespoints} may be abbreviated `lp`. @node points, steps, linespoints, plotting_styles @section points @c ?commands set style points @c ?set style points @c ?plotting styles points @c ?style points @cindex points The `points` style displays a small symbol at each point. The command @ref{pointsize} may be used to change the default size of the points. 1 or 2 columns of basic input data are required in 2D plots; 1 or 3 columns are required if 3D plots. See `style lines`. Additional input columns may be used to provide information such as variable point size or line color. @node steps, rgbalpha, points, plotting_styles @section steps @c ?commands set style steps @c ?set style steps @c ?plotting styles steps @c ?style steps @cindex steps The @ref{steps} style is only relevant to 2D plotting. It connects consecutive points with two line segments: the first from (x1,y1) to (x2,y1) and the second from (x2,y1) to (x2,y2). The input column requires are the same as for plot styles `lines` and `points`. The difference between @ref{fsteps} and @ref{steps} is that @ref{fsteps} traces first the change in y and then the change in x. @ref{steps} traces first the change in x and then the change in y. See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/steps.html,steps demo. } @node rgbalpha, rgbimage, steps, plotting_styles @section rgbalpha @c ?commands set style rgbalpha @c ?set style rgbalpha @c ?plotting styles rgbalpha @c ?style rgbalpha See `image`. @node rgbimage, vectors, rgbalpha, plotting_styles @section rgbimage @c ?commands set style rgbimage @c ?set style rgbimage @c ?plotting styles rgbimage @c ?style rgbimage See `image`. @node vectors, xerrorbars, rgbimage, plotting_styles @section vectors @c ?commands set style vectors @c ?set style vectors @c ?plotting styles vectors @c ?style vectors @cindex vectors The 2D @ref{vectors} style draws a vector from (x,y) to (x+xdelta,y+ydelta). The 3D @ref{vectors} style is similar, but requires six columns of basic data. A small arrowhead is drawn at the end of each vector. @example 4 columns: x y xdelta ydelta 6 columns: x y z xdelta ydelta zdelta @end example splot with vectors is supported only for `set mapping cartesian`. The keywords "with vectors" may be followed by arrow style specifications. See `arrowstyle` for more details. Example: @example plot 'file.dat' using 1:2:3:4 with vectors head filled lt 2 splot 'file.dat' using 1:2:3:(1):(1):(1) with vectors filled head lw 2 @end example `set clip one` and `set clip two` affect vectors drawn in 2D. Please see @ref{clip} and `arrowstyle`. @node xerrorbars, xyerrorbars, vectors, plotting_styles @section xerrorbars @c ?commands set style xerrorbars @c ?set style xerrorbars @c ?plotting styles xerrorbars @c ?style xerrorbars @cindex xerrorbars The @ref{xerrorbars} style is only relevant to 2D data plots. @ref{xerrorbars} is like @ref{dots}, except that a horizontal error bar is also drawn. At each point (x,y), a line is drawn from (xlow,y) to (xhigh,y) or from (x-xdelta,y) to (x+xdelta,y), depending on how many data columns are provided. A tic mark is placed at the ends of the error bar (unless @ref{bars} is used---see @ref{bars} for details). The basic style requires either 3 or 4 columns: @example 3 columns: x y xdelta 4 columns: x y xlow xhigh @end example @node xyerrorbars, yerrorbars, xerrorbars, plotting_styles @section xyerrorbars @c ?commands set style xyerrorbars @c ?set style xyerrorbars @c ?plotting styles xyerrorbars @c ?style xyerrorbars @cindex xyerrorbars The @ref{xyerrorbars} style is only relevant to 2D data plots. @ref{xyerrorbars} is like @ref{dots}, except that horizontal and vertical error bars are also drawn. At each point (x,y), lines are drawn from (x,y-ydelta) to (x,y+ydelta) and from (x-xdelta,y) to (x+xdelta,y) or from (x,ylow) to (x,yhigh) and from (xlow,y) to (xhigh,y), depending upon the number of data columns provided. A tic mark is placed at the ends of the error bar (unless @ref{bars} is used---see @ref{bars} for details). Either 4 or 6 input columns are required. @example 4 columns: x y xdelta ydelta 6 columns: x y xlow xhigh ylow yhigh @end example If data are provided in an unsupported mixed form, the @ref{using} filter on the `plot` command should be used to set up the appropriate form. For example, if the data are of the form (x,y,xdelta,ylow,yhigh), then you can use @example plot 'data' using 1:2:($1-$3):($1+$3):4:5 with xyerrorbars @end example @node yerrorbars, xerrorlines, xyerrorbars, plotting_styles @section yerrorbars @c ?commands set style yerrorbars @c ?commands set style errorbars @c ?plotting styles yerrorbars @c ?plotting styles errorbars @c ?set style yerrorbars @c ?set style errorbars @c ?style yerrorbars @c ?style errorbars @cindex yerrorbars The @ref{yerrorbars} (or @ref{errorbars}) style is only relevant to 2D data plots. @ref{yerrorbars} is like `points`, except that a vertical error bar is also drawn. At each point (x,y), a line is drawn from (x,y-ydelta) to (x,y+ydelta) or from (x,ylow) to (x,yhigh), depending on how many data columns are provided. A tic mark is placed at the ends of the error bar (unless @ref{bars} is used---see @ref{bars} for details). Either 3 or 4 input columns are required. @example 3 columns: x y ydelta 4 columns: x y ylow yhigh @end example See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/mgr.html,errorbar demo. } @node xerrorlines, xyerrorlines, yerrorbars, plotting_styles @section xerrorlines @c ?commands set style xerrorlines @c ?set style xerrorlines @c ?plotting styles xerrorlines @c ?style xerrorlines @cindex xerrorlines The @ref{xerrorlines} style is only relevant to 2D data plots. @ref{xerrorlines} is like @ref{linespoints}, except that a horizontal error line is also drawn. At each point (x,y), a line is drawn from (xlow,y) to (xhigh,y) or from (x-xdelta,y) to (x+xdelta,y), depending on how many data columns are provided. A tic mark is placed at the ends of the error bar (unless @ref{bars} is used---see @ref{bars} for details). The basic style requires either 3 or 4 columns: @example 3 columns: x y xdelta 4 columns: x y xlow xhigh @end example @node xyerrorlines, yerrorlines, xerrorlines, plotting_styles @section xyerrorlines @c ?commands set style xyerrorlines @c ?set style xyerrorlines @c ?plotting styles xyerrorlines @c ?style xyerrorlines @cindex xyerrorlines The @ref{xyerrorlines} style is only relevant to 2D data plots. @ref{xyerrorlines} is like @ref{linespoints}, except that horizontal and vertical error bars are also drawn. At each point (x,y), lines are drawn from (x,y-ydelta) to (x,y+ydelta) and from (x-xdelta,y) to (x+xdelta,y) or from (x,ylow) to (x,yhigh) and from (xlow,y) to (xhigh,y), depending upon the number of data columns provided. A tic mark is placed at the ends of the error bar (unless @ref{bars} is used---see @ref{bars} for details). Either 4 or 6 input columns are required. @example 4 columns: x y xdelta ydelta 6 columns: x y xlow xhigh ylow yhigh @end example If data are provided in an unsupported mixed form, the @ref{using} filter on the `plot` command should be used to set up the appropriate form. For example, if the data are of the form (x,y,xdelta,ylow,yhigh), then you can use @example plot 'data' using 1:2:($1-$3):($1+$3):4:5 with xyerrorlines @end example @node yerrorlines, 3D_(surface)_plots, xyerrorlines, plotting_styles @section yerrorlines @c ?commands set style yerrorlines @c ?commands set style errorlines @c ?plotting styles yerrorlines @c ?plotting styles errorlines @c ?set style yerrorlines @c ?set style errorlines @c ?style yerrorlines @c ?style errorlines @cindex yerrorlines The @ref{yerrorlines} (or @ref{errorlines}) style is only relevant to 2D data plots. @ref{yerrorlines} is like @ref{linespoints}, except that a vertical error line is also drawn. At each point (x,y), a line is drawn from (x,y-ydelta) to (x,y+ydelta) or from (x,ylow) to (x,yhigh), depending on how many data columns are provided. A tic mark is placed at the ends of the error bar (see @ref{bars} for details). Either 3 or 4 input columns are required. @example 3 columns: x y ydelta 4 columns: x y ylow yhigh @end example See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/mgr.html,errorbar demo. } @node 3D_(surface)_plots, , yerrorlines, plotting_styles @section 3D (surface) plots @c ?3D (surface) plots @c ?plotting styles 3d (surface) plots Surface plots are generated using the `splot` command rather than the `plot` command. The style `with lines` draws a surface made from a grid of lines. Solid surfaces can be drawn using the style @ref{pm3d}. Usually the surface is displayed at some arbitrary viewing angle, such that it clearly represents a 3D surface. In this case the X, Y, and Z axes are all visible in the plot. The illusion of 3D is enhanced by choosing hidden line removal or depth-sorted surface elements. See @ref{hidden3d} and the @ref{depthorder} option of @ref{pm3d}. The `splot` command can also calculate and draw contour lines corresponding to constant Z values. These contour lines may be drawn onto the surface itself, or projected onto the XY plane. See @ref{contour}. An important special case of the `splot` command is to map the Z coordinate onto a 2D surface by projecting the plot along the Z axis. See `set view map`. This plot mode can be used to generate contour plots and heat maps. @node Commands, Terminal_types, plotting_styles, Top @chapter Commands @cindex commands This section lists the commands acceptable to `gnuplot` in alphabetical order. Printed versions of this document contain all commands; the text available interactively may not be complete. Indeed, on some systems there may be no commands at all listed under this heading. Note that in most cases unambiguous abbreviations for command names and their options are permissible, i.e., "`p f(x) w li`" instead of "`plot f(x) with lines`". In the syntax descriptions, braces (@{@}) denote optional arguments and a vertical bar (|) separates mutually exclusive choices. @menu * cd:: * call:: * clear:: * evaluate:: * exit:: * fit:: * help:: * history:: * if:: * iteration:: * load:: * lower:: * pause:: * plot:: * print:: * pwd:: * quit:: * raise:: * refresh:: * replot:: * reread:: * reset:: * save:: * set-show:: * shell:: * splot:: * system_:: * test:: * undefine:: * unset:: * update:: @end menu @node cd, call, Commands, Commands @section cd @c ?commands cd @cindex cd @cmindex cd The @ref{cd} command changes the working directory. Syntax: @example cd '<directory-name>' @end example The directory name must be enclosed in quotes. Examples: @example cd 'subdir' cd ".." @end example It is recommended that Windows users use single-quotes, because backslash [\] has special significance inside double-quotes and has to be escaped. For example, @example cd "c:\newdata" @end example fails, but @example cd 'c:\newdata' cd "c:\\newdata" @end example work as expected. @node call, clear, cd, Commands @section call @c ?commands call @cindex call @cmindex call The @ref{call} command is identical to the load command with one exception: you can have up to ten additional parameters to the command (delimited according to the standard parser rules) which can be substituted into the lines read from the file. As each line is read from the @ref{call}ed input file, it is scanned for the sequence `$` (dollar-sign) followed by a digit (0--9). If found, the sequence is replaced by the corresponding parameter from the @ref{call} command line. If the parameter was specified as a string in the @ref{call} line, it is substituted without its enclosing quotes. Sequence `$#` is replaced by the number of passed parameters. `$` followed by any character will be that character; e.g. use `$$` to get a single `$`. Providing more than ten parameters on the @ref{call} command line will cause an error. A parameter that was not provided substitutes as nothing. Files being @ref{call}ed may themselves contain @ref{call} or `load` commands. Syntax: @example call "<input-file>" <parameter-0> <parm-1> ... <parm-9> @end example The name of the input file must be enclosed in quotes, and it is recommended that parameters are similarly enclosed in quotes (future versions of gnuplot may treat quoted and unquoted arguments differently). Example: If the file 'calltest.gp' contains the line: @example print "argc=$# p0=$0 p1=$1 p2=$2 p3=$3 p4=$4 p5=$5 p6=$6 p7=x$7x" @end example entering the command: @example call 'calltest.gp' "abcd" 1.2 + "'quoted'" -- "$2" @end example will display: @example argc=7 p0=abcd p1=1.2 p2=+ p3='quoted' p4=- p5=- p6=$2 p7=xx @end example NOTE: there is a clash in syntax with the datafile @ref{using} callback operator. Use `$$n` or `column(n)` to access column n from a datafile inside a @ref{call}ed datafile plot. @node clear, evaluate, call, Commands @section clear @c ?commands clear @cindex clear @cmindex clear The @ref{clear} command erases the current screen or output device as specified by @ref{output}. This usually generates a formfeed on hardcopy devices. Use @ref{terminal} to set the device type. For some terminals @ref{clear} erases only the portion of the plotting surface defined by @ref{size}, so for these it can be used in conjunction with @ref{multiplot} to create an inset. Example: @example set multiplot plot sin(x) set origin 0.5,0.5 set size 0.4,0.4 clear plot cos(x) unset multiplot @end example Please see @ref{multiplot}, @ref{size}, and @ref{origin} for details of these commands. @node evaluate, exit, clear, Commands @section evaluate @c ?commands evaluate @cindex evaluate @cmindex evaluate The @ref{evaluate} command executes the commands given as an argument string. Newline characters are not allowed within the string. Syntax: @example eval <string expression> @end example This is especially useful for a repetition of similar commands. Example: @example set_label(x, y, text) \ = sprintf("set label '%s' at %f, %f point pt 5", text, x, y) eval set_label(1., 1., 'one/one') eval set_label(2., 1., 'two/one') eval set_label(1., 2., 'one/two') @end example Please see @ref{macros} for another way to execute commands from a string. @node exit, fit, evaluate, Commands @section exit @c ?commands exit @cindex exit @cmindex exit The commands @ref{exit} and @ref{quit}, as well as the END-OF-FILE character (usually Ctrl-D) terminate input from the current input stream: terminal session, pipe, and file input (pipe). If input streams are nested (inherited `load` scripts), then reading will continue in the parent stream. When the top level stream is closed, the program itself will exit. The command `exit gnuplot` will immediately and unconditionally cause gnuplot to exit even if the input stream is multiply nested. In this case any open output files may not be completed cleanly. Example of use: @example bind "ctrl-x" "unset output; exit gnuplot" @end example See help for `batch/interactive` for more details. @node fit, help, exit, Commands @section fit @c ?commands fit @cindex fit @cmindex fit @cindex least-squares @cindex Marquardt The @ref{fit} command can fit a user-defined function to a set of data points (x,y) or (x,y,z), using an implementation of the nonlinear least-squares (NLLS) Marquardt-Levenberg algorithm. Any user-defined variable occurring in the function body may serve as a fit parameter, but the return type of the function must be real. Syntax: @example fit @{[xrange] @{[yrange]@}@} <function> '<datafile>' @{datafile-modifiers@} via '<parameter file>' | <var1>@{,<var2>,...@} @end example Ranges may be specified to temporarily limit the data which is to be fitted; any out-of-range data points are ignored. The syntax is @example [@{dummy_variable=@}@{<min>@}@{:<max>@}], @end example analogous to `plot`; see @ref{ranges}. <function> is any valid `gnuplot` expression, although it is usual to use a previously user-defined function of the form f(x) or f(x,y). <datafile> is treated as in the `plot` command. All the @ref{datafile} modifiers (@ref{using}, @ref{every},...) except @ref{smooth} and the deprecated @ref{thru} are applicable to @ref{fit}. See @ref{datafile}. The default data formats for fitting functions with a single independent variable, y=f(x), are @{x:@}y or x:y:s; those formats can be changed with the datafile @ref{using} qualifier. The third item (a column number or an expression), if present, is interpreted as the standard deviation of the corresponding y value and is used to compute a weight for the datum, 1/s**2. Otherwise, all data points are weighted equally, with a weight of one. Note that if you don't specify a @ref{using} option at all, no y deviations are read from the datafile even if it does have a third column, so you'll always get unit weights. To fit a function with two independent variables, z=f(x,y), the required format is @ref{using} with four items, x:y:z:s. The complete format must be given---no default columns are assumed for a missing token. Weights for each data point are evaluated from 's' as above. If error estimates are not available, a constant value can be specified as a constant expression (see @ref{using}), e.g., `using 1:2:3:(1)`. Multiple datasets may be simultaneously fit with functions of one independent variable by making y a 'pseudo-variable', e.g., the dataline number, and fitting as two independent variables. See @ref{multi-branch}. The `via` qualifier specifies which parameters are to be adjusted, either directly, or by referencing a parameter file. Examples: @example f(x) = a*x**2 + b*x + c g(x,y) = a*x**2 + b*y**2 + c*x*y FIT_LIMIT = 1e-6 fit f(x) 'measured.dat' via 'start.par' fit f(x) 'measured.dat' using 3:($7-5) via 'start.par' fit f(x) './data/trash.dat' using 1:2:3 via a, b, c fit g(x,y) 'surface.dat' using 1:2:3:(1) via a, b, c @end example After each iteration step, detailed information about the current state of the fit is written to the display. The same information about the initial and final states is written to a log file, "fit.log". This file is always appended to, so as to not lose any previous fit history; it should be deleted or renamed as desired. By using the command `set fit logfile`, the name of the log file can be changed. If gnuplot was built with this option, and you activated it using `set fit errorvariables`, the error for each fitted parameter will be stored in a variable named like the parameter, but with "_err" appended. Thus the errors can be used as input for further computations. The fit may be interrupted by pressing Ctrl-C. After the current iteration completes, you have the option to (1) stop the fit and accept the current parameter values, (2) continue the fit, (3) execute a `gnuplot` command as specified by the environment variable FIT_SCRIPT. The default for FIT_SCRIPT is @ref{replot}, so if you had previously plotted both the data and the fitting function in one graph, you can display the current state of the fit. Once @ref{fit} has finished, the @ref{update} command may be used to store final values in a file for subsequent use as a parameter file. See @ref{update} for details. @menu * adjustable_parameters:: * short_introduction:: * error_estimates:: * control:: * multi-branch:: * starting_values:: * tips:: @end menu @node adjustable_parameters, short_introduction, fit, fit @subsection adjustable parameters @c ?commands fit parameters @c ?fit parameters @c ?commands fit adjustable_parameters @c ?fit adjustable_parameters @cindex fit_parameters There are two ways that `via` can specify the parameters to be adjusted, either directly on the command line or indirectly, by referencing a parameter file. The two use different means to set initial values. Adjustable parameters can be specified by a comma-separated list of variable names after the `via` keyword. Any variable that is not already defined is created with an initial value of 1.0. However, the fit is more likely to converge rapidly if the variables have been previously declared with more appropriate starting values. In a parameter file, each parameter to be varied and a corresponding initial value are specified, one per line, in the form @example varname = value @end example Comments, marked by '#', and blank lines are permissible. The special form @example varname = value # FIXED @end example means that the variable is treated as a 'fixed parameter', initialized by the parameter file, but not adjusted by @ref{fit}. For clarity, it may be useful to designate variables as fixed parameters so that their values are reported by @ref{fit}. The keyword `# FIXED` has to appear in exactly this form. @node short_introduction, error_estimates, adjustable_parameters, fit @subsection short introduction @c ?commands fit beginners_guide @c ?fit beginners_guide @c ?fit guide @cindex fitting @ref{fit} is used to find a set of parameters that 'best' fits your data to your user-defined function. The fit is judged on the basis of the sum of the squared differences or 'residuals' (SSR) between the input data points and the function values, evaluated at the same places. This quantity is often called 'chisquare' (i.e., the Greek letter chi, to the power of 2). The algorithm attempts to minimize SSR, or more precisely, WSSR, as the residuals are 'weighted' by the input data errors (or 1.0) before being squared; see `fit error_estimates` for details. That's why it is called 'least-squares fitting'. Let's look at an example to see what is meant by 'non-linear', but first we had better go over some terms. Here it is convenient to use z as the dependent variable for user-defined functions of either one independent variable, z=f(x), or two independent variables, z=f(x,y). A parameter is a user-defined variable that @ref{fit} will adjust, i.e., an unknown quantity in the function declaration. Linearity/non-linearity refers to the relationship of the dependent variable, z, to the parameters which @ref{fit} is adjusting, not of z to the independent variables, x and/or y. (To be technical, the second @{and higher@} derivatives of the fitting function with respect to the parameters are zero for a linear least-squares problem). For linear least-squares (LLS), the user-defined function will be a sum of simple functions, not involving any parameters, each multiplied by one parameter. NLLS handles more complicated functions in which parameters can be used in a large number of ways. An example that illustrates the difference between linear and nonlinear least-squares is the Fourier series. One member may be written as @example z=a*sin(c*x) + b*cos(c*x). @end example If a and b are the unknown parameters and c is constant, then estimating values of the parameters is a linear least-squares problem. However, if c is an unknown parameter, the problem is nonlinear. In the linear case, parameter values can be determined by comparatively simple linear algebra, in one direct step. However LLS is a special case which is also solved along with more general NLLS problems by the iterative procedure that `gnuplot` uses. @ref{fit} attempts to find the minimum by doing a search. Each step (iteration) calculates WSSR with a new set of parameter values. The Marquardt-Levenberg algorithm selects the parameter values for the next iteration. The process continues until a preset criterion is met, either (1) the fit has "converged" (the relative change in WSSR is less than FIT_LIMIT), or (2) it reaches a preset iteration count limit, FIT_MAXITER (see @ref{variables}). The fit may also be interrupted and subsequently halted from the keyboard (see @ref{fit}). The user variable FIT_CONVERGED contains 1 if the previous fit command terminated due to convergence; it contains 0 if the previous fit terminated for any other reason. Often the function to be fitted will be based on a model (or theory) that attempts to describe or predict the behaviour of the data. Then @ref{fit} can be used to find values for the free parameters of the model, to determine how well the data fits the model, and to estimate an error range for each parameter. See `fit error_estimates`. Alternatively, in curve-fitting, functions are selected independent of a model (on the basis of experience as to which are likely to describe the trend of the data with the desired resolution and a minimum number of parameters*functions.) The @ref{fit} solution then provides an analytic representation of the curve. However, if all you really want is a smooth curve through your data points, the @ref{smooth} option to `plot` may be what you've been looking for rather than @ref{fit}. @node error_estimates, control, short_introduction, fit @subsection error estimates @c ?commands fit error_estimates @c ?fit error_estimates @c ?fit errors In @ref{fit}, the term "error" is used in two different contexts, data error estimates and parameter error estimates. Data error estimates are used to calculate the relative weight of each data point when determining the weighted sum of squared residuals, WSSR or chisquare. They can affect the parameter estimates, since they determine how much influence the deviation of each data point from the fitted function has on the final values. Some of the @ref{fit} output information, including the parameter error estimates, is more meaningful if accurate data error estimates have been provided. The 'statistical overview' describes some of the @ref{fit} output and gives some background for the 'practical guidelines'. @menu * statistical_overview:: * practical_guidelines:: @end menu @node statistical_overview, practical_guidelines, error_estimates, error_estimates @subsubsection statistical overview @c ?commands fit error statistical_overview @c ?fit error statistical_overview @cindex statistical_overview The theory of non-linear least-squares (NLLS) is generally described in terms of a normal distribution of errors, that is, the input data is assumed to be a sample from a population having a given mean and a Gaussian (normal) distribution about the mean with a given standard deviation. For a sample of sufficiently large size, and knowing the population standard deviation, one can use the statistics of the chisquare distribution to describe a "goodness of fit" by looking at the variable often called "chisquare". Here, it is sufficient to say that a reduced chisquare (chisquare/degrees of freedom, where degrees of freedom is the number of datapoints less the number of parameters being fitted) of 1.0 is an indication that the weighted sum of squared deviations between the fitted function and the data points is the same as that expected for a random sample from a population characterized by the function with the current value of the parameters and the given standard deviations. If the standard deviation for the population is not constant, as in counting statistics where variance = counts, then each point should be individually weighted when comparing the observed sum of deviations and the expected sum of deviations. At the conclusion @ref{fit} reports 'stdfit', the standard deviation of the fit, which is the rms of the residuals, and the variance of the residuals, also called 'reduced chisquare' when the data points are weighted. The number of degrees of freedom (the number of data points minus the number of fitted parameters) is used in these estimates because the parameters used in calculating the residuals of the datapoints were obtained from the same data. These values are exported to the variables @example FIT_NDF = Number of degrees of freedom FIT_WSSR = Weighted sum-of-squares residual FIT_STDFIT = sqrt(WSSR/NDF) @end example To estimate confidence levels for the parameters, one can use the minimum chisquare obtained from the fit and chisquare statistics to determine the value of chisquare corresponding to the desired confidence level, but considerably more calculation is required to determine the combinations of parameters which produce such values. Rather than determine confidence intervals, @ref{fit} reports parameter error estimates which are readily obtained from the variance-covariance matrix after the final iteration. By convention, these estimates are called "standard errors" or "asymptotic standard errors", since they are calculated in the same way as the standard errors (standard deviation of each parameter) of a linear least-squares problem, even though the statistical conditions for designating the quantity calculated to be a standard deviation are not generally valid for the NLLS problem. The asymptotic standard errors are generally over-optimistic and should not be used for determining confidence levels, but are useful for qualitative purposes. The final solution also produces a correlation matrix, which gives an indication of the correlation of parameters in the region of the solution; if one parameter is changed, increasing chisquare, does changing another compensate? The main diagonal elements, autocorrelation, are all 1; if all parameters were independent, all other elements would be nearly 0. Two variables which completely compensate each other would have an off-diagonal element of unit magnitude, with a sign depending on whether the relation is proportional or inversely proportional. The smaller the magnitudes of the off-diagonal elements, the closer the estimates of the standard deviation of each parameter would be to the asymptotic standard error. @node practical_guidelines, , statistical_overview, error_estimates @subsubsection practical guidelines @c ?commands fit error practical_guidelines @c ?fit error practical_guidelines @cindex practical_guidelines @cindex guidelines If you have a basis for assigning weights to each data point, doing so lets you make use of additional knowledge about your measurements, e.g., take into account that some points may be more reliable than others. That may affect the final values of the parameters. Weighting the data provides a basis for interpreting the additional @ref{fit} output after the last iteration. Even if you weight each point equally, estimating an average standard deviation rather than using a weight of 1 makes WSSR a dimensionless variable, as chisquare is by definition. Each fit iteration will display information which can be used to evaluate the progress of the fit. (An '*' indicates that it did not find a smaller WSSR and is trying again.) The 'sum of squares of residuals', also called 'chisquare', is the WSSR between the data and your fitted function; @ref{fit} has minimized that. At this stage, with weighted data, chisquare is expected to approach the number of degrees of freedom (data points minus parameters). The WSSR can be used to calculate the reduced chisquare (WSSR/ndf) or stdfit, the standard deviation of the fit, sqrt(WSSR/ndf). Both of these are reported for the final WSSR. If the data are unweighted, stdfit is the rms value of the deviation of the data from the fitted function, in user units. If you supplied valid data errors, the number of data points is large enough, and the model is correct, the reduced chisquare should be about unity. (For details, look up the 'chi-squared distribution' in your favourite statistics reference.) If so, there are additional tests, beyond the scope of this overview, for determining how well the model fits the data. A reduced chisquare much larger than 1.0 may be due to incorrect data error estimates, data errors not normally distributed, systematic measurement errors, 'outliers', or an incorrect model function. A plot of the residuals, e.g., `plot 'datafile' using 1:($2-f($1))`, may help to show any systematic trends. Plotting both the data points and the function may help to suggest another model. Similarly, a reduced chisquare less than 1.0 indicates WSSR is less than that expected for a random sample from the function with normally distributed errors. The data error estimates may be too large, the statistical assumptions may not be justified, or the model function may be too general, fitting fluctuations in a particular sample in addition to the underlying trends. In the latter case, a simpler function may be more appropriate. You'll have to get used to both @ref{fit} and the kind of problems you apply it to before you can relate the standard errors to some more practical estimates of parameter uncertainties or evaluate the significance of the correlation matrix. Note that @ref{fit}, in common with most NLLS implementations, minimizes the weighted sum of squared distances (y-f(x))**2. It does not provide any means to account for "errors" in the values of x, only in y. Also, any "outliers" (data points outside the normal distribution of the model) will have an exaggerated effect on the solution. @node control, multi-branch, error_estimates, fit @subsection control @c ?commands fit control @c ?fit control There are a number of `gnuplot` variables that can be defined to affect @ref{fit}. Those which can be defined once `gnuplot` is running are listed under 'control_variables' while those defined before starting `gnuplot` are listed under 'environment_variables'. @menu * control_variables:: * environment_variables:: @end menu @node control_variables, environment_variables, control, control @subsubsection control variables @c ?commands fit control variables @c ?fit control variables The default epsilon limit (1e-5) may be changed by declaring a value for @example FIT_LIMIT @end example When the sum of squared residuals changes between two iteration steps by a factor less than this number (epsilon), the fit is considered to have 'converged'. The maximum number of iterations may be limited by declaring a value for @example FIT_MAXITER @end example A value of 0 (or not defining it at all) means that there is no limit. If you need even more control about the algorithm, and know the Marquardt-Levenberg algorithm well, there are some more variables to influence it. The startup value of `lambda` is normally calculated automatically from the ML-matrix, but if you want to, you may provide your own one with @example FIT_START_LAMBDA @end example Specifying FIT_START_LAMBDA as zero or less will re-enable the automatic selection. The variable @example FIT_LAMBDA_FACTOR @end example gives the factor by which `lambda` is increased or decreased whenever the chi-squared target function increased or decreased significantly. Setting FIT_LAMBDA_FACTOR to zero re-enables the default factor of 10.0. Other variables with the FIT_ prefix may be added to @ref{fit}, so it is safer not to use that prefix for user-defined variables. The variables FIT_SKIP and FIT_INDEX were used by earlier releases of `gnuplot` with a 'fit' patch called `gnufit` and are no longer available. The datafile @ref{every} modifier provides the functionality of FIT_SKIP. FIT_INDEX was used for multi-branch fitting, but multi-branch fitting of one independent variable is now done as a pseudo-3D fit in which the second independent variable and @ref{using} are used to specify the branch. See @ref{multi-branch}. @node environment_variables, , control_variables, control @subsubsection environment variables @c ?commands fit control environment @c ?fit control environment The environment variables must be defined before `gnuplot` is executed; how to do so depends on your operating system. @example FIT_LOG @end example changes the name (and/or path) of the file to which the fit log will be written from the default of "fit.log" in the working directory. The default value can be overwritten using the command `set fit logfile`. @example FIT_SCRIPT @end example specifies a command that may be executed after an user interrupt. The default is @ref{replot}, but a `plot` or `load` command may be useful to display a plot customized to highlight the progress of the fit. @node multi-branch, starting_values, control, fit @subsection multi-branch @c ?commands fit multi-branch @c ?fit multi-branch @cindex multi-branch @cindex branch In multi-branch fitting, multiple data sets can be simultaneously fit with functions of one independent variable having common parameters by minimizing the total WSSR. The function and parameters (branch) for each data set are selected by using a 'pseudo-variable', e.g., either the dataline number (a 'column' index of -1) or the datafile index (-2), as the second independent variable. Example: Given two exponential decays of the form, z=f(x), each describing a different data set but having a common decay time, estimate the values of the parameters. If the datafile has the format x:z:s, then @example f(x,y) = (y==0) ? a*exp(-x/tau) : b*exp(-x/tau) fit f(x,y) 'datafile' using 1:-2:2:3 via a, b, tau @end example For a more complicated example, see the file "hexa.fnc" used by the "fit.dem" demo. Appropriate weighting may be required since unit weights may cause one branch to predominate if there is a difference in the scale of the dependent variable. Fitting each branch separately, using the multi-branch solution as initial values, may give an indication as to the relative effect of each branch on the joint solution. @node starting_values, tips, multi-branch, fit @subsection starting values @c ?commands fit starting_values @c ?fit starting_values @cindex starting_values Nonlinear fitting is not guaranteed to converge to the global optimum (the solution with the smallest sum of squared residuals, SSR), and can get stuck at a local minimum. The routine has no way to determine that; it is up to you to judge whether this has happened. @ref{fit} may, and often will get "lost" if started far from a solution, where SSR is large and changing slowly as the parameters are varied, or it may reach a numerically unstable region (e.g., too large a number causing a floating point overflow) which results in an "undefined value" message or `gnuplot` halting. To improve the chances of finding the global optimum, you should set the starting values at least roughly in the vicinity of the solution, e.g., within an order of magnitude, if possible. The closer your starting values are to the solution, the less chance of stopping at another minimum. One way to find starting values is to plot data and the fitting function on the same graph and change parameter values and @ref{replot} until reasonable similarity is reached. The same plot is also useful to check whether the fit stopped at a minimum with a poor fit. Of course, a reasonably good fit is not proof there is not a "better" fit (in either a statistical sense, characterized by an improved goodness-of-fit criterion, or a physical sense, with a solution more consistent with the model.) Depending on the problem, it may be desirable to @ref{fit} with various sets of starting values, covering a reasonable range for each parameter. @node tips, , starting_values, fit @subsection tips @c ?commands fit tips @c ?fit tips @cindex tips Here are some tips to keep in mind to get the most out of @ref{fit}. They're not very organized, so you'll have to read them several times until their essence has sunk in. The two forms of the `via` argument to @ref{fit} serve two largely distinct purposes. The `via "file"` form is best used for (possibly unattended) batch operation, where you just supply the startup values in a file and can later use @ref{update} to copy the results back into another (or the same) parameter file. The `via var1, var2, ...` form is best used interactively, where the command history mechanism may be used to edit the list of parameters to be fitted or to supply new startup values for the next try. This is particularly useful for hard problems, where a direct fit to all parameters at once won't work without good starting values. To find such, you can iterate several times, fitting only some of the parameters, until the values are close enough to the goal that the final fit to all parameters at once will work. Make sure that there is no mutual dependency among parameters of the function you are fitting. For example, don't try to fit a*exp(x+b), because a*exp(x+b)=a*exp(b)*exp(x). Instead, fit either a*exp(x) or exp(x+b). A technical issue: the parameters must not be too different in magnitude. The larger the ratio of the largest and the smallest absolute parameter values, the slower the fit will converge. If the ratio is close to or above the inverse of the machine floating point precision, it may take next to forever to converge, or refuse to converge at all. You will have to adapt your function to avoid this, e.g., replace 'parameter' by '1e9*parameter' in the function definition, and divide the starting value by 1e9. If you can write your function as a linear combination of simple functions weighted by the parameters to be fitted, by all means do so. That helps a lot, because the problem is no longer nonlinear and should converge with only a small number of iterations, perhaps just one. Some prescriptions for analysing data, given in practical experimentation courses, may have you first fit some functions to your data, perhaps in a multi-step process of accounting for several aspects of the underlying theory one by one, and then extract the information you really wanted from the fitting parameters of those functions. With @ref{fit}, this may often be done in one step by writing the model function directly in terms of the desired parameters. Transforming data can also quite often be avoided, though sometimes at the cost of a more difficult fit problem. If you think this contradicts the previous paragraph about simplifying the fit function, you are correct. A "singular matrix" message indicates that this implementation of the Marquardt-Levenberg algorithm can't calculate parameter values for the next iteration. Try different starting values, writing the function in another form, or a simpler function. Finally, a nice quote from the manual of another fitting package (fudgit), that kind of summarizes all these issues: "Nonlinear fitting is an art!" @node help, history, fit, Commands @section help @c ?commands help @cindex help @cmindex help The @ref{help} command displays built-in help. To specify information on a particular topic use the syntax: @example help @{<topic>@} @end example If <topic> is not specified, a short message is printed about `gnuplot`. After help for the requested topic is given, a menu of subtopics is given; help for a subtopic may be requested by typing its name, extending the help request. After that subtopic has been printed, the request may be extended again or you may go back one level to the previous topic. Eventually, the `gnuplot` command line will return. If a question mark (?) is given as the topic, the list of topics currently available is printed on the screen. @node history, if, help, Commands @section history @c ?commands history @cindex history @cmindex history `history` command lists or saves previous entries in the history of the command line editing, or executes an entry. Here you find 'usage by examples': @example history # show the complete history history 5 # show last 5 entries in the history history quiet 5 # show last 5 entries without entry numbers history "hist.gp" # write the complete history to file hist.gp history "hist.gp" append # append the complete history to file hist.gp history 10 "hist.gp" # write last 10 commands to file hist.gp history 10 "|head -5 >>diary.gp" # write 5 history commands using pipe history ?load # show all history entries starting with "load" history ?"set c" # like above, several words enclosed in quotes hi !reread # execute last entry starting with "reread" hist !"set xr" # like above, several words enclosed in quotes hi !hi # guess yourself :-)) @end example On systems which support a popen function (Unix), the output of history can be piped through an external program by starting the file name with a '|', as one of the above examples demonstrates. @node if, iteration, history, Commands @section if @c ?commands if @cindex if @cmindex if The @ref{if} command allows commands to be executed conditionally. Syntax: @example if (<condition>) <command-line> [; else if (<condition>) ...; else ...] @end example <condition> will be evaluated. If it is true (non-zero), then the command(s) of the <command-line> will be executed. If <condition> is false (zero), then the entire <command-line> is ignored until the next occurrence of `else`. Note that use of `;` to allow multiple commands on the same line will _not_ end the conditionalized commands. Examples: @example pi=3 if (pi!=acos(-1)) print "?Fixing pi!"; pi=acos(-1); print pi @end example will display: @example ?Fixing pi! 3.14159265358979 @end example but @example if (1==2) print "Never see this"; print "Or this either" @end example will not display anything. else: @example v=0 v=v+1; if (v%2) print "2" ; else if (v%3) print "3"; else print "fred" @end example (repeat the last line repeatedly!) See @ref{reread} for an example of how @ref{if} and @ref{reread} can be used together to perform a loop. @node iteration, load, if, Commands @section iteration @cindex iteration @cmindex iteration The `plot`, `splot`, `set` and @ref{unset} commands may optionally contain an iteration clause. This has the effect of executing the basic command multiple times, each time re-evaluating any expressions that make use of the iteration control variable. Two forms of iteration clause are currently supported: @example for [intvar = start:end@{:increment@}] for [stringvar in "A B C D"] @end example Examples: @example plot for [filename in "A.dat B.dat C.dat"] filename using 1:2 with lines plot for [basename in "A B C"] basename.".dat" using 1:2 with lines set for [i = 1:10] style line i lc rgb "blue" unset for [tag = 100:200] label tag @end example See additional documentation for @ref{iteration}. @node load, lower, iteration, Commands @section load @c ?commands load @cindex load @cmindex load The `load` command executes each line of the specified input file as if it had been typed in interactively. Files created by the @ref{save} command can later be `load`ed. Any text file containing valid commands can be created and then executed by the `load` command. Files being `load`ed may themselves contain `load` or @ref{call} commands. See `comments` for information about comments in commands. To `load` with arguments, see @ref{call}. Syntax: @example load "<input-file>" @end example The name of the input file must be enclosed in quotes. The special filename "-" may be used to `load` commands from standard input. This allows a `gnuplot` command file to accept some commands from standard input. Please see help for `batch/interactive` for more details. On some systems which support a popen function (Unix), the load file can be read from a pipe by starting the file name with a '<'. Examples: @example load 'work.gnu' load "func.dat" load "< loadfile_generator.sh" @end example The `load` command is performed implicitly on any file names given as arguments to `gnuplot`. These are loaded in the order specified, and then `gnuplot` exits. @node lower, pause, load, Commands @section lower @c ?commands lower @cindex lower @cmindex lower Syntax: @example lower @{plot_window_nb@} @end example The @ref{lower} command lowers (opposite to @ref{raise}) plot window(s) associated with the interactive terminal of your gnuplot session, i.e. `pm`, `win`, `wxt` or `x11`. It puts the plot window to bottom in the z-order windows stack of the window manager of your desktop. As `x11` and `wxt` support multiple plot windows, then by default they lower these windows in descending order of most recently created on top to the least recently created on bottom. If a plot number is supplied as an optional parameter, only the associated plot window will be lowered if it exists. The optional parameter is ignored for single plot-window terminals, i.e. `pm` and `win`. @node pause, plot, lower, Commands @section pause @c ?commands pause @cindex pause @cmindex pause @c ?pause mouse The @ref{pause} command displays any text associated with the command and then waits a specified amount of time or until the carriage return is pressed. @ref{pause} is especially useful in conjunction with `load` files. Syntax: @example pause <time> @{"<string>"@} pause mouse @{<endcondition>@}@{, <endcondition>@} @{"<string>"@} @end example <time> may be any constant or expression. Choosing -1 will wait until a carriage return is hit, zero (0) won't pause at all, and a positive number will wait the specified number of seconds. The time is rounded to an integer number of seconds if subsecond time resolution is not supported by the given platform. `pause 0` is synonymous with @ref{print}. If the current terminal supports mousing, then `pause mouse` will terminate on either a mouse click or on ctrl-C. For all other terminals, or if mousing is not active, `pause mouse` is equivalent to `pause -1`. If one or more end conditions are given after `pause mouse`, then any one of the conditions will terminate the pause. The possible end conditions are `keypress`, `button1`, `button2`, `button3`, `close`, and `any`. If the pause terminates on a keypress, then the ascii value of the key pressed is returned in MOUSE_KEY. The character itself is returned as a one character string in MOUSE_CHAR. Hotkeys (bind command) are disabled if keypress is one of the end conditions. Zooming is disabled if button3 is one of the end conditions. In all cases the coordinates of the mouse are returned in variables MOUSE_X, MOUSE_Y, MOUSE_X2, MOUSE_Y2. See @ref{variables}. Note: Since @ref{pause} communicates with the operating system rather than the graphics, it may behave differently with different device drivers (depending upon how text and graphics are mixed). Examples: @example pause -1 # Wait until a carriage return is hit pause 3 # Wait three seconds pause -1 "Hit return to continue" pause 10 "Isn't this pretty? It's a cubic spline." pause mouse "Click any mouse button on selected data point" pause mouse keypress "Type a letter from A-F in the active window" pause mouse button1,keypress pause mouse any "Any key or button will terminate" @end example The variant "pause mouse key" will resume after any keypress in the active plot window. If you want to wait for a particular key to be pressed, you can use a reread loop such as: @example print "I will resume after you hit the Tab key in the plot window" load "wait_for_tab" @end example File "wait_for_tab" contains the lines @example pause mouse key if (MOUSE_KEY != 9) reread @end example @node plot, print, pause, Commands @section plot @c ?commands plot @cindex plot @cmindex plot `plot` is the primary command for drawing plots with `gnuplot`. It creates plots of functions and data in many, many ways. `plot` is used to draw 2-d functions and data; `splot` draws 2D projections of 3D surfaces and data. `plot` and `splot` contain many common features; see `splot` for differences. Note specifically that although the `binary <binary list>` variation does work for both `plot` and `splot`, there are small differences between these modes. Syntax: @example plot @{<ranges>@} @{<iteration>@} @{<function> | @{"<datafile>" @{datafile-modifiers@}@}@} @{axes <axes>@} @{<title-spec>@} @{with <style>@} @{, @{definitions,@} <function> ...@} @end example where either a <function> or the name of a data file enclosed in quotes is supplied. A function is a mathematical expression or a pair of mathematical expressions in parametric mode. The expressions may be defined completely or in part earlier in the stream of `gnuplot` commands (see `user-defined`). It is also possible to define functions and parameters on the `plot` command itself. This is done merely by isolating them from other items with commas. Examples: @example plot sin(x) plot sin(x), cos(x) plot f(x) = sin(x*a), a = .2, f(x), a = .4, f(x) plot "datafile.1" with lines, "datafile.2" with points plot [t=1:10] [-pi:pi*2] tan(t), \ "data.1" using (tan($2)):($3/$4) smooth csplines \ axes x1y2 notitle with lines 5 plot for [datafile in "spinach.dat broccoli.dat"] datafile @end example See also `show plot`. @menu * axes:: * data:: * errorbars:: * errorlines:: * parametric:: * ranges:: * iteration_:: * title:: * with:: @end menu @node axes, data, plot, plot @subsection axes @c ?commands plot axes @c ?plot axes @cindex axes There are four possible sets of axes available; the keyword <axes> is used to select the axes for which a particular line should be scaled. `x1y1` refers to the axes on the bottom and left; `x2y2` to those on the top and right; `x1y2` to those on the bottom and right; and `x2y1` to those on the top and left. Ranges specified on the `plot` command apply only to the first set of axes (bottom left). @node data, errorbars, axes, plot @subsection data @c ?commands plot datafile @c ?plot datafile @cindex data-file @cindex datafile @opindex datafile @cindex data @cindex file @cindex volatile @c ?plot datafile volatile Discrete data contained in a file can be displayed by specifying the name of the data file (enclosed in single or double quotes) on the `plot` command line. Syntax: @example plot '<file_name>' @{binary <binary list>@} @{matrix@} @{index <index list> | index "<name>"@} @{every <every list>@} @{thru <thru expression>@} @{using <using list>@} @{smooth <option>@} @{volatile@} @{noautoscale@} @end example The modifiers `binary`, @ref{index}, @ref{every}, @ref{thru}, @ref{using}, and @ref{smooth} are discussed separately. In brief, `binary` allows data entry from a binary file (default is ASCII), @ref{index} selects which data sets in a multi-data-set file are to be plotted, @ref{every} specifies which points within a single data set are to be plotted, @ref{using} determines how the columns within a single record are to be interpreted (@ref{thru} is a special case of @ref{using}), and @ref{smooth} allows for simple interpolation and approximation. (`splot` has a similar syntax, but does not support the @ref{smooth} and @ref{thru} options.) The `volatile` keyword indicates that the contents of the data file may be different if the file is re-read. This tells the program to use @ref{refresh} rather than @ref{replot} commands whenever possible. See @ref{refresh}. The `noautoscale` keyword means that the points making up this plot will be ignored when automatically determining axis range limits. ASCII DATA FILES: Data files should contain at least one data point per record (@ref{using} can select one data point from the record). Records beginning with `#` (and also with `!` on VMS) will be treated as comments and ignored. Each data point represents an (x,y) pair. For `plot`s with error bars or error bars with lines (see @ref{errorbars} or @ref{errorlines}), each data point is (x,y,ydelta), (x,y,ylow,yhigh), (x,y,xdelta), (x,y,xlow,xhigh), or (x,y,xlow,xhigh,ylow,yhigh). In all cases, the numbers of each record of a data file must be separated by white space (one or more blanks or tabs) unless a format specifier is provided by the @ref{using} option. This white space divides each record into columns. However, whitespace inside a pair of double quotes is ignored when counting columns, so the following datafile line has three columns: @example 1.0 "second column" 3.0 @end example Data may be written in exponential format with the exponent preceded by the letter e or E. The fortran exponential specifiers d, D, q, and Q may also be used if the command `set datafile fortran` is in effect. Only one column (the y value) need be provided. If x is omitted, `gnuplot` provides integer values starting at 0. In datafiles, blank records (records with no characters other than blanks and a newline and/or carriage return) are significant. Single blank records designate discontinuities in a `plot`; no line will join points separated by a blank records (if they are plotted with a line style). Two blank records in a row indicate a break between separate data sets. See @ref{index}. If autoscaling has been enabled (@ref{autoscale}), the axes are automatically extended to include all datapoints, with a whole number of tic marks if tics are being drawn. This has two consequences: i) For `splot`, the corner of the surface may not coincide with the corner of the base. In this case, no vertical line is drawn. ii) When plotting data with the same x range on a dual-axis graph, the x coordinates may not coincide if the x2tics are not being drawn. This is because the x axis has been autoextended to a whole number of tics, but the x2 axis has not. The following example illustrates the problem: @example reset; plot '-', '-' axes x2y1 1 1 19 19 e 1 1 19 19 e @end example To avoid this, you can use the `fixmin`/`fixmax` feature of the @ref{autoscale} command, which turns off the automatic extension of the axis range upto the next tic mark. Label coordinates and text can also be read from a data file (see @ref{labels}). BINARY DATA FILES: Gnuplot can read binary data files. However, adequate information about details of the file format must be given on the command line or extracted from the file itself for a supported binary `filetype`. In particular, there are two structures for binary files, a matrix binary format and a general binary format. The matrix binary format contains a two dimensional array of 32 bit IEEE float values with an additional column and row of coordinate values. As with ASCII matrix, in the @ref{using} list, repetition of the coordinate row constitutes column 1, repetition of the coordinate column constitutes column 2, and the array of values constitutes column 3. The general binary format contains an arbitrary number of columns for which information must be specified at the command line. For example, `array`, `record`, `format` and @ref{using} can indicate the size, format and dimension of data. There are a variety of useful commands for skipping file headers and changing endianess. There are a set of commands for positioning and translating data since often coordinates are not part of the file when uniform sampling is inherent in the data. Different from matrix binary or ASCII, general binary does not treat the generated columns as 1, 2 or 3 in the @ref{using} list. Rather, column 1 begins with column 1 of the file, or as specified in the `format` list. There are global default settings for the various binary options which may be set using the same syntax as the options when used as part of the `(s)plot <filename> binary ...` command. This syntax is `set datafile binary ...`. The general rule is that common command-line specified parameters override file-extracted parameters which override default parameters. Matrix binary is the default binary format when no keywords specific to general binary are given, i.e., `array`, `record`, `format`, `filetype`. General binary data can be entered at the command line via the special file name '-'. However, this is intended for use through a pipe where programs can exchange binary data, not for keyboards. There is no "end of record" character for binary data. Gnuplot continues reading from a pipe until it has read the number of points declared in the `array` qualifier. See `datafile binary` for more details. @menu * binary:: * binary_general:: * every:: * example_datafile:: * index:: * smooth:: * special-filenames:: * thru:: * using:: @end menu @node binary, binary_general, data, data @subsubsection binary @c ?commands plot datafile binary @c ?plot datafile binary @c ?splot datafile binary @c ?plot binary @c ?splot binary @c ?data-file binary @c ?datafile binary @cindex binary The `binary` keyword allows a data file to be binary as opposed to ASCII. There are two formats for binary--matrix binary and general binary. Matrix binary is a fixed format in which data appears in a 2D array with an extra row and column for coordinate values. General binary is a flexible format for which details about the file must be given at the command line. See `binary matrix` or `binary general` for more details. @node binary_general, every, binary, data @subsubsection binary general @c ?commands plot datafile binary general @c ?commands splot datafile binary general @c ?plot binary general @c ?splot binary general @c ?binary general General binary data in which format information is not necessarily part of the file can be read by giving further details about the file format at the command line. Although the syntax is slightly arcane to the casual user, general binary is particularly useful for application programs using gnuplot and sending large amounts of data. Syntax: @example plot '<file_name>' @{binary <binary list>@} ... splot '<file_name>' @{binary <binary list>@} ... @end example General binary format is activated by keywords in <binary list> pertaining to information about file structure, i.e., `array`, `record`, `format` or `filetype`. Otherwise, matrix binary format is assumed. (See `binary matrix` for more details.) There are some standard file types that may be read for which details about the binary format may be extracted automatically. (Type `show datafile binary` at the command line for a list.) Otherwise, details must be specified at the command line or set in the defaults. Keywords are described below. The keyword `filetype` in <binary list> controls the routine used to read the file, i.e., the format of the data. For a list of the supported file types, type `show datafile binary filetypes`. If no file type is given, the rule is that traditional gnuplot binary is assumed for `splot` if the `binary` keyword stands alone. In all other circumstances, for `plot` or when one of the <binary list> keywords appears, a raw binary file is assumed whereby the keywords specify the binary format. General binary data files fall into two basic classes, and some files may be of both classes depending upon how they are treated. There is that class for which uniform sampling is assumed and point coordinates must be generated. This is the class for which full control via the <binary list> keywords applies. For this class, the settings precedence is that command line parameters override in-file parameters, which override default settings. The other class is that set of files for which coordinate information is contained within the file or there is possibly a non-uniform sampling such as gnuplot binary. Other than for the unique data files such as gnuplot binary, one should think of binary data as conceptually the same as ASCII data. Each point has columns of information which are selected via the `<using list>` associated with @ref{using}. When no `format` string is specified, gnuplot will retrieve a number of binary variables equal to the largest column given in the `<using list>`. For example, `using 1:3` will result in three columns being read, of which the second will be ignored. There are default using lists based upon the typical number of parameters associated with a certain plot type. For example, `with image` has a default of `using 1`, while @ref{rgbimage} has a default of `using 1:2:3`. Note that the special characters for @ref{using} representing point/line/index generally should not be used for binary data. There are keywords in <binary list> that control this. @noindent --- ARRAY --- @c ?binary array @c ?binary general array Describes the sampling array dimensions associated with the binary file. The coordinates will be generated by gnuplot. A number must be specified for each dimension of the array. For example, `array=(10,20)` means the underlying sampling structure is two-dimensional with 10 points along the first (x) dimension and 20 points along the second (y) dimension. A negative number indicates that data should be read until the end of file. If there is only one dimension, the parentheses may be omitted. A colon can be used to separate the dimensions for multiple records. For example, `array=25:35` indicates there are two one-dimensional records in the file. @example Note: Gnuplot version 4.2 used the syntax array=128x128 rather than array=(128,128). The older syntax is now deprecated, but may still work if your copy of gnuplot was built to support backwards compatibility. @end example @noindent --- RECORD --- @c ?binary record @c ?binary general record This keyword serves the same function as `array`, having the same syntax. However, `record` causes gnuplot to not generate coordinate information. This is for the case where such information may be included in one of the columns of the binary data file. @noindent --- SKIP --- @c ?binary skip @c ?binary general skip This keyword allows you to skip sections of a binary file. For instance, if the file contains a 1024 byte header before the start of the data region you would probably want to use @example plot '<file_name>' binary skip=1024 ... @end example If there are multiple records in the file, you may specify a leading offset for each. For example, to skip 512 bytes before the 1st record and 256 bytes before the second and third records @example plot '<file_name> binary record=356:356:356 skip=512:256:256 ... @end example @noindent --- FORMAT --- @c ?binary general format The default binary format is a float. For more flexibility, the format can include details about variable sizes. For example, `format="%uchar%int%float"` associates an unsigned character with the first using column, an int with the second column and a float with the third column. If the number of size specifications is less than the greatest column number, the size is implicitly taken to be similar to the last given variable size. Furthermore, similar to the @ref{using} specification, the format can include discarded columns via the `*` character and have implicit repetition via a numerical repeat-field. For example, `format="%*2int%3float"` causes gnuplot to discard two ints before reading three floats. To list variable sizes, type `show datafile binary datasizes`. There are a group of names that are machine dependent along with their sizes in bytes for the particular compilation. There is also a group of names which attempt to be machine independent. @noindent --- ENDIAN --- @c ?binary general endian Often the endianess of binary data in the file does not agree with the endianess used by the platform on which gnuplot is running. Several words can direct gnuplot how to arrange bytes. For example `endian=little` means treat the binary file as having byte significance from least to greatest. The options are @example little: least significant to greatest significance big: greatest significance to least significance default: assume file endianess is the same as compiler swap (swab): Interchange the significance. (If things don't look right, try this.) @end example Gnuplot can support "middle" ("pdp") endian if it is compiled with that option. @noindent --- FILETYPE --- @c ?binary general filetype For some standard binary file formats gnuplot can extract all the necessary information from the file in question. As an example, "format=edf" will read ESRF Header File format files. For a list of the currently supported file formats, type `show datafile binary filetypes`. There is a special file type called `auto` for which gnuplot will check if the binary file's extension is a quasi-standard extension for a supported format. Command line keywords may be used to override settings extracted from the file. The settings from the file override any defaults. (See `set datafile binary` for details.) @noindent --- AVS --- @c ?binary general filetype avs @c ?filetype avs @cindex avs `avs` is one of the automatically recognized binary file types for images. AVS is an extremely simple format, suitable mostly for streaming between applications. It consists of 2 longs (xwidth, ywidth) followed by a stream of pixels, each with four bytes of information alpha/red/green/blue. @noindent --- EDF --- @c ?binary general filetype edf @c ?filetype edf @cindex edf @c ?filetype ehf @cindex ehf `edf` is one of the automatically recognized binary file types for images. EDF stands for ESRF Data Format, and it supports both edf and ehf formats (the latter means ESRF Header Format). More information on specifications can be found at @example http://www.edfplus.info/specs @end example See also `binary`. @noindent --- KEYWORDS --- @c ?binary general keywords @c ?filetype keywords The following keywords apply only when generating coordinates. That is, when the keyword `array` is used. @noindent --- SCAN --- @c ?binary general keywords scan A great deal of confusion can arise concerning the relationship between how gnuplot scans a binary file and the dimensions seen on the plot. To lessen the confusion, conceptually think of gnuplot _always_ scanning the binary file point/line/plane or fast/medium/slow. Then this keyword is used to tell gnuplot how to map this scanning convention to the Cartesian convention shown in plots, i.e., x/y/z. The qualifier for scan is a two or three letter code representing where point is assigned (first letter), line is assigned (second letter), and plane is assigned (third letter). For example, `scan=yx` means the fastest, point-by-point, increment should be mapped along the Cartesian y dimension and the middle, line-by-line, increment should be mapped along the x dimension. When the plotting mode is `plot`, the qualifier code can include the two letters x and y. For `splot`, it can include the three letters x, y and z. There is nothing restricting the inherent mapping from point/line/plane to apply only to Cartesian coordinates. For this reason there are cylindrical coordinate synonyms for the qualifier codes where t (theta), r and z are analogous to the x, y and z of Cartesian coordinates. @noindent --- TRANSPOSE --- @c ?binary general keywords transpose Shorthand notation for `scan=yx` or `scan=yxz`. @noindent --- DX, DY, DZ --- @c ?binary general keywords dx When gnuplot generates coordinates, it uses the spacing described by these keywords. For example `dx=10 dy=20` would mean space samples along the x dimension by 10 and space samples along the y dimension by 20. `dy` cannot appear if `dx` does not appear. Similarly, `dz` cannot appear if `dy` does not appear. If the underlying dimensions are greater than the keywords specified, the spacing of the highest dimension given is extended to the other dimensions. For example, if an image is being read from a file and only `dx=3.5` is given gnuplot uses a delta x and delta y of 3.5. The following keywords also apply only when generating coordinates. However they may also be used with matrix binary files. @noindent --- FLIPX, FLIPY, FLIPZ --- @c ?binary general keywords flipx Sometimes the scanning directions in a binary datafile are not consistent with that assumed by gnuplot. These keywords can flip the scanning direction along dimensions x, y, z. @noindent --- ORIGIN --- @c ?binary general keywords origin When gnuplot generates coordinates based upon transposition and flip, it attempts to always position the lower left point in the array at the origin, i.e., the data lies in the first quadrant of a Cartesian system after transpose and flip. To position the array somewhere else on the graph, the @ref{origin} keyword directs gnuplot to position the lower left point of the array at a point specified by a tuple. The tuple should be a double for `plot` and a triple for `splot`. For example, `origin=(100,100):(100,200)` is for two records in the file and intended for plotting in two dimensions. A second example, `origin=(0,0,3.5)`, is for plotting in three dimensions. @noindent --- CENTER --- @c ?binary general keywords center @cindex center Similar to @ref{origin}, this keyword will position the array such that its center lies at the point given by the tuple. For example, `center=(0,0)`. Center does not apply when the size of the array is `Inf`. @noindent --- ROTATE --- @c ?binary general keywords rotate @cindex rotate The transpose and flip commands provide some flexibility in generating and orienting coordinates. However, for full degrees of freedom, it is possible to apply a rotational vector described by a rotational angle in two dimensions. The `rotate` keyword applies to the two-dimensional plane, whether it be `plot` or `splot`. The rotation is done with respect to the positive angle of the Cartesian plane. The angle can be expressed in radians, radians as a multiple of pi, or degrees. For example, `rotate=1.5708`, `rotate=0.5pi` and `rotate=90deg` are equivalent. If @ref{origin} is specified, the rotation is done about the lower left sample point before translation. Otherwise, the rotation is done about the array `center`. @noindent --- PERPENDICULAR --- @c ?binary general keywords perpendicular For `splot`, the concept of a rotational vector is implemented by a triple representing the vector to be oriented normal to the two-dimensional x-y plane. Naturally, the default is (0,0,1). Thus specifying both rotate and perpendicular together can orient data myriad ways in three-space. The two-dimensional rotation is done first, followed by the three-dimensional rotation. That is, if R' is the rotational 2 x 2 matrix described by an angle, and P is the 3 x 3 matrix projecting (0,0,1) to (xp,yp,zp), let R be constructed from R' at the upper left sub-matrix, 1 at element 3,3 and zeros elsewhere. Then the matrix formula for translating data is v' = P R v, where v is the 3 x 1 vector of data extracted from the data file. In cases where the data of the file is inherently not three-dimensional, logical rules are used to place the data in three-space. (E.g., usually setting the z-dimension value to zero and placing 2D data in the x-y plane.) @noindent --- BINARY EXAMPLES --- @cindex binary_examples @c ?binary examples @c ?binary general examples @cindex skip Examples: @example # Selects two float values (second one implicit) with a float value # discarded between them for an indefinite length of 1D data. plot '<file_name>' binary format="%float%*float" using 1:2 with lines @end example @example # The data file header contains all details necessary for creating # coordinates from an EDF file. plot '<file_name>' binary filetype=edf with image plot '<file_name>.edf' binary filetype=auto with image @end example @example # Selects three unsigned characters for components of a raw RGB image # and flips the y-dimension so that typical image orientation (start # at top left corner) translates to the Cartesian plane. Pixel # spacing is given and there are two images in the file. One of them # is translated via origin. plot '<file_name>' binary array=(512,1024):(1024,512) format='%uchar' \ dx=2:1 dy=1:2 origin=(0,0):(1024,1024) flipy u 1:2:3 w rgbimage @end example @example # Four separate records in which the coordinates are part of the # data file. The file was created with a endianess different from # the system on which gnuplot is running. splot '<file_name>' binary record=30:30:29:26 endian=swap u 1:2:3 @end example @example # Same input file, but this time we skip the 1st and 3rd records splot '<file_name>' binary record=30:26 skip=360:348 endian=swap u 1:2:3 @end example See also `binary matrix`. @node every, example_datafile, binary_general, data @subsubsection every @c ?commands plot datafile every @c ?plot datafile every @c ?plot every @c ?data-file every @c ?datafile every @cindex every The @ref{every} keyword allows a periodic sampling of a data set to be plotted. In the discussion a "point" is a datum defined by a single record in the file; "block" here will mean the same thing as "datablock" (see `glossary`). Syntax: @example plot 'file' every @{<point_incr>@} @{:@{<block_incr>@} @{:@{<start_point>@} @{:@{<start_block>@} @{:@{<end_point>@} @{:<end_block>@}@}@}@}@} @end example The data points to be plotted are selected according to a loop from <`start_point`> to <`end_point`> with increment <`point_incr`> and the blocks according to a loop from <`start_block`> to <`end_block`> with increment <`block_incr`>. The first datum in each block is numbered '0', as is the first block in the file. Note that records containing unplottable information are counted. Any of the numbers can be omitted; the increments default to unity, the start values to the first point or block, and the end values to the last point or block. If @ref{every} is not specified, all points in all lines are plotted. Examples: @example every :::3::3 # selects just the fourth block ('0' is first) every :::::9 # selects the first 10 blocks every 2:2 # selects every other point in every other block every ::5::15 # selects points 5 through 15 in each block @end example See @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/simple.html,simple plot demos (simple.dem) } , @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/surface1.html,Non-parametric splot demos } , and @uref{http://gnuplot.sourceforge.net/demo/surface2.html,Parametric splot demos } . @node example_datafile, index, every, data @subsubsection example datafile @c ?commands plot datafile example @c ?plot datafile example @c ?plot example @c ?datafile example @c ?data-file example @cindex example This example plots the data in the file "population.dat" and a theoretical curve: @example pop(x) = 103*exp((1965-x)/10) plot [1960:1990] 'population.dat', pop(x) @end example The file "population.dat" might contain: @example # Gnu population in Antarctica since 1965 1965 103 1970 55 1975 34 1980 24 1985 10 @end example @c ^ <img align=bottom src="http://www.gnuplot.info/doc/population.gif" alt="[population.gif]" width=640 height=480> @node index, smooth, example_datafile, data @subsubsection index @c ?commands plot datafile index @c ?plot datafile index @c ?plot index @c ?data-file index @c ?datafile index @cindex index The @ref{index} keyword allows you to select specific data sets in a multi-data-set file for plotting. Syntax: @example plot 'file' index @{ <m>@{:<n>@{:<p>@}@} | "<name>" @} @end example Data sets are separated by pairs of blank records. `index <m>` selects only set <m>; `index <m>:<n>` selects sets in the range <m> to <n>; and `index <m>:<n>:<p>` selects indices <m>, <m>+<p>, <m>+2<p>, etc., but stopping at <n>. Following C indexing, the index 0 is assigned to the first data set in the file. Specifying too large an index results in an error message. If @ref{index} is not specified, all sets are plotted as a single data set. Example: @example plot 'file' index 4:5 @end example For each point in the file, the index value of the data set it appears in is available via the pseudo-column `column(-2)`. This leads to an alternative way of distinguishing individual data sets within a file as shown below. This is more awkward than the @ref{index} command if all you are doing is selecting one data set for plotting, but is very useful if you want to assign different properties to each data set. See `pseudocolumns`, `lc variable`. Example: @example plot 'file' using 1:(column(-2)==4 ? $2 : NaN) # very awkward plot 'file' using 1:2:(column(-2)) linecolor variable # very useful! @end example `index '<name>'` selects the data set with name '<name>'. Names are assigned to data sets in comment lines. The comment character and leading white space are removed from the comment line. If the resulting line starts with <name>, the following data set is now named <name> and can be selected. Example: @example plot 'file' index 'Population' @end example Please note that every comment that starts with <name> will name the following data set. To avoid problems it may be useful to choose a naming scheme like '== Population ==' or '[Population]'. @c ^ See also web page @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/multimsh.html, splot with indices demo. } @node smooth, special-filenames, index, data @subsubsection smooth @c ?commands plot datafile smooth @c ?plot datafile smooth @c ?plot smooth @c ?data-file smooth @c ?datafile smooth @cindex smooth `gnuplot` includes a few general-purpose routines for interpolation and approximation of data; these are grouped under the @ref{smooth} option. More sophisticated data processing may be performed by preprocessing the data externally or by using @ref{fit} with an appropriate model. Syntax: @example smooth @{unique | frequency | cumulative | kdensity | csplines | acsplines | bezier | sbezier@} @end example `unique`, `frequency`, and `cumulative` plot the data after making them monotonic. Each of the other routines uses the data to determine the coefficients of a continuous curve between the endpoints of the data. This curve is then plotted in the same manner as a function, that is, by finding its value at uniform intervals along the abscissa (see @ref{samples}) and connecting these points with straight line segments (if a line style is chosen). If @ref{autoscale} is in effect, the ranges will be computed such that the plotted curve lies within the borders of the graph. If @ref{autoscale} is not in effect, and the smooth option is either `acspline` or `cspline`, the sampling of the generated curve is done across the intersection of the x range covered by the input data and the fixed abscissa range as defined by @ref{xrange}. If too few points are available to allow the selected option to be applied, an error message is produced. The minimum number is one for `unique` and `frequency`, four for `acsplines`, and three for the others. The @ref{smooth} options have no effect on function plots. @noindent --- ACSPLINES --- @c ?commands plot datafile smooth acsplines @c ?plot datafile smooth acsplines @c ?data-file smooth acsplines @c ?datafile smooth acsplines @c ?plot smooth acsplines @c ?plot acsplines @c ?smooth acsplines @cindex acsplines The `acsplines` option approximates the data with a "natural smoothing spline". After the data are made monotonic in x (see `smooth unique`), a curve is piecewise constructed from segments of cubic polynomials whose coefficients are found by the weighting the data points; the weights are taken from the third column in the data file. That default can be modified by the third entry in the @ref{using} list, e.g., @example plot 'data-file' using 1:2:(1.0) smooth acsplines @end example Qualitatively, the absolute magnitude of the weights determines the number of segments used to construct the curve. If the weights are large, the effect of each datum is large and the curve approaches that produced by connecting consecutive points with natural cubic splines. If the weights are small, the curve is composed of fewer segments and thus is smoother; the limiting case is the single segment produced by a weighted linear least squares fit to all the data. The smoothing weight can be expressed in terms of errors as a statistical weight for a point divided by a "smoothing factor" for the curve so that (standard) errors in the file can be used as smoothing weights. Example: @example sw(x,S)=1/(x*x*S) plot 'data_file' using 1:2:(sw($3,100)) smooth acsplines @end example @noindent --- BEZIER --- @c ?commands plot datafile smooth bezier @c ?plot datafile smooth bezier @c ?plot smooth bezier @c ?data-file smooth bezier @c ?datafile smooth bezier @c ?plot bezier @c ?smooth bezier @cindex bezier The `bezier` option approximates the data with a Bezier curve of degree n (the number of data points) that connects the endpoints. @noindent --- CSPLINES --- @c ?commands plot datafile smooth csplines @c ?plot datafile smooth csplines @c ?plot smooth csplines @c ?data-file smooth csplines @c ?datafile smooth csplines @c ?plot csplines @c ?smooth csplines @cindex csplines The `csplines` option connects consecutive points by natural cubic splines after rendering the data monotonic (see `smooth unique`). @noindent --- SBEZIER --- @c ?commands plot datafile smooth sbezier @c ?plot datafile smooth sbezier @c ?plot smooth sbezier @c ?data-file smooth sbezier @c ?datafile smooth sbezier @c ?plot sbezier @c ?smooth sbezier @cindex sbezier The `sbezier` option first renders the data monotonic (`unique`) and then applies the `bezier` algorithm. @noindent --- UNIQUE --- @c ?commands plot datafile smooth unique @c ?plot datafile smooth unique @c ?plot smooth unique @c ?data-file smooth unique @c ?datafile smooth unique @c ?plot unique @c ?smooth unique @cindex unique The `unique` option makes the data monotonic in x; points with the same x-value are replaced by a single point having the average y-value. The resulting points are then connected by straight line segments. @noindent --- FREQUENCY --- @c ?commands plot datafile smooth frequency @c ?plot datafile smooth frequency @c ?plot smooth frequency @c ?data-file smooth frequency @c ?datafile smooth frequency @c ?plot frequency @c ?smooth frequency @cindex frequency The `frequency` option makes the data monotonic in x; points with the same x-value are replaced by a single point having the summed y-values. The resulting points are then connected by straight line segments. See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/smooth.html,smooth.dem } @noindent --- CUMULATIVE --- @c ?commands plot datafile smooth cumulative @c ?plot datafile smooth cumulative @c ?plot smooth cumulative @c ?data-file smooth cumulative @c ?datafile smooth cumulative @c ?plot cumulative @c ?smooth cumulative @cindex cumulative The `cumulative` option makes the data monotonic in x; points with the same x-value are replaced by a single point containing the cumulative sum of y-values of all data points with lower x-values (i.e. to the left of the current data point). This can be used to obtain a cumulative distribution function from data. See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/smooth.html,smooth.dem } @noindent --- KDENSITY --- @c ?commands plot datafile smooth kdensity @c ?plot datafile smooth kdensity @c ?plot smooth kdensity @c ?data-file smooth kdensity @c ?datafile smooth kdensity @c ?plot kdensity @c ?smooth kdensity @cindex kdensity The `kdensity` option is a way to plot a kernel density estimate (which is a smooth histogram) for a random collection of points, using Gaussian kernels. A Gaussian is placed at the location of each point in the first column and the sum of all these Gaussians is plotted as a function. The value in the second column is taken as weight of the Gaussian. (To obtain a normalized histogram, this should be 1/number-of-points). The value of the third column, if supplied, is taken as the bandwidth for the kernels. If only two columns have been specified, or if the value of the third column is zero or less, gnuplot calculates the bandwidth which would be optimal if the input data was normally distributed. (This will usually be a very conservative, i.e. broad bandwidth.) @node special-filenames, thru, smooth, data @subsubsection special-filenames @c ?commands plot datafile special-filenames @c ?plot datafile special-filenames @c ?plot special-filenames @c ?datafile special-filenames @cindex special-filenames There are a few filenames that have a special meaning: '', '-', '+' and '++'. The empty filename '' tells gnuplot to re-use the previous input file in the same plot command. So to plot two columns from the same input file: @example plot 'filename' using 1:2, '' using 1:3 @end example The special filenames '+' and '++' are a mechanism to allow the full range of @ref{using} specifiers and plot styles with in-line functions. Normally a function plot can only have a single y (or z) value associated with each sampled point. The pseudo-file '+' treats the sampled points as column 1, and allows additional column values to be specified via a @ref{using} specification, just as for a true input file. The number of samples returned is controlled by @ref{samples}. Example: @example plot '+' using ($1):(sin($1)):(sin($1)**2) with filledcurves @end example Similarly the pseudo-file '++' returns 2 columns of data forming a regular grid of [x,y] coordinates with the number of points along x controlled by @ref{samples} and the number of points along y controlled by @ref{isosamples}. You must set xrange and yrange before plotting '++'. Examples: @example splot '++' using 1:2:(sin($1)*sin($2)) with pm3d plot '++' using 1:2:(sin($1)*sin($2)) with image @end example The special filename `'-'` specifies that the data are inline; i.e., they follow the command. Only the data follow the command; `plot` options like filters, titles, and line styles remain on the `plot` command line. This is similar to << in unix shell script, and $DECK in VMS DCL. The data are entered as though they are being read from a file, one data point per record. The letter "e" at the start of the first column terminates data entry. The @ref{using} option can be applied to these data---using it to filter them through a function might make sense, but selecting columns probably doesn't! `'-'` is intended for situations where it is useful to have data and commands together, e.g., when `gnuplot` is run as a sub-process of some front-end application. Some of the demos, for example, might use this feature. While `plot` options such as @ref{index} and @ref{every} are recognized, their use forces you to enter data that won't be used. For example, while @example plot '-' index 0, '-' index 1 2 4 6 @end example @example 10 12 14 e 2 4 6 @end example @example 10 12 14 e @end example does indeed work, @example plot '-', '-' 2 4 6 e 10 12 14 e @end example is a lot easier to type. If you use `'-'` with @ref{replot}, you may need to enter the data more than once. See @ref{replot}, @ref{refresh}. A blank filename ('') specifies that the previous filename should be reused. This can be useful with things like @example plot 'a/very/long/filename' using 1:2, '' using 1:3, '' using 1:4 @end example (If you use both `'-'` and `''` on the same `plot` command, you'll need to have two sets of inline data, as in the example above.) On systems with a popen function, the datafile can be piped through a shell command by starting the file name with a '<'. For example, @example pop(x) = 103*exp(-x/10) plot "< awk '@{print $1-1965, $2@}' population.dat", pop(x) @end example would plot the same information as the first population example but with years since 1965 as the x axis. If you want to execute this example, you have to delete all comments from the data file above or substitute the following command for the first part of the command above (the part up to the comma): @example plot "< awk '$0 !~ /^#/ @{print $1-1965, $2@}' population.dat" @end example While this approach is most flexible, it is possible to achieve simple filtering with the @ref{using} or @ref{thru} keywords. @node thru, using, special-filenames, data @subsubsection thru @c ?commands plot datafile thru @c ?plot datafile thru @c ?plot thru @c ?data-file thru @c ?datafile thru @cindex thru The @ref{thru} function is provided for backward compatibility. Syntax: @example plot 'file' thru f(x) @end example It is equivalent to: @example plot 'file' using 1:(f($2)) @end example While the latter appears more complex, it is much more flexible. The more natural @example plot 'file' thru f(y) @end example also works (i.e. you can use y as the dummy variable). @ref{thru} is parsed for `splot` and @ref{fit} but has no effect. @node using, , thru, data @subsubsection using @c ?commands plot datafile using @c ?plot datafile using @c ?plot using @c ?data-file using @c ?datafile using @cindex using The most common datafile modifier is @ref{using}. Syntax: @example plot 'file' using @{<entry> @{:<entry> @{:<entry> ...@}@}@} @{'format'@} @end example If a format is specified, each datafile record is read using the C library's 'scanf' function, with the specified format string. Otherwise the record is read and broken into columns. By default the separation between columns is whitespace (spaces and/or tabs), but see `datafile separator`. Each <entry> may be a simple column number that selects the value from one field of the input fit, an expression enclosed in parentheses, or empty. If the entry is an expression in parentheses, then the function column(N) may be used to indicate the value in column N. That is, column(1) refers to the first item read, column(2) to the second, and so on. The special symbols $1, $2, ... are shorthand for column(1), column(2) ... The function `valid(N)` tests whether the value in the Nth column is a valid number. In addition to the actual columns 1...N in the input data file, gnuplot presents data from several "pseudo-columns" that hold bookkeeping information. E.g. $0 or column(0) returns the sequence number of this data record within a dataset. Please see `pseudocolumns`. An empty <entry> will default to its order in the list of entries. For example, `using ::4` is interpreted as `using 1:2:4`. If the @ref{using} list has but a single entry, that <entry> will be used for y and the data point number (pseudo-column $0) is used for x; for example, "`plot 'file' using 1`" is identical to "`plot 'file' using 0:1`". If the @ref{using} list has two entries, these will be used for x and y. See @ref{style} and @ref{fit} for details about plotting styles that make use of data from additional columns of input. 'scanf' accepts several numerical specifications but `gnuplot` requires all inputs to be double-precision floating-point variables, so "%lf" is essentially the only permissible specifier. A format string given by the user must contain at least one such input specifier, and no more than seven of them. 'scanf' expects to see white space---a blank, tab ("\t"), newline ("\n"), or formfeed ("\f")---between numbers; anything else in the input stream must be explicitly skipped. Note that the use of "\t", "\n", or "\f" requires use of double-quotes rather than single-quotes. @noindent --- USING_EXAMPLES --- @cindex examples @c ?commands plot datafile using examples @c ?plot datafile using examples @c ?datafile using examples @c ?using examples This creates a plot of the sum of the 2nd and 3rd data against the first: The format string specifies comma- rather than space-separated columns. The same result could be achieved by specifying `set datafile separator ","`. @example plot 'file' using 1:($2+$3) '%lf,%lf,%lf' @end example In this example the data are read from the file "MyData" using a more complicated format: @example plot 'MyData' using "%*lf%lf%*20[^\n]%lf" @end example The meaning of this format is: @example %*lf ignore a number %lf read a double-precision number (x by default) %*20[^\n] ignore 20 non-newline characters %lf read a double-precision number (y by default) @end example One trick is to use the ternary `?:` operator to filter data: @example plot 'file' using 1:($3>10 ? $2 : 1/0) @end example which plots the datum in column two against that in column one provided the datum in column three exceeds ten. `1/0` is undefined; `gnuplot` quietly ignores undefined points, so unsuitable points are suppressed. Or you can use the pre-defined variable NaN to achieve the same result. @cindex NaN In fact, you can use a constant expression for the column number, provided it doesn't start with an opening parenthesis; constructs like `using 0+(complicated expression)` can be used. The crucial point is that the expression is evaluated once if it doesn't start with a left parenthesis, or once for each data point read if it does. If timeseries data are being used, the time can span multiple columns. The starting column should be specified. Note that the spaces within the time must be included when calculating starting columns for other data. E.g., if the first element on a line is a time with an embedded space, the y value should be specified as column three. It should be noted that `plot 'file'`, `plot 'file' using 1:2`, and `plot 'file' using ($1):($2)` can be subtly different: 1) if @ref{file} has some lines with one column and some with two, the first will invent x values when they are missing, the second will quietly ignore the lines with one column, and the third will store an undefined value for lines with one point (so that in a plot with lines, no line joins points across the bad point); 2) if a line contains text at the first column, the first will abort the plot on an error, but the second and third should quietly skip the garbage. In fact, it is often possible to plot a file with lots of lines of garbage at the top simply by specifying @example plot 'file' using 1:2 @end example However, if you want to leave text in your data files, it is safer to put the comment character (#) in the first column of the text lines. @c ^ See also the web page @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/using.html,Feeble using demos. } @noindent --- PSEUDOCOLUMNS --- @cindex pseudocolumns @c ?commands plot datafile using pseudocolumns @c ?plot datafile using pseudocolumns @c ?datafile using pseudocolumns @c ?using pseudocolumns Expressions in the @ref{using} clause of a plot statement can refer to additional bookkeeping values in addition to the actual data values contained in the input file. These are contained in "pseudocolumns". @example column(0) The sequential order of each point within a data set. The counter starts at 0 and is reset by two sequential blank records. The shorthand form $0 is available. column(-1) This counter starts at 0 and is reset by a single blank line. This corresponds to the data line in array or grid data. column(-2) The index number of the current data set within a file that contains multiple data sets. See @ref{index}. @end example @noindent --- USING TITLE --- @c ?using title @c ?plot using title The first entry of a column of the input data file can be used as a string to provide the plot title in the key box. The column containing specified is independent of the column[s] used for the plot itself. @example plot 'data' using 1:($2/$3) title column(N) @end example In this case the entry in the first row of column N will be used for the key entry of the plot constructed from dividing column 2 by column 3. The entry in the first row of columns 2 and 3 will be ignored. @noindent --- XTICLABELS --- @cindex xticlabels @c ?using xticlabels @c ?plot using xticlabels A column of the input data file can be used to label axis tic marks. The format of such a plot command is @example plot 'datafile' using <xcol>:<ycol>:xticlabels(<labelcol>) with <plotstyle> @end example Tic labels may be read for any of the plot axes: x x2 y y2 z. The `ticlabels(<labelcol>)` specifiers must come after all of the data coordinate specifiers in the @ref{using} portion of the command. For each data point which has a valid set of X,Y[,Z] coordinates, the text field found in column <labelcol> is added to the list of xtic labels at the same X coordinate as the point it belongs to. `xticlabels(<labelcol>)` may be shortened to `xtic(<labelcol>)`. Example: @example splot "data" using 2:4:6:xtic(1):ytic(3):ztic(6) @end example In this example the x and y axis tic labels are taken from different columns than the x and y coordinate values. The z axis tics, however, are generated from the z coordinate of the corresponding point. @noindent --- X2TICLABELS --- @c ?using x2ticlabels @c ?plot using x2ticlabels See `plot using xticlabels`. @noindent --- YTICLABELS --- @c ?using yticlabels @c ?plot using yticlabels See `plot using xticlabels`. @noindent --- Y2TICLABELS --- @c ?using y2ticlabels @c ?plot using y2ticlabels See `plot using xticlabels`. @noindent --- ZTICLABELS --- @c ?using zticlabels @c ?plot using zticlabels See `plot using xticlabels`. @node errorbars, errorlines, data, plot @subsection errorbars @c ?commands plot errorbars @c ?commands splot errorbars @c ?plot errorbars @c ?splot errorbars @cindex errorbars Error bars are supported for 2D data file plots by reading one to four additional columns (or @ref{using} entries); these additional values are used in different ways by the various errorbar styles. In the default situation, `gnuplot` expects to see three, four, or six numbers on each line of the data file---either @example (x, y, ydelta), (x, y, ylow, yhigh), (x, y, xdelta), (x, y, xlow, xhigh), (x, y, xdelta, ydelta), or (x, y, xlow, xhigh, ylow, yhigh). @end example The x coordinate must be specified. The order of the numbers must be exactly as given above, though the @ref{using} qualifier can manipulate the order and provide values for missing columns. For example, @example plot 'file' with errorbars plot 'file' using 1:2:(sqrt($1)) with xerrorbars plot 'file' using 1:2:($1-$3):($1+$3):4:5 with xyerrorbars @end example The last example is for a file containing an unsupported combination of relative x and absolute y errors. The @ref{using} entry generates absolute x min and max from the relative error. The y error bar is a vertical line plotted from (x, ylow) to (x, yhigh). If ydelta is specified instead of ylow and yhigh, ylow = y - ydelta and yhigh = y + ydelta are derived. If there are only two numbers on the record, yhigh and ylow are both set to y. The x error bar is a horizontal line computed in the same fashion. To get lines plotted between the data points, `plot` the data file twice, once with errorbars and once with lines (but remember to use the `notitle` option on one to avoid two entries in the key). Alternately, use the errorlines command (see @ref{errorlines}). The error bars have crossbars at each end unless @ref{bars} is used (see @ref{bars} for details). If autoscaling is on, the ranges will be adjusted to include the error bars. See also @uref{http://gnuplot.sourceforge.net/demo/mgr.html,errorbar demos. } See @ref{using}, @ref{with}, and @ref{style} for more information. @node errorlines, parametric, errorbars, plot @subsection errorlines @c ?commands plot errorlines @c ?commands splot errorlines @c ?plot errorlines @c ?splot errorlines @cindex errorlines Lines with error bars are supported for 2D data file plots by reading one to four additional columns (or @ref{using} entries); these additional values are used in different ways by the various errorlines styles. In the default situation, `gnuplot` expects to see three, four, or six numbers on each line of the data file---either @example (x, y, ydelta), (x, y, ylow, yhigh), (x, y, xdelta), (x, y, xlow, xhigh), (x, y, xdelta, ydelta), or (x, y, xlow, xhigh, ylow, yhigh). @end example The x coordinate must be specified. The order of the numbers must be exactly as given above, though the @ref{using} qualifier can manipulate the order and provide values for missing columns. For example, @example plot 'file' with errorlines plot 'file' using 1:2:(sqrt($1)) with xerrorlines plot 'file' using 1:2:($1-$3):($1+$3):4:5 with xyerrorlines @end example The last example is for a file containing an unsupported combination of relative x and absolute y errors. The @ref{using} entry generates absolute x min and max from the relative error. The y error bar is a vertical line plotted from (x, ylow) to (x, yhigh). If ydelta is specified instead of ylow and yhigh, ylow = y - ydelta and yhigh = y + ydelta are derived. If there are only two numbers on the record, yhigh and ylow are both set to y. The x error bar is a horizontal line computed in the same fashion. The error bars have crossbars at each end unless @ref{bars} is used (see @ref{bars} for details). If autoscaling is on, the ranges will be adjusted to include the error bars. See @ref{using}, @ref{with}, and @ref{style} for more information. @node parametric, ranges, errorlines, plot @subsection parametric @c ?commands plot parametric @c ?commands splot parametric @c ?plot parametric @c ?splot parametric When in parametric mode (`set parametric`) mathematical expressions must be given in pairs for `plot` and in triplets for `splot`. Examples: @example plot sin(t),t**2 splot cos(u)*cos(v),cos(u)*sin(v),sin(u) @end example Data files are plotted as before, except any preceding parametric function must be fully specified before a data file is given as a plot. In other words, the x parametric function (`sin(t)` above) and the y parametric function (`t**2` above) must not be interrupted with any modifiers or data functions; doing so will generate a syntax error stating that the parametric function is not fully specified. Other modifiers, such as @ref{with} and @ref{title}, may be specified only after the parametric function has been completed: @example plot sin(t),t**2 title 'Parametric example' with linespoints @end example See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/param.html,Parametric Mode Demos. } @node ranges, iteration_, parametric, plot @subsection ranges @c ?commands plot ranges @c ?commands splot ranges @c ?plot ranges @c ?splot ranges @cindex ranges The optional ranges specify the region of the graph that will be displayed. Syntax: @example [@{<dummy-var>=@}@{@{<min>@}:@{<max>@}@}] [@{@{<min>@}:@{<max>@}@}] @end example The first form applies to the independent variable (@ref{xrange} or @ref{trange}, if in parametric mode). The second form applies to the dependent variable @ref{yrange} (and @ref{xrange}, too, if in parametric mode). <dummy-var> is a new name for the independent variable. (The defaults may be changed with @ref{dummy}.) The optional <min> and <max> terms can be constant expressions or *. In non-parametric mode, the order in which ranges must be given is @ref{xrange} and @ref{yrange}. In parametric mode, the order for the `plot` command is @ref{trange}, @ref{xrange}, and @ref{yrange}. The following `plot` command shows setting the @ref{trange} to [-pi:pi], the @ref{xrange} to [-1.3:1.3] and the @ref{yrange} to [-1:1] for the duration of the graph: @example plot [-pi:pi] [-1.3:1.3] [-1:1] sin(t),t**2 @end example Note that the x2range and y2range cannot be specified here---@ref{x2range} and @ref{y2range} must be used. Ranges are interpreted in the order listed above for the appropriate mode. Once all those needed are specified, no further ones must be listed, but unneeded ones cannot be skipped---use an empty range `[]` as a placeholder. `*` can be used to allow autoscaling of either of min and max. See also @ref{autoscale}. Ranges specified on the `plot` or `splot` command line affect only that graph; use the @ref{xrange}, @ref{yrange}, etc., commands to change the default ranges for future graphs. With time data, you must provide the range (in the same manner as the time appears in the datafile) within quotes. `gnuplot` uses the @ref{timefmt} string to read the value---see @ref{timefmt}. Examples: This uses the current ranges: @example plot cos(x) @end example This sets the x range only: @example plot [-10:30] sin(pi*x)/(pi*x) @end example This is the same, but uses t as the dummy-variable: @example plot [t = -10 :30] sin(pi*t)/(pi*t) @end example This sets both the x and y ranges: @example plot [-pi:pi] [-3:3] tan(x), 1/x @end example This sets only the y range, and turns off autoscaling on both axes: @example plot [ ] [-2:sin(5)*-8] sin(x)**besj0(x) @end example This sets xmax and ymin only: @example plot [:200] [-pi:] exp(sin(x)) @end example This sets the x range for a timeseries: @example set timefmt "%d/%m/%y %H:%M" plot ["1/6/93 12:00":"5/6/93 12:00"] 'timedata.dat' @end example @node iteration_, title, ranges, plot @subsection iteration @c ?commands plot iteration @c ?commands splot iteration @c ?plot iteration @c ?splot iteration @cindex iteration @cmindex iteration If many similar files or functions are to be plotted together, it may be convenient to do so by iterating over a shared plot command. Syntax: @example plot for [<variable> = <start> : <end> @{:<increment>@}] plot for [<variable> in "string of words"] @end example Examples: @example file(n) = sprintf("dataset_%d.dat",n) splot for [i=1:10] file(i) title sprintf("dataset %d",i) plot for [dataset in "apples bananas"] dataset."dat" title dataset @end example This example defines a string-valued function that generates file names, and plots ten such files together. The iteration variable ('i' in this example) is treated as an integer, and may be used more than once. In this example it is used both to generate a file name and a corresponding title. Example: @example list = "apple banana cabbage daikon eggplant" item(n) = word(list,n) plot for [i=1:words(list)] item[i].".dat" title item(i) list = "new stuff" replot @end example This example steps through a list and plots once per item. Because the items are retrieved dynamically, you can change the list and then replot. Example: @example list = "apple banana cabbage daikon eggplant" plot for [i in list] i.".dat" title i list = "new stuff" replot @end example This is example does exactly the same thing as the previous example, but uses the string iterator form of the command rather than an integer iterator. @node title, with, iteration_, plot @subsection title @c ?commands plot title @c ?commands splot title @c ?plot title @c ?splot title A line title for each function and data set appears in the key, accompanied by a sample of the line and/or symbol used to represent it. It can be changed by using the @ref{title} option. Syntax: @example title "<title>" | notitle ["<ignored title>"] @end example where <title> is the new title of the line and must be enclosed in quotes. The quotes will not be shown in the key. A special character may be given as a backslash followed by its octal value ("\345"). The tab character "\t" is understood. Note that backslash processing occurs only for strings enclosed in double quotes---use single quotes to prevent such processing. The newline character "\n" is not processed in key entries in either type of string. There is also an option that will interpret the first entry in a column of input data (i.e. the column heading) as a text field, and use it as the key title. See `datastrings`. The line title and sample can be omitted from the key by using the keyword `notitle`. A null title (`title ''`) is equivalent to `notitle`. If only the sample is wanted, use one or more blanks (`title ' '`). If `notitle` is followed by a string this string is ignored. If `key autotitles` is set (which is the default) and neither @ref{title} nor `notitle` are specified the line title is the function name or the file name as it appears on the `plot` command. If it is a file name, any datafile modifiers specified will be included in the default title. The layout of the key itself (position, title justification, etc.) can be controlled by `set key`. Please see `set key` for details. Examples: This plots y=x with the title 'x': @example plot x @end example This plots x squared with title "x^2" and file "data.1" with title "measured data": @example plot x**2 title "x^2", 'data.1' t "measured data" @end example This puts an untitled circular border around a polar graph: @example set polar; plot my_function(t), 1 notitle @end example @node with, , title, plot @subsection with @c ?commands plot with @c ?commands splot with @c ?commands plot style @c ?commands splot style @c ?plot with @c ?plot style @c ?splot with @c ?splot style @cindex style @opindex style @cindex with Functions and data may be displayed in one of a large number of styles. The @ref{with} keyword provides the means of selection. Syntax: @example with <style> @{ @{linestyle | ls <line_style>@} | @{@{linetype | lt <line_type>@} @{linewidth | lw <line_width>@} @{linecolor | lc <colorspec>@} @{pointtype | pt <point_type>@} @{pointsize | ps <point_size>@} @{fill | fs <fillstyle>@} @{nohidden3d | nocontours@} @{palette@}@} @} @end example where <style> is one of @example lines dots steps errorbars xerrorbar xyerrorlines points impulses fsteps errorlines xerrorlines yerrorbars linespoints labels histeps financebars xyerrorbars yerrorlines vectors @end example or @example boxes candlesticks image circles boxerrorbars filledcurves rgbimage boxxyerrorbars histograms rgbalpha pm3d @end example The first group of styles have associated line, point, and text properties. The second group of styles also have fill properties. See `fillstyle`. Some styles have further sub-styles. See `plotting styles` for details of each. A default style may be chosen by `set style function` and `set style data`. By default, each function and data file will use a different line type and point type, up to the maximum number of available types. All terminal drivers support at least six different point types, and re-use them, in order, if more are required. To see the complete set of line and point types available for the current terminal, type @ref{test}. If you wish to choose the line or point type for a single plot, <line_type> and <point_type> may be specified. These are positive integer constants (or expressions) that specify the line type and point type to be used for the plot. Use @ref{test} to display the types available for your terminal. You may also scale the line width and point size for a plot by using <line_width> and <point_size>, which are specified relative to the default values for each terminal. The pointsize may also be altered globally---see @ref{pointsize} for details. But note that both <point_size> as set here and as set by @ref{pointsize} multiply the default point size---their effects are not cumulative. That is, `set pointsize 2; plot x w p ps 3` will use points three times default size, not six. It is also possible to specify `pointsize variable` either as part of a line style or for an individual plot. In this case one extra column of input is required, i.e. 3 columns for a 2D plot and 4 columns for a 3D splot. The size of each individual point is determined by multiplying the global pointsize by the value read from the data file. If you have defined specific line type/width and point type/size combinations with `set style line`, one of these may be selected by setting <line_style> to the index of the desired style. If gnuplot was built with @ref{pm3d} support, the special keyword @ref{palette} is allowed for smooth color change of lines, points and dots in `splots`. The color is chosen from a smooth palette which was set previously with the command @ref{palette}. The color value corresponds to the z-value of the point coordinates or to the color coordinate if specified by the 4th parameter in @ref{using}. Both 2d and 3d plots (`plot` and `splot` commands) can use palette colors as specified by either their fractional value or the corresponding value mapped to the colorbox range. A palette color value can also be read from an explicitly specified input column in the @ref{using} specifier. See `colors`, @ref{palette}, `linetype`. The keyword `nohidden3d` applies only to plots made with the `splot` command. Normally the global option @ref{hidden3d} applies to all plots in the graph. You can attach the `nohidden3d` option to any individual plots that you want to exclude from the hidden3d processing. The individual elements other than surfaces (i.e. lines, dots, labels, ...) of a plot marked `nohidden3d` will all be drawn, even if they would normally be obscured by other plot elements. Similarly, the keyword `nocontours` will turn off contouring for an individual plot even if the global property "set contour" is active. The keywords may be abbreviated as indicated. Note that the `linewidth`, @ref{pointsize} and @ref{palette} options are not supported by all terminals. Examples: This plots sin(x) with impulses: @example plot sin(x) with impulses @end example This plots x with points, x**2 with the default: @example plot x w points, x**2 @end example This plots tan(x) with the default function style, file "data.1" with lines: @example plot [ ] [-2:5] tan(x), 'data.1' with l @end example This plots "leastsq.dat" with impulses: @example plot 'leastsq.dat' w i @end example This plots the data file "population" with boxes: @example plot 'population' with boxes @end example This plots "exper.dat" with errorbars and lines connecting the points (errorbars require three or four columns): @example plot 'exper.dat' w lines, 'exper.dat' notitle w errorbars @end example Another way to plot "exper.dat" with errorlines (errorbars require three or four columns): @example plot 'exper.dat' w errorlines @end example This plots sin(x) and cos(x) with linespoints, using the same line type but different point types: @example plot sin(x) with linesp lt 1 pt 3, cos(x) with linesp lt 1 pt 4 @end example This plots file "data" with points of type 3 and twice usual size: @example plot 'data' with points pointtype 3 pointsize 2 @end example This plots file "data" with variable pointsize read from column 4 @example plot 'data' using 1:2:4 with points pt 5 pointsize variable @end example This plots two data sets with lines differing only by weight: @example plot 'd1' t "good" w l lt 2 lw 3, 'd2' t "bad" w l lt 2 lw 1 @end example This plots filled curve of x*x and a color stripe: @example plot x*x with filledcurve closed, 40 with filledcurve y1=10 @end example This plots x*x and a color box: @example plot x*x, (x>=-5 && x<=5 ? 40 : 1/0) with filledcurve y1=10 lt 8 @end example This plots a surface with color lines: @example splot x*x-y*y with line palette @end example This plots two color surfaces at different altitudes: @example splot x*x-y*y with pm3d, x*x+y*y with pm3d at t @end example @node print, pwd, plot, Commands @section print @c ?commands print @cindex print @cmindex print The @ref{print} command prints the value of <expression> to the screen. It is synonymous with `pause 0`. <expression> may be anything that `gnuplot` can evaluate that produces a number, or it can be a string. Syntax: @example print <expression> @{, <expression>, ...@} @end example See `expressions`. The output file can be set with @ref{print}. @node pwd, quit, print, Commands @section pwd @c ?commands pwd @cindex pwd @cmindex pwd The @ref{pwd} command prints the name of the working directory to the screen. @node quit, raise, pwd, Commands @section quit @c ?commands quit @cindex quit @cmindex quit The @ref{exit} and @ref{quit} commands and END-OF-FILE character will exit `gnuplot`. Each of these commands will clear the output device (as does the @ref{clear} command) before exiting. @node raise, refresh, quit, Commands @section raise @c ?commands raise @cindex raise @cmindex raise Syntax: @example raise @{plot_window_nb@} @end example The @ref{raise} command raises (opposite to @ref{lower}) plot window(s) associated with the interactive terminal of your gnuplot session, i.e. `pm`, `win`, `wxt` or `x11`. It puts the plot window to front (top) in the z-order windows stack of the window manager of your desktop. As `x11` and `wxt` support multiple plot windows, then by default they raise these windows in descending order of most recently created on top to the least recently created on bottom. If a plot number is supplied as an optional parameter, only the associated plot window will be raised if it exists. The optional parameter is ignored for single plot-windows terminal, i.e. `pm` and `win`. If the window is not raised under X11, then perhaps the plot window is running in a different X11 session (telnet or ssh session, for example), or perhaps raising is blocked by your window manager policy setting. @node refresh, replot, raise, Commands @section refresh @c ?commands refresh @cindex refresh @cmindex refresh The @ref{refresh} command is similar to @ref{replot}, with two major differences. @ref{refresh} reformats and redraws the current plot using the data already read in. This means that you can use @ref{refresh} for plots with in-line data (pseudo-device '-') and for plots from datafiles whose contents are volatile. You cannot use the @ref{refresh} command to add new data to an existing plot. Mousing operations, in particular zoom and unzoom, will use @ref{refresh} rather than @ref{replot} if appropriate. Example: @example plot 'datafile' volatile with lines, '-' with labels 100 200 "Special point" e # Various mousing operations go here set title "Zoomed in view" set term post set output 'zoom.ps' refresh @end example @node replot, reread, refresh, Commands @section replot @c ?commands replot @cindex replot @cmindex replot The @ref{replot} command without arguments repeats the last `plot` or `splot` command. This can be useful for viewing a plot with different `set` options, or when generating the same plot for several devices. Arguments specified after a @ref{replot} command will be added onto the last `plot` or `splot` command (with an implied ',' separator) before it is repeated. @ref{replot} accepts the same arguments as the `plot` and `splot` commands except that ranges cannot be specified. Thus you can use @ref{replot} to plot a function against the second axes if the previous command was `plot` but not if it was `splot`. N.B.---use of @example plot '-' ; ... ; replot @end example is not recommended, because it will require that you type in the data all over again. In most cases you can use the @ref{refresh} command instead, which will redraw the plot using the data previously read in. Note that @ref{replot} does not work in @ref{multiplot} mode, since it reproduces only the last plot rather than the entire screen. See also `command-line-editing` for ways to edit the last `plot` (`splot`) command. See also `show plot` to show the whole current plotting command, and the possibility to copy it into the `history`. @node reread, reset, replot, Commands @section reread @c ?commands reread @cindex reread @cmindex reread The @ref{reread} command causes the current `gnuplot` command file, as specified by a `load` command or on the command line, to be reset to its starting point before further commands are read from it. This essentially implements an endless loop of the commands from the beginning of the command file to the @ref{reread} command. (But this is not necessarily a disaster---@ref{reread} can be very useful when used in conjunction with @ref{if}. See @ref{if} for details.) The @ref{reread} command has no effect if input from standard input. Examples: Suppose the file "looper" contains the commands @example a=a+1 plot sin(x*a) pause -1 if(a<5) reread @end example and from within `gnuplot` you submit the commands @example a=0 load 'looper' @end example The result will be five plots (separated by the @ref{pause} message). Suppose the file "data" contains six columns of numbers with a total yrange from 0 to 10; the first is x and the next are five different functions of x. Suppose also that the file "plotter" contains the commands @example c_p = c_p+1 plot "$0" using 1:c_p with lines linetype c_p if(c_p < n_p) reread @end example and from within `gnuplot` you submit the commands @example n_p=6 c_p=1 unset key set yrange [0:10] set multiplot call 'plotter' 'data' unset multiplot @end example The result is a single graph consisting of five plots. The yrange must be set explicitly to guarantee that the five separate graphs (drawn on top of each other in multiplot mode) will have exactly the same axes. The linetype must be specified; otherwise all the plots would be drawn with the same type. See animate.dem in demo directory for an animated example. @node reset, save, reread, Commands @section reset @c ?commands reset @cindex reset @cmindex reset @c ?reset errors @c ?reset bind The @ref{reset} command causes all graph-related options that can be set with the `set` command to take on their default values. This command is useful, e.g., to restore the default graph settings at the end of a command file, or to return to a defined state after lots of settings have been changed within a command file. Please refer to the `set` command to see the default values that the various options take. The following are _not_ affected by @ref{reset}. @example `set term` @ref{output} @ref{loadpath} @ref{fontpath} @ref{encoding} @ref{decimalsign} @ref{locale} @end example @cindex error state `reset errors` clears only the error state variables GPVAL_ERRNO and GPVAL_ERRMSG. @cindex bind @opindex bind `reset bind` restores all hotkey bindings to their default state. @node save, set-show, reset, Commands @section save @c ?commands save @cindex save @cmindex save @c ^ <a name="save set"></a> The @ref{save} command saves user-defined functions, variables, the `set term` status, all `set` options, or all of these, plus the last `plot` (`splot`) command to the specified file. Syntax: @example save @{<option>@} '<filename>' @end example where <option> is @ref{functions}, @ref{variables}, @ref{terminal} or `set`. If no option is used, `gnuplot` saves functions, variables, `set` options and the last `plot` (`splot`) command. @ref{save}d files are written in text format and may be read by the `load` command. For @ref{save} with the `set` option or without any option, the @ref{terminal} choice and the @ref{output} filename are written out as a comment, to get an output file that works in other installations of gnuplot, without changes and without risk of unwillingly overwriting files. @ref{terminal} will write out just the @ref{terminal} status, without the comment marker in front of it. This is mainly useful for switching the @ref{terminal} setting for a short while, and getting back to the previously set terminal, afterwards, by loading the saved @ref{terminal} status. Note that for a single gnuplot session you may rather use the other method of saving and restoring current terminal by the commands `set term push` and `set term pop`, see `set term`. The filename must be enclosed in quotes. The special filename "-" may be used to @ref{save} commands to standard output. On systems which support a popen function (Unix), the output of save can be piped through an external program by starting the file name with a '|'. This provides a consistent interface to `gnuplot`'s internal settings to programs which communicate with `gnuplot` through a pipe. Please see help for `batch/interactive` for more details. Examples: @example save 'work.gnu' save functions 'func.dat' save var 'var.dat' save set 'options.dat' save term 'myterm.gnu' save '-' save '|grep title >t.gp' @end example @node set-show, shell, save, Commands @section set-show @c ?commands set @c ?commands show @cindex set @cindex show @c ?show all The `set` command can be used to set _lots_ of options. No screen is drawn, however, until a `plot`, `splot`, or @ref{replot} command is given. The `show` command shows their settings; `show all` shows all the settings. Options changed using `set` can be returned to the default state by giving the corresponding @ref{unset} command. See also the @ref{reset} command, which returns all settable parameters to default values. If a variable contains time/date data, `show` will display it according to the format currently defined by @ref{timefmt}, even if that was not in effect when the variable was initially defined. @cindex iteration @cmindex iteration The `set` and @ref{unset} commands may optionally contain an iteration clause. See @ref{iteration}. @menu * angles:: * arrow:: * autoscale:: * bars:: * bind_:: * bmargin:: * border:: * boxwidth:: * clabel:: * clip:: * cntrparam:: * color_box:: * colornames:: * contour:: * data_style:: * datafile:: * decimalsign:: * dgrid3d:: * dummy:: * encoding:: * fit_:: * fontpath:: * format_:: * function_style:: * functions:: * grid:: * hidden3d:: * historysize:: * isosamples:: * key:: * label:: * lmargin:: * loadpath:: * locale:: * logscale:: * macros:: * mapping:: * margin:: * mouse:: * multiplot:: * mx2tics:: * mxtics:: * my2tics:: * mytics:: * mztics:: * object:: * offsets:: * origin:: * output:: * parametric_:: * plot_:: * pm3d:: * palette:: * pointsize:: * polar:: * print_:: * rmargin:: * rrange:: * samples:: * size:: * style:: * surface:: * table:: * terminal:: * termoption:: * tics:: * ticslevel:: * ticscale:: * timestamp:: * timefmt:: * title_:: * tmargin:: * trange:: * urange:: * variables:: * version:: * view:: * vrange:: * x2data:: * x2dtics:: * x2label:: * x2mtics:: * x2range:: * x2tics:: * x2zeroaxis:: * xdata:: * xdtics:: * xlabel:: * xmtics:: * xrange:: * xtics:: * xyplane:: * xzeroaxis:: * y2data:: * y2dtics:: * y2label:: * y2mtics:: * y2range:: * y2tics:: * y2zeroaxis:: * ydata:: * ydtics:: * ylabel:: * ymtics:: * yrange:: * ytics:: * yzeroaxis:: * zdata:: * zdtics:: * zzeroaxis:: * cbdata:: * cbdtics:: * zero:: * zeroaxis:: * zlabel:: * zmtics:: * zrange:: * ztics:: * cblabel:: * cbmtics:: * cbrange:: * cbtics:: @end menu @node angles, arrow, set-show, set-show @subsection angles @c ?commands set angles @c ?commands show angles @c ?set angles @c ?show angles @cindex angles @opindex angles @c ?commands set angles degrees @c ?set angles degrees @c ?angles degrees @cindex degrees By default, `gnuplot` assumes the independent variable in polar graphs is in units of radians. If `set angles degrees` is specified before `set polar`, then the default range is [0:360] and the independent variable has units of degrees. This is particularly useful for plots of data files. The angle setting also applies to 3D mapping as set via the @ref{mapping} command. Syntax: @example set angles @{degrees | radians@} show angles @end example The angle specified in `set grid polar` is also read and displayed in the units specified by @ref{angles}. @ref{angles} also affects the arguments of the machine-defined functions sin(x), cos(x) and tan(x), and the outputs of asin(x), acos(x), atan(x), atan2(x), and arg(x). It has no effect on the arguments of hyperbolic functions or Bessel functions. However, the output arguments of inverse hyperbolic functions of complex arguments are affected; if these functions are used, `set angles radians` must be in effect to maintain consistency between input and output arguments. @example x=@{1.0,0.1@} set angles radians y=sinh(x) print y #prints @{1.16933, 0.154051@} print asinh(y) #prints @{1.0, 0.1@} @end example but @example set angles degrees y=sinh(x) print y #prints @{1.16933, 0.154051@} print asinh(y) #prints @{57.29578, 5.729578@} @end example See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/poldat.html,poldat.dem: polar plot using @ref{angles} demo. } @node arrow, autoscale, angles, set-show @subsection arrow @c ?commands set arrow @c ?commands unset arrow @c ?commands show arrow @c ?set arrow @c ?unset arrow @c ?show arrow @cindex arrow @opindex arrow @cindex noarrow Arbitrary arrows can be placed on a plot using the @ref{arrow} command. Syntax: @example set arrow @{<tag>@} @{from <position>@} @{to|rto <position>@} @{ @{arrowstyle | as <arrow_style>@} | @{ @{nohead | head | backhead | heads@} @{size <length>,<angle>@{,<backangle>@}@} @{filled | empty | nofilled@} @{front | back@} @{ @{linestyle | ls <line_style>@} | @{linetype | lt <line_type>@} @{linewidth | lw <line_width@} @} @} @} @end example @example unset arrow @{<tag>@} show arrow @{<tag>@} @end example <tag> is an integer that identifies the arrow. If no tag is given, the lowest unused tag value is assigned automatically. The tag can be used to delete or change a specific arrow. To change any attribute of an existing arrow, use the @ref{arrow} command with the appropriate tag and specify the parts of the arrow to be changed. The <position>s are specified by either x,y or x,y,z, and may be preceded by `first`, `second`, `graph`, `screen`, or `character` to select the coordinate system. Unspecified coordinates default to 0. The end points can be specified in one of five coordinate systems---`first` or `second` axes, `graph`, `screen`, or `character`. See `coordinates` for details. A coordinate system specifier does not carry over from the "from" position to the "to" position. Arrows outside the screen boundaries are permitted but may cause device errors. If the end point is specified by "rto" instead of "to" it is drawn relatively to the start point. For linear axes, `graph` and `screen` coordinates, the distance between the start and the end point corresponds to the given relative coordinate. For logarithmic axes, the relative given coordinate corresponds to the factor of the coordinate between start and end point. Thus, a negative relative value or zero are not allowed for logarithmic axes. Specifying `nohead` produces an arrow drawn without a head---a line segment. This gives you yet another way to draw a line segment on the plot. By default, an arrow has a head at its end. Specifying `backhead` draws an arrow head at the start point of the arrow while `heads` draws arrow heads on both ends of the line. Not all terminal types support double-ended arrows. Head size can be controlled by `size <length>,<angle>` or `size <length>,<angle>,<backangle>`, where `<length>` defines length of each branch of the arrow head and `<angle>` the angle (in degrees) they make with the arrow. `<Length>` is in x-axis units; this can be changed by `first`, `second`, `graph`, `screen`, or `character` before the <length>; see `coordinates` for details. `<Backangle>` only takes effect when `filled` or `empty` is also used. Then, `<backangle>` is the angle (in degrees) the back branches make with the arrow (in the same direction as `<angle>`). The `fig` terminal has a restricted backangle function. It supports three different angles. There are two thresholds: Below 70 degrees, the arrow head gets an indented back angle. Above 110 degrees, the arrow head has an acute back angle. Between these thresholds, the back line is straight. Specifying `filled` produces filled arrow heads (if heads are used). Filling is supported on filled-polygon capable terminals, see help of @ref{pm3d} for their list, otherwise the arrow heads are closed but not filled. The same result (closed but not filled arrow head) is reached by specifying `empty`. Further, filling and outline is obviously not supported on terminals drawing arrows by their own specific routines, like `metafont`, `metapost`, `latex` or `tgif`. The line style may be selected from a user-defined list of line styles (see `set style line`) or may be defined here by providing values for <line_type> (an index from the default list of styles) and/or <line_width> (which is a multiplier for the default width). Note, however, that if a user-defined line style has been selected, its properties (type and width) cannot be altered merely by issuing another @ref{arrow} command with the appropriate index and `lt` or `lw`. If `front` is given, the arrow is written on top of the graphed data. If `back` is given (the default), the arrow is written underneath the graphed data. Using `front` will prevent an arrow from being obscured by dense data. Examples: To set an arrow pointing from the origin to (1,2) with user-defined style 5, use: @example set arrow to 1,2 ls 5 @end example To set an arrow from bottom left of plotting area to (-5,5,3), and tag the arrow number 3, use: @example set arrow 3 from graph 0,0 to -5,5,3 @end example To change the preceding arrow to end at 1,1,1, without an arrow head and double its width, use: @example set arrow 3 to 1,1,1 nohead lw 2 @end example To draw a vertical line from the bottom to the top of the graph at x=3, use: @example set arrow from 3, graph 0 to 3, graph 1 nohead @end example To draw a vertical arrow with T-shape ends, use: @example set arrow 3 from 0,-5 to 0,5 heads size screen 0.1,90 @end example To draw an arrow relatively to the start point, where the relative distances are given in graph coordinates, use: @example set arrow from 0,-5 rto graph 0.1,0.1 @end example To draw an arrow with relative end point in logarithmic x axis, use: @example set logscale x set arrow from 100,-5 rto 10,10 @end example This draws an arrow from 100,-5 to 1000,5. For the logarithmic x axis, the relative coordinate 10 means "factor 10" while for the linear y axis, the relative coordinate 10 means "difference 10". To delete arrow number 2, use: @example unset arrow 2 @end example To delete all arrows, use: @example unset arrow @end example To show all arrows (in tag order), use: @example show arrow @end example @uref{http://gnuplot.sourceforge.net/demo/arrowstyle.html,arrows demos. } @node autoscale, bars, arrow, set-show @subsection autoscale @c ?commands set autoscale @c ?commands unset autoscale @c ?commands show autoscale @c ?set autoscale @c ?unset autoscale @c ?show autoscale @cindex autoscale @opindex autoscale @cindex noautoscale Autoscaling may be set individually on the x, y or z axis or globally on all axes. The default is to autoscale all axes. If you want to autoscale based on a subset of the plots in the figure, you can mark the other ones with the flag `noautoscale`. See @ref{datafile}. Syntax: @example set autoscale @{<axes>@{|min|max|fixmin|fixmax|fix@} | fix | keepfix@} unset autoscale @{<axes>@} show autoscale @end example where <axes> is either `x`, `y`, `z`, `cb`, `x2`, `y2` or `xy`. A keyword with `min` or `max` appended (this cannot be done with `xy`) tells `gnuplot` to autoscale just the minimum or maximum of that axis. If no keyword is given, all axes are autoscaled. A keyword with `fixmin`, `fixmax` or `fix` appended tells gnuplot to disable extension of the axis range to the next tic mark position, for autoscaled axes using equidistant tics; `set autoscale fix` sets this for all axes. Command `set autoscale keepfix` autoscales all axes while keeping the fix settings. When autoscaling, the axis range is automatically computed and the dependent axis (y for a `plot` and z for `splot`) is scaled to include the range of the function or data being plotted. If autoscaling of the dependent axis (y or z) is not set, the current y or z range is used. Autoscaling the independent variables (x for `plot` and x,y for `splot`) is a request to set the domain to match any data file being plotted. If there are no data files, autoscaling an independent variable has no effect. In other words, in the absence of a data file, functions alone do not affect the x range (or the y range if plotting z = f(x,y)). Please see @ref{xrange} for additional information about ranges. The behavior of autoscaling remains consistent in parametric mode, (see `set parametric`). However, there are more dependent variables and hence more control over x, y, and z axis scales. In parametric mode, the independent or dummy variable is t for `plot`s and u,v for `splot`s. @ref{autoscale} in parametric mode, then, controls all ranges (t, u, v, x, y, and z) and allows x, y, and z to be fully autoscaled. Autoscaling works the same way for polar mode as it does for parametric mode for `plot`, with the extension that in polar mode @ref{dummy} can be used to change the independent variable from t (see @ref{dummy}). When tics are displayed on second axes but no plot has been specified for those axes, x2range and y2range are inherited from xrange and yrange. This is done _before_ xrange and yrange are autoextended to a whole number of tics, which can cause unexpected results. You can use the `fixmin` or `fixmax` options to avoid this. Examples: This sets autoscaling of the y axis (other axes are not affected): @example set autoscale y @end example This sets autoscaling only for the minimum of the y axis (the maximum of the y axis and the other axes are not affected): @example set autoscale ymin @end example This disables extension of the x2 axis tics to the next tic mark, thus keeping the exact range as found in the plotted data and functions: @example set autoscale x2fixmin set autoscale x2fixmax @end example This sets autoscaling of the x and y axes: @example set autoscale xy @end example This sets autoscaling of the x, y, z, x2 and y2 axes: @example set autoscale @end example This disables autoscaling of the x, y, z, x2 and y2 axes: @example unset autoscale @end example This disables autoscaling of the z axis only: @example unset autoscale z @end example @menu * parametric_mode:: * polar_mode:: @end menu @node parametric_mode, polar_mode, autoscale, autoscale @subsubsection parametric mode @c ?commands set autoscale parametric @c ?set autoscale parametric @c ?set autoscale t When in parametric mode (`set parametric`), the xrange is as fully scalable as the y range. In other words, in parametric mode the x axis can be automatically scaled to fit the range of the parametric function that is being plotted. Of course, the y axis can also be automatically scaled just as in the non-parametric case. If autoscaling on the x axis is not set, the current x range is used. Data files are plotted the same in parametric and non-parametric mode. However, there is a difference in mixed function and data plots: in non-parametric mode with autoscaled x, the x range of the datafile controls the x range of the functions; in parametric mode it has no influence. For completeness a last command `set autoscale t` is accepted. However, the effect of this "scaling" is very minor. When `gnuplot` determines that the t range would be empty, it makes a small adjustment if autoscaling is true. Otherwise, `gnuplot` gives an error. Such behavior may, in fact, not be very useful and the command `set autoscale t` is certainly questionable. `splot` extends the above ideas as you would expect. If autoscaling is set, then x, y, and z ranges are computed and each axis scaled to fit the resulting data. @node polar_mode, , parametric_mode, autoscale @subsubsection polar mode @c ?commands set autoscale polar @c ?set autoscale polar When in polar mode (`set polar`), the xrange and the yrange are both found from the polar coordinates, and thus they can both be automatically scaled. In other words, in polar mode both the x and y axes can be automatically scaled to fit the ranges of the polar function that is being plotted. When plotting functions in polar mode, the rrange may be autoscaled. When plotting data files in polar mode, the trange may also be autoscaled. Note that if the trange is contained within one quadrant, autoscaling will produce a polar plot of only that single quadrant. Explicitly setting one or two ranges but not others may lead to unexpected results. See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/poldat.html,polar demos. } @node bars, bind_, autoscale, set-show @subsection bars @c ?commands set bars @c ?commands show bars @c ?set bars @c ?show bars @cindex bars @opindex bars The @ref{bars} command controls the tics at the ends of error bars, and also the width of the boxes in plot styles candlesticks and financebars. Syntax: @example set bars @{small | large | fullwidth | <size>@} @{front | back@} unset bars show bars @end example `small` is a synonym for 0.0, and `large` for 1.0. The default is 1.0 if no size is given. The keyword `fullwidth` is relevant only to histograms with errorbars. It sets the width of the errorbar ends to be the same as the width of the associated box in the histogram. It does not change the width of the box itself. The `front` and `back` keywords are relevant only to errorbars attached to filled rectangles (boxes, candlesticks, histograms). @node bind_, bmargin, bars, set-show @subsection bind @c ?commands show bind @c ?show bind @cindex bind @opindex bind Show the current state of all hotkey bindings. See `bind`. @node bmargin, border, bind_, set-show @subsection bmargin @c ?commands set bmargin @c ?set bmargin @cindex bmargin @opindex bmargin The command @ref{bmargin} sets the size of the bottom margin. Please see @ref{margin} for details. @node border, boxwidth, bmargin, set-show @subsection border @c ?commands set border @c ?commands unset border @c ?commands show border @c ?set border @c ?unset border @c ?show border @cindex border @opindex border @cindex noborder The @ref{border} and @ref{border} commands control the display of the graph borders for the `plot` and `splot` commands. Note that the borders do not necessarily coincide with the axes; with `plot` they often do, but with `splot` they usually do not. Syntax: @example set border @{<integer>@} @{front | back@} @{linewidth | lw <line_width>@} @{@{linestyle | ls <line_style>@} | @{linetype | lt <line_type>@}@} unset border show border @end example With a `splot` displayed in an arbitrary orientation, like `set view 56,103`, the four corners of the x-y plane can be referred to as "front", "back", "left" and "right". A similar set of four corners exist for the top surface, of course. Thus the border connecting, say, the back and right corners of the x-y plane is the "bottom right back" border, and the border connecting the top and bottom front corners is the "front vertical". (This nomenclature is defined solely to allow the reader to figure out the table that follows.) The borders are encoded in a 12-bit integer: the bottom four bits control the border for `plot` and the sides of the base for `splot`; the next four bits control the verticals in `splot`; the top four bits control the edges on top of the `splot`. In detail, `<integer>` should be the sum of the appropriate entries from the following table: @example Bit plot splot 1 bottom bottom left front 2 left bottom left back 4 top bottom right front 8 right bottom right back 16 no effect left vertical 32 no effect back vertical 64 no effect right vertical 128 no effect front vertical 256 no effect top left back 512 no effect top right back 1024 no effect top left front 2048 no effect top right front @end example Various bits or combinations of bits may be added together in the command. The default is 31, which is all four sides for `plot`, and base and z axis for `splot`. In 2D plots the border is normally drawn on top of all plots elements (`front`). If you want the border to be drawn behind the plot elements, use `set border back`. Using the optional <line_style>, <line_type> and <line_width> specifiers, the way the border lines are drawn can be influenced (limited by what the current terminal driver supports). For `plot`, tics may be drawn on edges other than bottom and left by enabling the second axes -- see `set xtics` for details. If a `splot` draws only on the base, as is the case with "`unset surface; set contour base`", then the verticals and the top are not drawn even if they are specified. The `set grid` options 'back', 'front' and 'layerdefault' also control the order in which the border lines are drawn with respect to the output of the plotted data. Examples: Draw default borders: @example set border @end example Draw only the left and bottom (`plot`) or both front and back bottom left (`splot`) borders: @example set border 3 @end example Draw a complete box around a `splot`: @example set border 4095 @end example Draw a topless box around a `splot`, omitting the front vertical: @example set border 127+256+512 # or set border 1023-128 @end example Draw only the top and right borders for a `plot` and label them as axes: @example unset xtics; unset ytics; set x2tics; set y2tics; set border 12 @end example @node boxwidth, clabel, border, set-show @subsection boxwidth @c ?commands set boxwidth @c ?commands show boxwidth @c ?set boxwidth @c ?show boxwidth @cindex boxwidth @opindex boxwidth The @ref{boxwidth} command is used to set the default width of boxes in the @ref{boxes}, @ref{boxerrorbars}, @ref{candlesticks} and @ref{histograms} styles. Syntax: @example set boxwidth @{<width>@} @{absolute|relative@} show boxwidth @end example By default, adjacent boxes are extended in width until they touch each other. A different default width may be specified using the @ref{boxwidth} command. `Relative` widths are interpreted as being a fraction of this default width. An explicit value for the boxwidth is interpreted as being a number of units along the current x axis (`absolute`) unless the modifier `relative` is given. If the x axis is a log-scale (see `set log`) then the value of boxwidth is truly "absolute" only at x=1; this physical width is maintained everywhere along the axis (i.e. the boxes do not become narrower the value of x increases). If the range spanned by a log scale x axis is far from x=1, some experimentation may be required to find a useful value of boxwidth. The default is superseded by explicit width information taken from an extra data column in styles @ref{boxes} or @ref{boxerrorbars}. In a four-column data set, the fourth column will be interpreted as the box width unless the width is set to -2.0, in which case the width will be calculated automatically. See @ref{boxes} and @ref{boxerrorbars} for more details. To set the box width to automatic use the command @example set boxwidth @end example or, for four-column data, @example set boxwidth -2 @end example The same effect can be achieved with the @ref{using} keyword in `plot`: @example plot 'file' using 1:2:3:4:(-2) @end example To set the box width to half of the automatic size use @example set boxwidth 0.5 relative @end example To set the box width to an absolute value of 2 use @example set boxwidth 2 absolute @end example @node clabel, clip, boxwidth, set-show @subsection clabel @c ?commands set clabel @c ?commands unset clabel @c ?commands show clabel @c ?set clabel @c ?unset clabel @c ?show clabel @cindex clabel @opindex clabel `gnuplot` will vary the linetype used for each contour level when clabel is set. When this option on (the default), a legend labels each linestyle with the z level it represents. It is not possible at present to separate the contour labels from the surface key. Syntax: @example set clabel @{'<format>'@} unset clabel show clabel @end example The default for the format string is %8.3g, which gives three decimal places. This may produce poor label alignment if the key is altered from its default configuration. The first contour linetype, or only contour linetype when clabel is off, is the surface linetype +1; contour points are the same style as surface points. See also @ref{contour}. @node clip, cntrparam, clabel, set-show @subsection clip @c ?commands set clip @c ?commands unset clip @c ?commands show clip @c ?set clip @c ?unset clip @c ?show clip @cindex clip @opindex clip @cindex noclip `gnuplot` can clip data points and lines that are near the boundaries of a graph. Syntax: @example set clip <clip-type> unset clip <clip-type> show clip @end example Three clip types for points and lines are supported by `gnuplot`: `points`, `one`, and `two`. One, two, or all three clip types may be active for a single graph. Note that clipping of color filled quadrangles drawn by @ref{pm3d} maps and surfaces is not controlled by this command, but by `set pm3d clip1in` and `set pm3d clip4in`. The `points` clip type forces `gnuplot` to clip (actually, not plot at all) data points that fall within but too close to the boundaries. This is done so that large symbols used for points will not extend outside the boundary lines. Without clipping points near the boundaries, the plot may look bad. Adjusting the x and y ranges may give similar results. Setting the `one` clip type causes `gnuplot` to draw a line segment which has only one of its two endpoints within the graph. Only the in-range portion of the line is drawn. The alternative is to not draw any portion of the line segment. Some lines may have both endpoints out of range, but pass through the graph. Setting the `two` clip-type allows the visible portion of these lines to be drawn. In no case is a line drawn outside the graph. The defaults are `noclip points`, `clip one`, and `noclip two`. To check the state of all forms of clipping, use @example show clip @end example For backward compatibility with older versions, the following forms are also permitted: @example set clip unset clip @end example @ref{clip} is synonymous with `set clip points`; @ref{clip} turns off all three types of clipping. @node cntrparam, color_box, clip, set-show @subsection cntrparam @c ?commands set cntrparam @c ?commands show cntrparam @c ?set cntrparam @c ?show cntrparam @cindex cntrparam @opindex cntrparam @ref{cntrparam} controls the generation of contours and their smoothness for a contour plot. @ref{contour} displays current settings of @ref{cntrparam} as well as @ref{contour}. Syntax: @example set cntrparam @{ @{ linear | cubicspline | bspline | points <n> | order <n> | levels @{ auto @{<n>@} | <n> | discrete <z1> @{,<z2>@{,<z3>...@}@} | incremental <start>, <incr> @{,<end>@} @} @} @} show contour @end example This command has two functions. First, it sets the values of z for which contour points are to be determined (by linear interpolation between data points or function isosamples.) Second, it controls the way contours are drawn between the points determined to be of equal z. <n> should be an integral constant expression and <z1>, <z2> ... any constant expressions. The parameters are: `linear`, `cubicspline`, `bspline`---Controls type of approximation or interpolation. If `linear`, then straight line segments connect points of equal z magnitude. If `cubicspline`, then piecewise-linear contours are interpolated between the same equal z points to form somewhat smoother contours, but which may undulate. If `bspline`, a guaranteed-smoother curve is drawn, which only approximates the position of the points of equal-z. `points`---Eventually all drawings are done with piecewise-linear strokes. This number controls the number of line segments used to approximate the `bspline` or `cubicspline` curve. Number of cubicspline or bspline segments (strokes) = `points` * number of linear segments. `order`---Order of the bspline approximation to be used. The bigger this order is, the smoother the resulting contour. (Of course, higher order bspline curves will move further away from the original piecewise linear data.) This option is relevant for `bspline` mode only. Allowed values are integers in the range from 2 (linear) to 10. `levels`--- Selection of contour levels, controlled by `auto` (default), `discrete`, `incremental`, and <n>, number of contour levels. For `auto`, <n> specifies a nominal number of levels; the actual number will be adjusted to give simple labels. If the surface is bounded by zmin and zmax, contours will be generated at integer multiples of dz between zmin and zmax, where dz is 1, 2, or 5 times some power of ten (like the step between two tic marks). For `levels discrete`, contours will be generated at z = <z1>, <z2> ... as specified; the number of discrete levels sets the number of contour levels. In `discrete` mode, any `set cntrparam levels <n>` are ignored. For `incremental`, contours are generated at values of z beginning at <start> and increasing by <increment>, until the number of contours is reached. <end> is used to determine the number of contour levels, which will be changed by any subsequent `set cntrparam levels <n>`. If the z axis is logarithmic, <increment> will be interpreted as a factor, just like in @ref{ztics}. If the command @ref{cntrparam} is given without any arguments specified, the defaults are used: linear, 5 points, order 4, 5 auto levels. Examples: @example set cntrparam bspline set cntrparam points 7 set cntrparam order 10 @end example To select levels automatically, 5 if the level increment criteria are met: @example set cntrparam levels auto 5 @end example To specify discrete levels at .1, .37, and .9: @example set cntrparam levels discrete .1,1/exp(1),.9 @end example To specify levels from 0 to 4 with increment 1: @example set cntrparam levels incremental 0,1,4 @end example To set the number of levels to 10 (changing an incremental end or possibly the number of auto levels): @example set cntrparam levels 10 @end example To set the start and increment while retaining the number of levels: @example set cntrparam levels incremental 100,50 @end example See also @ref{contour} for control of where the contours are drawn, and @ref{clabel} for control of the format of the contour labels and linetypes. See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/contours.html,contours demo (contours.dem) } and @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/discrete.html,contours with user defined levels demo (discrete.dem). } @node color_box, colornames, cntrparam, set-show @subsection color box @c ?commands set colorbox @c ?commands show colorbox @c ?commands unset colorbox @c ?set colorbox @c ?show colorbox @c ?unset colorbox @cindex colorbox The color scheme, i.e. the gradient of the smooth color with min_z and max_z values of @ref{pm3d}'s @ref{palette}, is drawn in a color box unless `unset colorbox`. @example set colorbox set colorbox @{ @{ vertical | horizontal @} @{ default | user @} @{ origin x, y @} @{ size x, y @} @{ front | back @} @{ noborder | bdefault | border [line style] @} @} show colorbox unset colorbox @end example Color box position can be `default` or `user`. If the latter is specified the values as given with the @ref{origin} and @ref{size} subcommands are used. The box can be drawn after (`front`) or before (`back`) the graph or the surface. The orientation of the color gradient can be switched by options `vertical` and `horizontal`. `origin x, y` and `size x, y` are used only in combination with the `user` option. The x and y values are interpreted as screen coordinates by default, and this is the only legal option for 3D plots. 2D plots, including splot with `set view map`, allow any coordinate system to be specified. Try for example: @example set colorbox horiz user origin .1,.02 size .8,.04 @end example which will draw a horizontal gradient somewhere at the bottom of the graph. @ref{border} turns the border on (this is the default). `noborder` turns the border off. If an positive integer argument is given after @ref{border}, it is used as a line style tag which is used for drawing the border, e.g.: @example set style line 2604 linetype -1 linewidth .4 set colorbox border 2604 @end example will use line style `2604`, a thin line with the default border color (-1) for drawing the border. `bdefault` (which is the default) will use the default border line style for drawing the border of the color box. The axis of the color box is called `cb` and it is controlled by means of the usual axes commands, i.e. `set/unset/show` with @ref{cbrange}, `[m]cbtics`, `format cb`, `grid [m]cb`, @ref{cblabel}, and perhaps even @ref{cbdata}, `[no]cbdtics`, `[no]cbmtics`. `set colorbox` without any parameter switches the position to default. `unset colorbox` resets the default parameters for the colorbox and switches the colorbox off. See also help for @ref{pm3d}, @ref{palette}, @ref{pm3d}, and `set style line`. @node colornames, contour, color_box, set-show @subsection colornames @cindex colornames @opindex colornames @c ?show colornames @c ?commands show colornames @c ?show palette colornames Gnuplot knows a limited number of color names. You can use these to define the color range spanned by a pm3d palette, or to assign a terminal-independent color to a particular linetype or linestyle. To see the list of known color names, use the command @ref{colornames}. Example: @example set style line 1 linecolor rgb "sea-green" @end example @node contour, data_style, colornames, set-show @subsection contour @c ?commands set contour @c ?commands unset contour @c ?commands show contour @c ?set contour @c ?unset contour @c ?show contour @cindex contour @opindex contour @cindex nocontour @ref{contour} enables contour drawing for surfaces. This option is available for `splot` only. It requires grid data, see `grid_data` for more details. If contours are desired from non-grid data, @ref{dgrid3d} can be used to create an appropriate grid. Syntax: @example set contour @{base | surface | both@} unset contour show contour @end example The three options specify where to draw the contours: `base` draws the contours on the grid base where the x/ytics are placed, @ref{surface} draws the contours on the surfaces themselves, and `both` draws the contours on both the base and the surface. If no option is provided, the default is `base`. See also @ref{cntrparam} for the parameters that affect the drawing of contours, and @ref{clabel} for control of labelling of the contours. The surface can be switched off (see @ref{surface}), giving a contour-only graph. Though it is possible to use @ref{size} to enlarge the plot to fill the screen, more control over the output format can be obtained by writing the contour information to a file, and rereading it as a 2D datafile plot: @example unset surface set contour set cntrparam ... set table 'filename' splot ... unset table # contour info now in filename set term <whatever> plot 'filename' @end example In order to draw contours, the data should be organized as "grid data". In such a file all the points for a single y-isoline are listed, then all the points for the next y-isoline, and so on. A single blank line (a line containing no characters other than blank spaces and a carriage return and/or a line feed) separates one y-isoline from the next. See also @ref{datafile}. See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/contours.html,contours demo (contours.dem) } and @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/discrete.html,contours with user defined levels demo (discrete.dem). } @node data_style, datafile, contour, set-show @subsection data style @c ?set data style This form of the command is deprecated. Please see `set style data`. @node datafile, decimalsign, data_style, set-show @subsection datafile @c ?set datafile @c ?show datafile The @ref{datafile} command options control interpretation of fields read from input data files by the `plot`, `splot`, and @ref{fit} commands. Six such options are currently implemented. @menu * set_datafile_fortran:: * set_datafile_nofpe_trap:: * set_datafile_missing:: * set_datafile_separator:: * set_datafile_commentschars:: * set_datafile_binary:: @end menu @node set_datafile_fortran, set_datafile_nofpe_trap, datafile, datafile @subsubsection set datafile fortran @c ?set datafile fortran @c ?show datafile fortran @cindex fortran The `set datafile fortran` command enables a special check for values in the input file expressed as Fortran D or Q constants. This extra check slows down the input process, and should only be selected if you do in fact have datafiles containing Fortran D or Q constants. The option can be disabled again using `unset datafile fortran`. @node set_datafile_nofpe_trap, set_datafile_missing, set_datafile_fortran, datafile @subsubsection set datafile nofpe_trap @c ?set datafile nofpe_trap @cindex fpe_trap @cindex nofpe_trap @cindex floating point exceptions The `set datafile nofpe_trap` command tells gnuplot not to re-initialize a floating point exception handler before every expression evaluation used while reading data from an input file. This can significantly speed data input from large files at the risk of program termination if a floating-point exception is generated. @node set_datafile_missing, set_datafile_separator, set_datafile_nofpe_trap, datafile @subsubsection set datafile missing @c ?set datafile missing @c ?show datafile missing @c ?set missing @cindex missing The `set datafile missing` command allows you to tell `gnuplot` what character string is used in a data file to denote missing data. Exactly how this missing value will be treated depends on the @ref{using} specifier of the `plot` or `splot` command. Syntax: @example set datafile missing @{"<string>"@} show datafile missing unset datafile @end example Example: @example # Ignore entries containing IEEE NaN ("Not a Number") code set datafile missing "NaN" @end example Example: @example set datafile missing "?" set style data lines plot '-' 1 10 2 20 3 ? 4 40 5 50 e plot '-' using 1:2 1 10 2 20 3 ? 4 40 5 50 e plot '-' using 1:($2) 1 10 2 20 3 ? 4 40 5 50 e @end example The first `plot` will recognize only the first datum in the "3 ?" line. It will use the single-datum-on-a-line convention that the line number is "x" and the datum is "y", so the point will be plotted (in this case erroneously) at (2,3). The second `plot` will correctly ignore the middle line. The plotted line will connect the points at (2,20) and (4,40). The third `plot` will also correctly ignore the middle line, but the plotted line will not connect the points at (2,20) and (4,40). There is no default character for `missing`, but in many cases any non-parsible string of characters found where a numerical value is expected will be treated as missing data. @node set_datafile_separator, set_datafile_commentschars, set_datafile_missing, datafile @subsubsection set datafile separator @c ?set datafile separator @c ?show datafile separator @c ?datafile separator @cindex separator The command `set datafile separator "<char>"` tells `gnuplot` that data fields in subsequent input files are separated by <char> rather than by whitespace. The most common use is to read in csv (comma-separated value) files written by spreadsheet or database programs. By default data fields are separated by whitespace. Syntax: @example set datafile separator @{"<char>" | whitespace@} @end example Examples: @example # Input file contains tab-separated fields set datafile separator "\t" @end example @example # Input file contains comma-separated values fields set datafile separator "," @end example @node set_datafile_commentschars, set_datafile_binary, set_datafile_separator, datafile @subsubsection set datafile commentschars @c ?set datafile commentschars @cindex commentschars The `set datafile commentschars` command allows you to tell `gnuplot` what characters are used in a data file to denote comments. Gnuplot will ignore rest of the line behind the specified characters if either of them is the first non-blank character on the line. Syntax: @example set datafile commentschars @{"<string>"@} show datafile commentschars unset commentschars @end example Default value of the string is "#!" on VMS and "#" otherwise. Then, the following line in a data file is completely ignored @example # 1 2 3 4 @end example but the following @example 1 # 3 4 @end example produces rather unexpected plot unless @example set datafile missing '#' @end example is specified as well. Example: @example set datafile commentschars "#!%" @end example @node set_datafile_binary, , set_datafile_commentschars, datafile @subsubsection set datafile binary @c ?set datafile binary The `set datafile binary` command is used to set the defaults when reading binary data files. The syntax matches precisely that used for commands `plot` and `splot`. See `binary` for details about <binary list>. Syntax: @example set datafile binary <binary list> show datafile binary show datafile unset datafile @end example Examples: @example set datafile binary filetype=auto set datafile binary array=(512,512) format="%uchar" @end example @c ?show datafile binary @example show datafile binary # list current settings @end example @node decimalsign, dgrid3d, datafile, set-show @subsection decimalsign @c ?commands set decimalsign @c ?commands show decimalsign @c ?commands unset decimalsign @c ?set decimalsign @c ?show decimalsign @c ?unset decimalsign @cindex decimalsign @opindex decimalsign @cindex locale @opindex locale The @ref{decimalsign} command selects a decimal sign for numbers printed into tic labels or `set label` strings. Syntax: @example set decimalsign @{<value> | locale @{"<locale>"@}@} unset decimalsign show decimalsign @end example The argument <value> is a string to be used in place of the usual decimal point. Typical choices include the period, '.', and the comma, ',', but others may be useful, too. If you omit the <value> argument, the decimal separator is not modified from the usual default, which is a period. Unsetting decimalsign has the same effect as omitting <value>. Example: Correct typesetting in most European countries requires: @example set decimalsign ',' @end example Please note: If you set an explicit string, this affects only numbers that are printed using gnuplot's gprintf() formatting routine, include axis tics. It does not affect the format expected for input data, and it does not affect numbers printed with the sprintf() formatting routine. To change the behavior of both input and output formatting, instead use the form @example set decimalsign locale @end example This instructs the program to use both input and output formats in accordance with the current setting of the LC_ALL, LC_NUMERIC, or LANG environmental variables. @example set decimalsign locale "foo" @end example This instructs the program to format all input and output in accordance with locale "foo", which must be installed. If locale "foo" is not found then an error message is printed and the decimal sign setting is unchanged. On linux systems you can get a list of the locales installed on your machine by typing "locale -a". A typical linux locale string is of the form "sl_SI.UTF-8". A typical Windows locale string is of the form "Slovenian_Slovenia.1250" or "slovenian". Please note that interpretation of the locale settings is done by the C library at runtime. Older C libraries may offer only partial support for locale settings such as the thousands grouping separator character. @example set decimalsign locale; set decimalsign "." @end example This sets all input and output to use whatever decimal sign is correct for the current locale, but over-rides this with an explicit '.' in numbers formatted using gnuplot's internal gprintf() function. @node dgrid3d, dummy, decimalsign, set-show @subsection dgrid3d @c ?commands set dgrid3d @c ?commands unset dgrid3d @c ?commands show dgrid3d @c ?set dgrid3d @c ?unset dgrid3d @c ?show dgrid3d @cindex dgrid3d @opindex dgrid3d @cindex nodgrid3d The @ref{dgrid3d} command enables, and can set parameters for, non-grid to grid data mapping. See `splot grid_data` for more details about the grid data structure. Syntax: @example set dgrid3d @{<rows>@} @{,@{<cols>@}@} @{ splines | qnorm @{<norm>@} | gauss | cauchy | exp | box | hann @{<dx>@} @{,@{dy@}@} @} unset dgrid3d show dgrid3d @end example By default @ref{dgrid3d} is disabled. When enabled, 3D data read from a file are always treated as a scattered data set. A grid with dimensions derived from a bounding box of the scattered data and size as specified by the row/col_size parameters is created for plotting and contouring. The grid is equally spaced in x (rows) and in y (columns); the z values are computed as weighted averages or spline interpolations of the scattered points' z values. In other words, a regularly spaced grid is created and the a smooth approximation to the raw data is evaluated for all grid points. Only this approximation is plotted, but not the raw data. The number of columns defaults to the number of rows, which defaults to 10. Several algorithms are available to calculate the approximation from the raw data. Some of these algorithms can take additional parameters. These interpolations are such the closer the data point is to a grid point, the more effect it has on that grid point. The `splines` algorithm calculates an interpolation based on "thin plate splines". It does not take additional paramaters. The `qnorm` algorithm calculates a weighted average of the input data at each grid point. Each data point is weighted inversely by its distance from the grid point raised to the norm power. (Actually, the weights are given by the inverse of dx^norm + dy^norm, where dx and dy are the components of the separation of the grid point from each data point. For some norms that are powers of two, specifically 4, 8, and 16, the computation is optimized by using the Euclidean distance in the weight calculation, (dx^2+dy^2)^norm/2. However, any non-negative integer can be used.) The power of the norm can be specified as a single optional parameter. This algorithm is the default. Finally, several smoothing kernels are available to calculate weighted averages: z = Sum_i w(d_i) * z_i / Sum_i w(d_i), where z_i is the value of the i-th data point and d_i is the distance between the current grid point and the location of the i-th data point. All kernels assign higher weights to data points that are close to the current grid point and lower weights to data points further away. The following kernels are available: @example gauss : w(d) = exp(-d*d) cauchy : w(d) = 1/(1 + d*d) exp : w(d) = exp(-d) box : w(d) = 1 if d<1 = 0 otherwise hann : w(d) = 0.5*(1-cos(2*pi*d)) if d<1 w(d) = 0 otherwise @end example When using one of these five smoothing kernels, up to two additional parameter can be specified: dx and dy. These are used to rescale the coordinate differences when calculating the distance: d_i = sqrt( ((x-x_i)/dx)**2 + ((y-y_i)/dy)**2 ), where x,y are the coordinates of the current grid point and x_i,y_i are the coordinates of the i-th data point. The value of dy defaults to the value of dx, which defaults to 1. The parameters dx and dy make it possible to control the radius over which data points contribute to a grid point IN THE UNITS OF THE DATA ITSELF. A slightly different syntax is also supported for reasons of backwards compatibility. If no interpolation algorithm has been explicitly selected, the `qnorm` algorithm is assumed. Up to three comma-separated, optional paramaters can be specified, which are interpreted as the the number of rows, the number of columns, and the norm value, respectively. The @ref{dgrid3d} option is a simple scheme which replaces scattered data with weighted averages on a regular grid.More sophisticated approaches to this problem exist and should be used to preprocess the data outside `gnuplot` if this simple solution is found inadequate. See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/dgrid3d.html,dgrid3d.dem: dgrid3d demo. } and @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/scatter.html,scatter.dem: dgrid3d demo. } @node dummy, encoding, dgrid3d, set-show @subsection dummy @c ?commands set dummy @c ?commands show dummy @c ?set dummy @c ?show dummy @cindex dummy @opindex dummy The @ref{dummy} command changes the default dummy variable names. Syntax: @example set dummy @{<dummy-var>@} @{,<dummy-var>@} show dummy @end example By default, `gnuplot` assumes that the independent, or "dummy", variable for the `plot` command is "t" if in parametric or polar mode, or "x" otherwise. Similarly the independent variables for the `splot` command are "u" and "v" in parametric mode (`splot` cannot be used in polar mode), or "x" and "y" otherwise. It may be more convenient to call a dummy variable by a more physically meaningful or conventional name. For example, when plotting time functions: @example set dummy t plot sin(t), cos(t) @end example At least one dummy variable must be set on the command; @ref{dummy} by itself will generate an error message. Examples: @example set dummy u,v set dummy ,s @end example The second example sets the second variable to s. @node encoding, fit_, dummy, set-show @subsection encoding @c ?commands set encoding @c ?commands show encoding @c ?set encoding @c ?show encoding @cindex encoding @opindex encoding @cindex encodings @cindex UTF-8 The @ref{encoding} command selects a character encoding. Syntax: @example set encoding @{<value>@} set encoding locale show encoding @end example Valid values are @example default - tells a terminal to use its default encoding iso_8859_1 - the most common Western European encoding used by many Unix workstations and by MS-Windows. This encoding is known in the PostScript world as 'ISO-Latin1'. iso_8859_15 - a variant of iso_8859_1 that includes the Euro symbol iso_8859_2 - used in Central and Eastern Europe iso_8859_9 - used in Turkey (also known as Latin5) koi8r - popular Unix cyrillic encoding koi8u - ukrainian Unix cyrillic encoding cp437 - codepage for MS-DOS cp850 - codepage for OS/2, Western Europe cp852 - codepage for OS/2, Central and Eastern Europe cp1250 - codepage for MS Windows, Central and Eastern Europe cp1254 - codepage for MS Windows, Turkish (superset of Latin5) utf8 - variable-length (multibyte) representation of Unicode entry point for each character @end example The command @ref{locale} is different from the other options. It attempts to determine the current locale from the runtime environment. On most systems this is controlled by the environmental variables LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, or LANG. This mechanism is necessary, for example, to pass multibyte character encodings such as UTF-8 or EUC_JP to the wxt and cairopdf terminals. This command does not affect the locale-specific representation of dates or numbers. See also @ref{locale} and @ref{decimalsign}. Generally you must set the encoding before setting the terminal type. Note that encoding is not supported by all terminal drivers and that the device must be able to produce the desired non-standard characters. @node fit_, fontpath, encoding, set-show @subsection fit @c ?commands set fit @c ?commands show fit @c ?set fit @c ?show fit The @ref{fit} setting defines where the @ref{fit} command writes its output. If this option was built into your version of gnuplot, it also controls whether parameter errors from the fit will be written into variables. Syntax: @example set fit @{logfile @{"<filename>"@}@} @{@{no@}errorvariables@} unset fit show fit @end example The <filename> argument must be enclosed in single or double quotes. If no filename is given or @ref{fit} is used the log file is reset to its default value "fit.log" or the value of the environmental variable `FIT_LOG`. If the given logfile name ends with a / or \, it is interpreted to be a directory name, and the actual filename will be "fit.log" in that directory. If the `errorvariables` option is turned on, the error of each fitted parameter computed by @ref{fit} will be copied to a user-defined variable whose name is formed by appending "_err" to the name of the parameter itself. This is useful mainly to put the parameter and its error onto a plot of the data and the fitted function, for reference, as in: @example set fit errorvariables fit f(x) 'datafile' using 1:2 via a, b print "error of a is:", a_err set label 'a=%6.2f', a, '+/- %6.2f', a_err plot 'datafile' using 1:2, f(x) @end example @node fontpath, format_, fit_, set-show @subsection fontpath @c ?commands set fontpath @c ?commands show fontpath @c ?set fontpath @c ?show fontpath @cindex fontpath @opindex fontpath The @ref{fontpath} setting defines additional locations for font files searched when including font files. Currently only the postscript terminal supports @ref{fontpath}. If a file cannot be found in the current directory, the directories in @ref{fontpath} are tried. Further documentation concerning the supported file formats is included in the @ref{postscript} section of the documentation. Syntax: @example set fontpath @{"pathlist1" @{"pathlist2"...@}@} show fontpath @end example Path names may be entered as single directory names, or as a list of path names separated by a platform-specific path separator, eg. colon (':') on Unix, semicolon (';') on DOS/Windows/OS/2/Amiga platforms. The @ref{fontpath}, @ref{save} and `save set` commands replace the platform-specific separator with a space character (' ') for maximum portability. If a directory name ends with an exclamation mark ('!') also the subdirectories of this directory are searched for font files. If the environmental variable GNUPLOT_FONTPATH is set, its contents are appended to @ref{fontpath}. If it is not set, a system dependent default value is used. It is set by testing several directories for existence when using the fontpath the first time. Thus, the first call of @ref{fontpath}, @ref{fontpath}, @ref{fontpath}, `plot`, or `splot` with embedded font files takes a little more time. If you want to save this time you may set the environmental variable GNUPLOT_FONTPATH since probing is switched off, then. You can find out which is the default fontpath by using @ref{fontpath}. However, @ref{fontpath} prints the contents of user defined fontpath and system fontpath separately. Also, the @ref{save} and `save set` commands save only the user specified parts of @ref{fontpath}, for portability reasons. Many other terminal drivers access TrueType fonts via the gd library. For these drivers the font search path is controlled by the environmental variable GDFONTPATH. @node format_, function_style, fontpath, set-show @subsection format @c ?commands set format @c ?commands show format @c ?set format @c ?show format @cindex format @opindex format @c ?format cb The format of the tic-mark labels can be set with the `set format` command or with the `set tics format` or individual `set @{axis@}tics format` commands. Syntax: @example set format @{<axes>@} @{"<format-string>"@} set format @{<axes>@} @{'<format-string>'@} show format @end example where <axes> is either `x`, `y`, `xy`, `x2`, `y2`, `z`, `cb` or nothing (which applies the format to all axes). The following two commands are equivalent: @example set format y "%.2f" set ytics format "%.2f" @end example The length of the string is restricted to 100 characters. The default format is "% g", but other formats such as "%.2f" or "%3.0em" are often desirable. The format "$%g$" is often desirable for LaTeX. If no format string is given, the format will be returned to the default. If the empty string "" is given, tics will have no labels, although the tic mark will still be plotted. To eliminate the tic marks, use `unset xtics` or `set tics scale 0`. Newline (\n) and enhanced text markup is accepted in the format string. Use double-quotes rather than single-quotes in this case. See also `syntax`. Characters not preceded by "%" are printed verbatim. Thus you can include spaces and labels in your format string, such as "%g m", which will put " m" after each number. If you want "%" itself, double it: "%g %%". See also `set xtics` for more information about tic labels, and @ref{decimalsign} for how to use non-default decimal separators in numbers printed this way. See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/electron.html,electron demo (electron.dem). } @menu * gprintf_:: * format_specifiers:: * time/date_specifiers:: @end menu @node gprintf_, format_specifiers, format_, format_ @subsubsection gprintf @cindex gprintf @findex gprintf The string function gprintf("format",x) uses gnuplot's own format specifiers, as do the gnuplot commands `set format`, @ref{timestamp}, and others. These format specifiers are not the same as those used by the standard C-language routine sprintf(). gprintf() accepts only a single variable to be formatted. Gnuplot also provides an sprintf("format",x1,x2,...) routine if you prefer. For a list of gnuplot's format options, see `format specifiers`. @node format_specifiers, time/date_specifiers, gprintf_, format_ @subsubsection format specifiers @c ?commands set format specifiers @c ?set format specifiers @c ?format specifiers @cindex format_specifiers The acceptable formats (if not in time/date mode) are: @example Format Explanation %f floating point notation %e or %E exponential notation; an "e" or "E" before the power %g or %G the shorter of %e (or %E) and %f %x or %X hex %o or %O octal %t mantissa to base 10 %l mantissa to base of current logscale %s mantissa to base of current logscale; scientific power %T power to base 10 %L power to base of current logscale %S scientific power %c character replacement for scientific power %P multiple of pi @end example A 'scientific' power is one such that the exponent is a multiple of three. Character replacement of scientific powers (`"%c"`) has been implemented for powers in the range -18 to +18. For numbers outside of this range the format reverts to exponential. Other acceptable modifiers (which come after the "%" but before the format specifier) are "-", which left-justifies the number; "+", which forces all numbers to be explicitly signed; " " (a space), which makes positive numbers have a space in front of them where negative numbers have "-"; "#", which places a decimal point after floats that have only zeroes following the decimal point; a positive integer, which defines the field width; "0" (the digit, not the letter) immediately preceding the field width, which indicates that leading zeroes are to be used instead of leading blanks; and a decimal point followed by a non-negative integer, which defines the precision (the minimum number of digits of an integer, or the number of digits following the decimal point of a float). Some systems may not support all of these modifiers but may also support others; in case of doubt, check the appropriate documentation and then experiment. Examples: @example set format y "%t"; set ytics (5,10) # "5.0" and "1.0" set format y "%s"; set ytics (500,1000) # "500" and "1.0" set format y "%+-12.3f"; set ytics(12345) # "+12345.000 " set format y "%.2t*10^%+03T"; set ytic(12345)# "1.23*10^+04" set format y "%s*10^@{%S@}"; set ytic(12345) # "12.345*10^@{3@}" set format y "%s %cg"; set ytic(12345) # "12.345 kg" set format y "%.0P pi"; set ytic(6.283185) # "2 pi" set format y "%.0f%%"; set ytic(50) # "50%" @end example @example set log y 2; set format y '%l'; set ytics (1,2,3) #displays "1.0", "1.0" and "1.5" (since 3 is 1.5 * 2^1) @end example There are some problem cases that arise when numbers like 9.999 are printed with a format that requires both rounding and a power. If the data type for the axis is time/date, the format string must contain valid codes for the 'strftime' function (outside of `gnuplot`, type "man strftime"). See @ref{timefmt} for a list of the allowed input format codes. @node time/date_specifiers, , format_specifiers, format_ @subsubsection time/date specifiers @c ?commands set format date_specifiers @c ?commands set format time_specifiers @c ?set format date_specifiers @c ?set format time_specifiers @c ?set date_specifiers @c ?set time_specifiers @cindex date_specifiers @cindex time_specifiers In time/date mode, the acceptable formats are: @example Format Explanation %a abbreviated name of day of the week %A full name of day of the week %b or %h abbreviated name of the month %B full name of the month %d day of the month, 01--31 %D shorthand for "%m/%d/%y" (only output) %F shorthand for "%Y-%m-%d" (only output) %k hour, 0--23 (one or two digits) %H hour, 00--23 (always two digits) %l hour, 1--12 (one or two digits) %I hour, 01--12 (always two digits) %j day of the year, 1--366 %m month, 01--12 %M minute, 0--60 %p "am" or "pm" %r shorthand for "%I:%M:%S %p" (only output) %R shorthand for "%H:%M" (only output) %S second, 0--60 %T shorthand for "%H:%M:%S" (only output) %U week of the year (week starts on Sunday) %w day of the week, 0--6 (Sunday = 0) %W week of the year (week starts on Monday) %y year, 0-99 %Y year, 4-digit @end example Except for the non-numerical formats, these may be preceded by a "0" ("zero", not "oh") to pad the field length with leading zeroes, and a positive digit, to define the minimum field width (which will be overridden if the specified width is not large enough to contain the number). There is a 24-character limit to the length of the printed text; longer strings will be truncated. Examples: Suppose the text is "76/12/25 23:11:11". Then @example set format x # defaults to "12/25/76" \n "23:11" set format x "%A, %d %b %Y" # "Saturday, 25 Dec 1976" set format x "%r %D" # "11:11:11 pm 12/25/76" @end example Suppose the text is "98/07/06 05:04:03". Then @example set format x "%1y/%2m/%3d %01H:%02M:%03S" # "98/ 7/ 6 5:04:003" @end example @node function_style, functions, format_, set-show @subsection function style @c ?set function style This form of the command is deprecated. Please see `set style function`. @node functions, grid, function_style, set-show @subsection functions @c ?commands show functions @c ?show functions The @ref{functions} command lists all user-defined functions and their definitions. Syntax: @example show functions @end example For information about the definition and usage of functions in `gnuplot`, please see `expressions`. See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/spline.html,splines as user defined functions (spline.dem) } and @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/airfoil.html,use of functions and complex variables for airfoils (airfoil.dem). } @node grid, hidden3d, functions, set-show @subsection grid @c ?commands set grid @c ?commands unset grid @c ?commands show grid @c ?set grid @c ?unset grid @c ?show grid @cindex grid @opindex grid @cindex nogrid The `set grid` command allows grid lines to be drawn on the plot. Syntax: @example set grid @{@{no@}@{m@}xtics@} @{@{no@}@{m@}ytics@} @{@{no@}@{m@}ztics@} @{@{no@}@{m@}x2tics@} @{@{no@}@{m@}y2tics@} @{@{no@}@{m@}cbtics@} @{polar @{<angle>@}@} @{layerdefault | front | back@} @{ @{linestyle <major_linestyle>@} | @{linetype | lt <major_linetype>@} @{linewidth | lw <major_linewidth>@} @{ , @{linestyle | ls <minor_linestyle>@} | @{linetype | lt <minor_linetype>@} @{linewidth | lw <minor_linewidth>@} @} @} unset grid show grid @end example The grid can be enabled and disabled for the major and/or minor tic marks on any axis, and the linetype and linewidth can be specified for major and minor grid lines, also via a predefined linestyle, as far as the active terminal driver supports this. Additionally, a polar grid can be selected for 2D plots---circles are drawn to intersect the selected tics, and radial lines are drawn at definable intervals. (The interval is given in degrees or radians, depending on the @ref{angles} setting.) Note that a polar grid is no longer automatically generated in polar mode. The pertinent tics must be enabled before `set grid` can draw them; `gnuplot` will quietly ignore instructions to draw grid lines at non-existent tics, but they will appear if the tics are subsequently enabled. If no linetype is specified for the minor gridlines, the same linetype as the major gridlines is used. The default polar angle is 30 degrees. If `front` is given, the grid is drawn on top of the graphed data. If `back` is given, the grid is drawn underneath the graphed data. Using `front` will prevent the grid from being obscured by dense data. The default setup, `layerdefault`, is equivalent to `back` for 2d plots. In 3D plots the default is to split up the grid and the graph box into two layers: one behind, the other in front of the plotted data and functions. Since @ref{hidden3d} mode does its own sorting, it ignores all grid drawing order options and passes the grid lines through the hidden line removal machinery instead. These options actually affect not only the grid, but also the lines output by @ref{border} and the various ticmarks (see `set xtics`). Z grid lines are drawn on the bottom of the plot. This looks better if a partial box is drawn around the plot---see @ref{border}. @node hidden3d, historysize, grid, set-show @subsection hidden3d @c ?commands set hidden3d @c ?commands unset hidden3d @c ?commands show hidden3d @c ?set hidden3d @c ?unset hidden3d @c ?show hidden3d @cindex hidden3d @opindex hidden3d @cindex nohidden3d The @ref{hidden3d} command enables hidden line removal for surface plotting (see `splot`). Some optional features of the underlying algorithm can also be controlled using this command. Syntax: @example set hidden3d @{defaults@} | @{ @{front|back@} @{@{offset <offset>@} | @{nooffset@}@} @{trianglepattern <bitpattern>@} @{@{undefined <level>@} | @{noundefined@}@} @{@{no@}altdiagonal@} @{@{no@}bentover@} @} unset hidden3d show hidden3d @end example In contrast to the usual display in gnuplot, hidden line removal actually treats the given function or data grids as real surfaces that can't be seen through, so plot elements behind the surface will be hidden by it. For this to work, the surface needs to have 'grid structure' (see @ref{datafile} about this), and it has to be drawn `with lines` or @ref{linespoints}. When @ref{hidden3d} is set, both the hidden portion of the surface and possibly its contours drawn on the base (see @ref{contour}) as well as the grid will be hidden. Each surface has its hidden parts removed with respect to itself and to other surfaces, if more than one surface is plotted. Contours drawn on the surface (@ref{surface}) don't work. Labels and arrows are always visible and are unaffected. The key box is never hidden by the surface. As of gnuplot version 4.2, @ref{hidden3d} also affects 3D plotting styles `with points`, @ref{labels}, and @ref{vectors}, even if no surface is present in the graph. Individual plots within the graph may be explicitly excluded from this processing by appending the extra option `nohidden3d` to the @ref{with} specifier. Hidden3d does not affect solid surfaces drawn using the pm3d mode. To achieve a similar effect purely for pm3d surfaces, use instead @ref{depthorder}. To mix pm3d surfaces with normal @ref{hidden3d} processing, use the option `set hidden3d front` to force all elements included in hidden3d processing to be drawn after any remaining plot elements. Then draw the surface twice, once `with lines lt -2` and a second time @ref{pm3d}. The first instance will include the surface during calculation of occluded elements but will not draw the surface itself. Functions are evaluated at isoline intersections. The algorithm interpolates linearly between function points or data points when determining the visible line segments. This means that the appearance of a function may be different when plotted with @ref{hidden3d} than when plotted with `nohidden3d` because in the latter case functions are evaluated at each sample. Please see @ref{samples} and @ref{isosamples} for discussion of the difference. The algorithm used to remove the hidden parts of the surfaces has some additional features controllable by this command. Specifying `defaults` will set them all to their default settings, as detailed below. If `defaults` is not given, only explicitly specified options will be influenced: all others will keep their previous values, so you can turn on/off hidden line removal via `set @{no@}hidden3d`, without modifying the set of options you chose. The first option, `offset`, influences the linestyle used for lines on the 'back' side. Normally, they are drawn in a linestyle one index number higher than the one used for the front, to make the two sides of the surface distinguishable. You can specify a different line style offset to add instead of the default 1, by `offset <offset>`. Option `nooffset` stands for `offset 0`, making the two sides of the surface use the same linestyle. Next comes the option `trianglepattern <bitpattern>`. <bitpattern> must be a number between 0 and 7, interpreted as a bit pattern. Each bit determines the visibility of one edge of the triangles each surface is split up into. Bit 0 is for the 'horizontal' edges of the grid, Bit 1 for the 'vertical' ones, and Bit 2 for the diagonals that split each cell of the original grid into two triangles. The default pattern is 3, making all horizontal and vertical lines visible, but not the diagonals. You may want to choose 7 to see those diagonals as well. The `undefined <level>` option lets you decide what the algorithm is to do with data points that are undefined (missing data, or undefined function values), or exceed the given x-, y- or z-ranges. Such points can either be plotted nevertheless, or taken out of the input data set. All surface elements touching a point that is taken out will be taken out as well, thus creating a hole in the surface. If <level> = 3, equivalent to option `noundefined`, no points will be thrown away at all. This may produce all kinds of problems elsewhere, so you should avoid this. <level> = 2 will throw away undefined points, but keep the out-of-range ones. <level> = 1, the default, will get rid of out-of-range points as well. By specifying `noaltdiagonal`, you can override the default handling of a special case can occur if `undefined` is active (i.e. <level> is not 3). Each cell of the grid-structured input surface will be divided in two triangles along one of its diagonals. Normally, all these diagonals have the same orientation relative to the grid. If exactly one of the four cell corners is excluded by the `undefined` handler, and this is on the usual diagonal, both triangles will be excluded. However if the default setting of `altdiagonal` is active, the other diagonal will be chosen for this cell instead, minimizing the size of the hole in the surface. The `bentover` option controls what happens to another special case, this time in conjunction with the `trianglepattern`. For rather crumply surfaces, it can happen that the two triangles a surface cell is divided into are seen from opposite sides (i.e. the original quadrangle is 'bent over'), as illustrated in the following ASCII art: @example C----B original quadrangle: A--B displayed quadrangle: |\ | ("set view 0,0") | /| ("set view 75,75" perhaps) | \ | |/ | | \ | C--D | \| A D @end example If the diagonal edges of the surface cells aren't generally made visible by bit 2 of the <bitpattern> there, the edge CB above wouldn't be drawn at all, normally, making the resulting display hard to understand. Therefore, the default option of `bentover` will turn it visible in this case. If you don't want that, you may choose `nobentover` instead. See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/hidden.html,hidden line removal demo (hidden.dem) } and @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/singulr.html,complex hidden line demo (singulr.dem). } @node historysize, isosamples, hidden3d, set-show @subsection historysize @c ?commands set historysize @c ?set historysize @c ?unset historysize @cindex historysize @opindex historysize @cindex nohistorysize Note: the command @ref{historysize} is only available when gnuplot has been configured with the GNU readline. Syntax: @example set historysize <int> unset historysize @end example When leaving gnuplot, the value of historysize is used for truncating the history to at most that much lines. The default is 500. @ref{historysize} will disable history truncation and thus allow an infinite number of lines to be written to the history file. @node isosamples, key, historysize, set-show @subsection isosamples @c ?commands set isosamples @c ?commands show isosamples @c ?set isosamples @c ?show isosamples @cindex isosamples @opindex isosamples The isoline density (grid) for plotting functions as surfaces may be changed by the @ref{isosamples} command. Syntax: @example set isosamples <iso_1> @{,<iso_2>@} show isosamples @end example Each function surface plot will have <iso_1> iso-u lines and <iso_2> iso-v lines. If you only specify <iso_1>, <iso_2> will be set to the same value as <iso_1>. By default, sampling is set to 10 isolines per u or v axis. A higher sampling rate will produce more accurate plots, but will take longer. These parameters have no effect on data file plotting. An isoline is a curve parameterized by one of the surface parameters while the other surface parameter is fixed. Isolines provide a simple means to display a surface. By fixing the u parameter of surface s(u,v), the iso-u lines of the form c(v) = s(u0,v) are produced, and by fixing the v parameter, the iso-v lines of the form c(u) = s(u,v0) are produced. When a function surface plot is being done without the removal of hidden lines, @ref{samples} controls the number of points sampled along each isoline; see @ref{samples} and @ref{hidden3d}. The contour algorithm assumes that a function sample occurs at each isoline intersection, so change in @ref{samples} as well as @ref{isosamples} may be desired when changing the resolution of a function surface/contour. @node key, label, isosamples, set-show @subsection key @c ?commands set key @c ?commands unset key @c ?commands show key @c ?set key @c ?unset key @c ?show key @cindex key @opindex key @cindex nokey @cindex legend The `set key` command enables a key (or legend) describing plots on a plot. The contents of the key, i.e., the names given to each plotted data set and function and samples of the lines and/or symbols used to represent them, are determined by the @ref{title} and @ref{with} options of the @{`s`@}`plot` command. Please see @ref{title} and @ref{with} for more information. Syntax: @example set key @{on|off@} @{default@} @{@{inside | outside@} | @{lmargin | rmargin | tmargin | bmargin@} | @{at <position>@}@} @{left | right | center@} @{top | bottom | center@} @{vertical | horizontal@} @{Left | Right@} @{@{no@}reverse@} @{@{no@}invert@} @{samplen <sample_length>@} @{spacing <vertical_spacing>@} @{width <width_increment>@} @{height <height_increment>@} @{@{no@}autotitle @{columnheader@}@} @{title "<text>"@} @{@{no@}enhanced@} @{font "<face>,<size>"@} @{textcolor <colorspec>@} @{@{no@}box @{ @{linestyle | ls <line_style>@} | @{linetype | lt <line_type>@} @{linewidth | lw <line_width>@}@}@} unset key show key @end example The key contains a title and a sample (line, point, box) for each plot in the graph. The key may be turned off by requesting `set key off` or `unset key`. Individual key entries may be turned off by using the `notitle` keyword in the corresponding plot command. Elements within the key are stacked according to `vertical` or `horizontal`. In the case of `vertical`, the key occupies as few columns as possible. That is, elements are aligned in a column until running out of vertical space at which point a new column is started. In the case of `horizontal`, the key occupies as few rows as possible. By default the key is placed in the upper right inside corner of the graph. The keywords `left`, `right`, `top`, `bottom`, `center`, `inside`, `outside`, @ref{lmargin}, @ref{rmargin}, @ref{tmargin}, @ref{bmargin} (, `above`, `over`, `below` and `under`) may be used to automatically place the key in other positions of the graph. Also an `at <position>` may be given to indicate precisely where the plot should be placed. In this case, the keywords `left`, `right`, `top`, `bottom` and `center` serve an analogous purpose for alignment. For more information, see `key placement`. Justification of the plot titles within the key is controlled by `Left` or `Right` (default). The text and sample can be reversed (`reverse`) and a box can be drawn around the key (`box @{...@}`) in a specified `linetype` and `linewidth`, or a user-defined `linestyle`. By default the first plot label is at the top of the key and successive labels are entered below it. The `invert` option causes the first label to be placed at the bottom of the key, with successive labels entered above it. This option is useful to force the vertical ordering of labels in the key to match the order of box types in a stacked histogram. The <height_increment> is a number of character heights to be added to or subtracted from the height of the key box. This is useful mainly when you are putting a box around the key and want larger borders around the key entries. All plotted curves of `plot`s and `splot`s are titled according to the default option `autotitles`. The automatic generation of titles can be suppressed by `noautotitles`; then only those titles explicitly defined by `(s)plot ... title ...` will be drawn. The `set key autotitle columnheader` command causes the first entry in each column of input data to be interpreted as a text string and used as a title for the corresponding plot. If the quantity being plotted is a function of data from several columns, gnuplot may be confused as to which column to draw the title from. In this case it is necessary to specify the column explicitly in the plot command, e.g. `plot "datafile" using (($2+$3)/$4) title 3 with lines`. An overall title can be put on the key (`title "<text>"`)---see also `syntax` for the distinction between text in single- or double-quotes. The key title uses the same justification as do the plot titles. The defaults for `set key` are `on`, `right`, `top`, `vertical`, `Right`, `noreverse`, `noinvert`, `samplen 4`, `spacing 1.25`, `title ""`, and `nobox`. The default <linetype> is the same as that used for the plot borders. Entering `set key default` returns the key to its default configuration. The key is drawn as a sequence of lines, with one plot described on each line. On the right-hand side (or the left-hand side, if `reverse` is selected) of each line is a representation that attempts to mimic the way the curve is plotted. On the other side of each line is the text description (the line title), obtained from the `plot` command. The lines are vertically arranged so that an imaginary straight line divides the left- and right-hand sides of the key. It is the coordinates of the top of this line that are specified with the `set key` command. In a `plot`, only the x and y coordinates are used to specify the line position. For a `splot`, x, y and z are all used as a 3D location mapped using the same mapping as the graph itself to form the required 2D screen position of the imaginary line. When using the TeX or PostScript drivers, or similar drivers where formatting information is embedded in the string, `gnuplot` is unable to calculate correctly the width of the string for key positioning. If the key is to be positioned at the left, it may be convenient to use the combination `set key left Left reverse`. The box and gap in the grid will be the width of the literal string. If `splot` is being used to draw contours, the contour labels will be listed in the key. If the alignment of these labels is poor or a different number of decimal places is desired, the label format can be specified. See @ref{clabel} for details. Examples: This places the key at the default location: @example set key default @end example This disables the key: @example unset key @end example This places a key at coordinates 2,3.5,2 in the default (first) coordinate system: @example set key at 2,3.5,2 @end example This places the key below the graph: @example set key below @end example This places the key in the bottom left corner, left-justifies the text, gives it a title, and draws a box around it in linetype 3: @example set key left bottom Left title 'Legend' box 3 @end example @menu * key_placement:: * key_samples:: @end menu @node key_placement, key_samples, key, key @subsubsection key placement @c ?commands set key placement @c ?set key placement @c ?key placement To understand positioning, the best concept is to think of a region, i.e., inside/outside, or one of the margins. Along with the region, keywords `left/center/right` (l/c/r) and `top/center/bottom` (t/c/b) control where within the particular region the key should be placed. When in `inside` mode, the keywords `left` (l), `right` (r), `top` (t), `bottom` (b), and `center` (c) push the key out toward the plot boundary as illustrated: @example t/l t/c t/r @end example @example c/l c c/r @end example @example b/l b/c b/r @end example When in `outside` mode, automatic placement is similar to the above illustration, but with respect to the view, rather than the graph boundary. That is, a border is moved inward to make room for the key outside of the plotting area, although this may interfere with other labels and may cause an error on some devices. The particular plot border that is moved depends upon the position described above and the stacking direction. For options centered in one of the dimensions, there is no ambiguity about which border to move. For the corners, when the stack direction is `vertical`, the left or right border is moved inward appropriately. When the stack direction is `horizontal`, the top or bottom border is moved inward appropriately. The margin syntax allows automatic placement of key regardless of stack direction. When one of the margins @ref{lmargin} (lm), @ref{rmargin} (rm), @ref{tmargin} (tm), and @ref{bmargin} (bm) is combined with a single, non-conflicting direction keyword, the following illustrated positions may contain the key: @example l/tm c/tm r/tm @end example @example t/lm t/rm @end example @example c/lm c/rm @end example @example b/lm b/rm @end example @example l/bm c/bm r/bm @end example Keywords `above` and `over` are synonymous with @ref{tmargin}. For version compatibility, `above` or `over` without an additional l/c/r or stack direction keyword uses `center` and `horizontal`. Keywords `below` and `under` are synonymous with @ref{bmargin}. For compatibility, `below` or `under` without an additional l/c/r or stack direction keyword uses `center` and `horizontal`. A further compatibility issue is that `outside` appearing without an additional t/b/c or stack direction keyword uses `top`, `right` and `vertical` (i.e., the same as t/rm above). The <position> can be a simple x,y,z as in previous versions, but these can be preceded by one of five keywords (`first`, `second`, `graph`, `screen`, `character`) which selects the coordinate system in which the position of the first sample line is specified. See `coordinates` for more details. The effect of `left`, `right`, `top`, `bottom`, and `center` when <position> is given is to align the key as though it were text positioned using the label command, i.e., `left` means left align with key to the right of <position>, etc. @node key_samples, , key_placement, key @subsubsection key samples @c ?commands set key samples @c ?set key samples @c ?key samples By default, each plot on the graph generates a corresponding entry in the key. This entry contains a plot title and a sample line/point/box of the same color and fill properties as used in the plot itself. The font and textcolor properties control the appearance of the individual plot titles that appear in the key. Setting the textcolor to "rgb variable" causes the text for each key entry to be the same color as the line or fill color for that plot. This was the default in some earlier versions of gnuplot. The length of the sample line can be controlled by `samplen`. The sample length is computed as the sum of the tic length and <sample_length> times the character width. `samplen` also affects the positions of point samples in the key since these are drawn at the midpoint of the sample line, even if the sample line itself is not drawn. The vertical spacing between lines is controlled by `spacing`. The spacing is set equal to the product of the pointsize, the vertical tic size, and <vertical_spacing>. The program will guarantee that the vertical spacing is no smaller than the character height. The <width_increment> is a number of character widths to be added to or subtracted from the length of the string. This is useful only when you are putting a box around the key and you are using control characters in the text. `gnuplot` simply counts the number of characters in the string when computing the box width; this allows you to correct it. @node label, lmargin, key, set-show @subsection label @c ?commands set label @c ?commands unset label @c ?commands show label @c ?set label @c ?unset label @c ?show label @cindex label @opindex label @cindex nolabel Arbitrary labels can be placed on the plot using the `set label` command. Syntax: @example set label @{<tag>@} @{"<label text>"@} @{at <position>@} @{left | center | right@} @{norotate | rotate @{by <degrees>@}@} @{font "<name>@{,<size>@}"@} @{noenhanced@} @{front | back@} @{textcolor <colorspec>@} @{point <pointstyle> | nopoint@} @{offset <offset>@} unset label @{<tag>@} show label @end example The <position> is specified by either x,y or x,y,z, and may be preceded by `first`, `second`, `graph`, `screen`, or `character` to select the coordinate system. See `coordinates` for details. The tag is an integer that is used to identify the label. If no <tag> is given, the lowest unused tag value is assigned automatically. The tag can be used to delete or modify a specific label. To change any attribute of an existing label, use the `set label` command with the appropriate tag, and specify the parts of the label to be changed. The <label text> can be a string constant, a string variable, or a string- valued expression. See `strings`, @ref{sprintf}, and @ref{gprintf}. By default, the text is placed flush left against the point x,y,z. To adjust the way the label is positioned with respect to the point x,y,z, add the justification parameter, which may be `left`, `right` or `center`, indicating that the point is to be at the left, right or center of the text. Labels outside the plotted boundaries are permitted but may interfere with axis labels or other text. If `rotate` is given, the label is written vertically (if the terminal can do so, of course). If `rotate by <degrees>` is given, conforming terminals will try to write the text at the specified angle; non-conforming terminals will treat this as vertical text. Font and its size can be chosen explicitly by `font "<name>@{,<size>@}"` if the terminal supports font settings. Otherwise the default font of the terminal will be used. Normally the enhanced text mode string interpretation, if enabled for the current terminal, is applied to all text strings including label text. The `noenhanced` property can be used to exempt a specific label from the enhanced text mode processing. The can be useful if the label contains underscores, for example. See `enhanced text`. If `front` is given, the label is written on top of the graphed data. If `back` is given (the default), the label is written underneath the graphed data. Using `front` will prevent a label from being obscured by dense data. `textcolor <colorspec>` changes the color of the label text. <colorspec> can be a linetype, an rgb color, or a palette mapping. See help for @ref{colorspec} and @ref{palette}. `textcolor` may be abbreviated `tc`. @example `tc default` resets the text color to its default state. `tc lt <n>` sets the text color to that of line type <n>. `tc ls <n>` sets the text color to that of line style <n>. `tc palette z` selects a palette color corresponding to the label z position. `tc palette cb <val>` selects a color corresponding to <val> on the colorbar. `tc palette fraction <val>`, with 0<=val<=1, selects a color corresponding to the mapping [0:1] to grays/colors of the @ref{palette}. `tc rgb "#RRGGBB"` selects an arbitrary 24-bit RGB color. @end example If a <pointstyle> is given, using keywords `lt`, `pt` and `ps`, see @ref{style}, a point with the given style and color of the given line type is plotted at the label position and the text of the label is displaced slightly. This option is used by default for placing labels in `mouse` enhanced terminals. Use `nopoint` to turn off the drawing of a point near the label (this is the default). The displacement defaults to 1,1 in @ref{pointsize} units if a <pointstyle> is given, 0,0 if no <pointstyle> is given. The displacement can be controlled by the optional `offset <offset>` where <offset> is specified by either x,y or x,y,z, and may be preceded by `first`, `second`, `graph`, `screen`, or `character` to select the coordinate system. See `coordinates` for details. If one (or more) axis is timeseries, the appropriate coordinate should be given as a quoted time string according to the @ref{timefmt} format string. See @ref{xdata} and @ref{timefmt}. The EEPIC, Imagen, LaTeX, and TPIC drivers allow \\ in a string to specify a newline. Label coordinates and text can also be read from a data file (see @ref{labels}). Examples: To set a label at (1,2) to "y=x", use: @example set label "y=x" at 1,2 @end example To set a Sigma of size 24, from the Symbol font set, at the center of the graph, use: @example set label "S" at graph 0.5,0.5 center font "Symbol,24" @end example To set a label "y=x^2" with the right of the text at (2,3,4), and tag the label as number 3, use: @example set label 3 "y=x^2" at 2,3,4 right @end example To change the preceding label to center justification, use: @example set label 3 center @end example To delete label number 2, use: @example unset label 2 @end example To delete all labels, use: @example unset label @end example To show all labels (in tag order), use: @example show label @end example To set a label on a graph with a timeseries on the x axis, use, for example: @example set timefmt "%d/%m/%y,%H:%M" set label "Harvest" at "25/8/93",1 @end example To display a freshly fitted parameter on the plot with the data and the fitted function, do this after the @ref{fit}, but before the `plot`: @example set label sprintf("a = %3.5g",par_a) at 30,15 bfit = gprintf("b = %s*10^%S",par_b) set label bfit at 30,20 @end example To set a label displaced a little bit from a small point: @example set label 'origin' at 0,0 point lt 1 pt 2 ps 3 offset 1,-1 @end example To set a label whose color matches the z value (in this case 5.5) of some point on a 3D splot colored using pm3d: @example set label 'text' at 0,0,5.5 tc palette z @end example @node lmargin, loadpath, label, set-show @subsection lmargin @c ?commands set lmargin @c ?set lmargin @cindex lmargin @opindex lmargin The command @ref{lmargin} sets the size of the left margin. Please see @ref{margin} for details. @node loadpath, locale, lmargin, set-show @subsection loadpath @c ?commands set loadpath @c ?commands show loadpath @c ?set loadpath @c ?show loadpath @cindex loadpath @opindex loadpath The @ref{loadpath} setting defines additional locations for data and command files searched by the @ref{call}, `load`, `plot` and `splot` commands. If a file cannot be found in the current directory, the directories in @ref{loadpath} are tried. Syntax: @example set loadpath @{"pathlist1" @{"pathlist2"...@}@} show loadpath @end example Path names may be entered as single directory names, or as a list of path names separated by a platform-specific path separator, eg. colon (':') on Unix, semicolon (';') on DOS/Windows/OS/2/Amiga platforms. The @ref{loadpath}, @ref{save} and `save set` commands replace the platform-specific separator with a space character (' ') for maximum portability. If the environment variable GNUPLOT_LIB is set, its contents are appended to @ref{loadpath}. However, @ref{loadpath} prints the contents of user defined loadpath and system loadpath separately. Also, the @ref{save} and `save set` commands save only the user specified parts of @ref{loadpath}, for portability reasons. @node locale, logscale, loadpath, set-show @subsection locale @c ?commands set locale @c ?set locale @cindex locale @opindex locale The @ref{locale} setting determines the language with which `@{x,y,z@}@{d,m@}tics` will write the days and months. Syntax: @example set locale @{"<locale>"@} @end example <locale> may be any language designation acceptable to your installation. See your system documentation for the available options. The command `set locale ""` will try to determine the locale from the LC_TIME, LC_ALL, or LANG environment variables. To change the decimal point locale, see @ref{decimalsign}. To change the character encoding to the current locale, see @ref{encoding}. @node logscale, macros, locale, set-show @subsection logscale @c ?commands set logscale @c ?commands unset logscale @c ?commands show logscale @c ?set logscale @c ?unset logscale @c ?show logscale @c ?set log @cindex logscale @opindex logscale @cindex nologscale Syntax: @example set logscale <axes> <base> unset logscale <axes> show logscale @end example where <axes> may be any combinations of `x`, `x2`, `y`, `y2`, `z`, and `cb` in any order, and where <base> is the base of the log scaling. If <base> is not given, then 10 is assumed. If <axes> is not given, then all axes are assumed. The command @ref{logscale} turns off log scaling for the specified axes. Examples: To enable log scaling in both x and z axes: @example set logscale xz @end example To enable scaling log base 2 of the y axis: @example set logscale y 2 @end example To enable z and color log axes for a pm3d plot: @example set logscale zcb @end example To disable z axis log scaling: @example unset logscale z @end example @node macros, mapping, logscale, set-show @subsection macros @c ?commands set macros @c ?commands show macros @c ?set macros @c ?show macros If command line macro substitution is enabled, then tokens in the command line of the form @@<stringvariablename> will be replaced by the text string contained in <stringvariablename>. See `substitution`. Syntax: @example set macros @end example @node mapping, margin, macros, set-show @subsection mapping @c ?commands set mapping @c ?commands show mapping @c ?set mapping @c ?show mapping @cindex mapping @opindex mapping If data are provided to `splot` in spherical or cylindrical coordinates, the @ref{mapping} command should be used to instruct `gnuplot` how to interpret them. Syntax: @example set mapping @{cartesian | spherical | cylindrical@} @end example A cartesian coordinate system is used by default. For a spherical coordinate system, the data occupy two or three columns (or @ref{using} entries). The first two are interpreted as the azimuthal and polar angles theta and phi (or "longitude" and "latitude"), in the units specified by @ref{angles}. The radius r is taken from the third column if there is one, or is set to unity if there is no third column. The mapping is: @example x = r * cos(theta) * cos(phi) y = r * sin(theta) * cos(phi) z = r * sin(phi) @end example Note that this is a "geographic" spherical system, rather than a "polar" one (that is, phi is measured from the equator, rather than the pole). For a cylindrical coordinate system, the data again occupy two or three columns. The first two are interpreted as theta (in the units specified by @ref{angles}) and z. The radius is either taken from the third column or set to unity, as in the spherical case. The mapping is: @example x = r * cos(theta) y = r * sin(theta) z = z @end example The effects of @ref{mapping} can be duplicated with the @ref{using} filter on the `splot` command, but @ref{mapping} may be more convenient if many data files are to be processed. However even if @ref{mapping} is used, @ref{using} may still be necessary if the data in the file are not in the required order. @ref{mapping} has no effect on `plot`. @c ^ See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/world.html,world.dem: mapping demos. } @node margin, mouse, mapping, set-show @subsection margin @c ?commands set margin @c ?commands show margin @c ?set margin @c ?show margin @cindex margin @opindex margin The computed margins can be overridden by the @ref{margin} commands. @ref{margin} shows the current settings. Syntax: @example set bmargin @{@{at screen@} <margin>@} set lmargin @{@{at screen@} <margin>@} set rmargin @{@{at screen@} <margin>@} set tmargin @{@{at screen@} <margin>@} show margin @end example The default units of <margin> are character heights or widths, as appropriate. A positive value defines the absolute size of the margin. A negative value (or none) causes `gnuplot` to revert to the computed value. For 3D plots, only the left margin can be set using character units. The keywords `at screen` indicates that the margin is specified as a fraction of the full drawing area. This can be used to precisely line up the corners of individual 2D and 3D graphs in a multiplot. This placement ignores the current values of @ref{origin} and @ref{size}, and is intended as an alternative method for positioning graphs within a multiplot. Normally the margins of a plot are automatically calculated based on tics, tic labels, axis labels, the plot title, the timestamp and the size of the key if it is outside the borders. If, however, tics are attached to the axes (`set xtics axis`, for example), neither the tics themselves nor their labels will be included in either the margin calculation or the calculation of the positions of other text to be written in the margin. This can lead to tic labels overwriting other text if the axis is very close to the border. @node mouse, multiplot, margin, set-show @subsection mouse @c ?commands set mouse @c ?commands unset mouse @c ?set mouse @c ?unset mouse @cindex mouse @opindex mouse @cindex nomouse The command `set mouse` enables mouse actions. Currently the pm, x11, ggi, windows and wxt terminals are mouse enhanced. There are two mouse modes. The 2d-graph mode works for 2d graphs and for maps (i.e. splots with @ref{view} having z-rotation 0, 90, 180, 270 or 360 degrees, including `set view map`) and it allows tracing the position over graph, zooming, annotating graph etc. For 3d graphs `splot`, the view and scaling of the graph can be changed with mouse buttons 1 and 2. If additionally to these buttons the modifier <ctrl> is hold down, the coordinate system only is rotated which is useful for large data sets. A vertical motion of Button 2 with the shift key hold down changes the @ref{ticslevel}. Mousing is not available in multiplot mode. When multiplot is finished using @ref{multiplot}, then the mouse will be turned on again and acts on the last plot (like replot does). Syntax: @example set mouse @{doubleclick <ms>@} @{nodoubleclick@} \ @{@{no@}zoomcoordinates@} \ @{noruler | ruler @{at x,y@}@} \ @{polardistance@{deg|tan@} | nopolardistance@} \ @{format <string>@} \ @{clipboardformat <int>/<string>@} \ @{mouseformat <int>/<string>@} \ @{@{no@}labels @{"labeloptions"@}@} \ @{@{no@}zoomjump@} @{@{no@}verbose@} unset mouse @end example The doubleclick resolution is given in milliseconds and used for Button 1 which copies the current mouse position to the `clipboard`. If you want that to be done by single clicking a value of 0 ms can be used. The default value is 300 ms. The option `zoomcoordinates` determines if the coordinates of the zoom box are drawn at the edges while zooming. This is on by default. The options `noruler` and `ruler` switch the ruler off and on, the latter optionally setting the origin at the given coordinates. While the ruler is on, the distance in user units from the ruler origin to the mouse is displayed continuously. By default, toggling the ruler has the key binding 'r'. The option `polardistance` determines if the distance between the mouse cursor and the ruler is also shown in polar coordinates (distance and angle in degrees or tangent (slope)). This corresponds to the default key binding '5'. The `format` option takes a fprintf like format string which determines how floating point numbers are printed to the drivers window and the clipboard. The default is "% #g". `clipboardformat` and `mouseformat` are used for formatting the text on Button1 and Button2 actions -- copying the coordinates to the clipboard and temporarily annotating the mouse position. This corresponds to the key bindings '1', '2', '3', '4' (see the driver's documentation). If the argument is a string this string is used as c format specifier and should contain two float specifiers, e.g. `set mouse mouseformat "mouse = %5.2g, %10.2f"`. Use `set mouse mouseformat ""` to turn this string off again. The following formats are available (format 6 may only be selected if the format string was specified already): @example 0 real coordinates in brackets e.g. [1.23, 2.45] 1 real coordinates w/o brackets e.g. 1.23, 2.45 2 x == timefmt [(as set by @ref{timefmt}), 2.45] 3 x == date [31. 12. 1999, 2.45] 4 x == time [23:59, 2.45] 5 x == date / time [31. 12. 1999 23:59, 2.45] 6 alt. format, specified as string "" @end example @cindex labels Choose the option @ref{labels} to define persistent gnuplot labels using Button 2. The default is `nolabels`, which makes Button 2 draw only a temporary label at the mouse position. Labels are drawn with the current setting of `mouseformat`. The `labeloptions` string is passed to the `set label` command. The default is "point pointstyle 1" which will plot a small plus at the label position. Temporary labels will disappear at the next @ref{replot} or mouse zoom operation. Persistent labels can be removed by holding the Ctrl-Key down while clicking Button 2 on the label's point. The threshold for how close you must be to the label is also determined by the @ref{pointsize}. If the option `zoomjump` is on, the mouse pointer will be automatically offset a small distance after starting a zoom region with button 3. This can be useful to avoid a tiny (or even empty) zoom region. `zoomjump` is off by default. If the option `verbose` is turned on the communication commands are shown during execution. This option can also be toggled by hitting `6` in the driver's window. `verbose` is off by default. Press 'h' in the driver's window for a short summary of the mouse and key bindings. This will also display user defined bindings or `hotkeys` which can be defined using the `bind` command, see help for `bind`. Note, that user defined `hotkeys` may override the default bindings. Press 'q' in the driver's window to close the window. This key cannot be overridden with the `bind` command. See also help for `bind` and `label`. @menu * X11_mouse:: @end menu @node X11_mouse, , mouse, mouse @subsubsection X11 mouse @c ?mouse x11_mouse @cindex x11_mouse @c ?x11 mouse If multiple X11 plot windows have been opened using the `set term x11 <n>` terminal option, then only the current plot window supports the entire range of mouse commands and hotkeys. The other windows will, however, continue to display mouse coordinates at the lower left. For consistency with other screen terminals, X11 mouse support is turned on by default, wherever the standard input comes from. However, on some UNIX flavors, special input devices as /dev/null might not be `select-able`; using such devices with the mouse turned on will hang gnuplot. Please turn off mousing with `unset mouse` if you are in this situation. @node multiplot, mx2tics, mouse, set-show @subsection multiplot @c ?commands set multiplot @c ?commands unset multiplot @c ?set multiplot @c ?unset multiplot @cindex multiplot @opindex multiplot @cindex nomultiplot The command @ref{multiplot} places `gnuplot` in the multiplot mode, in which several plots are placed on the same page, window, or screen. Syntax: @example set multiplot @{ layout <rows>,<cols> @{rowsfirst|columnsfirst@} @{downwards|upwards@} @{title <page title>@} @{scale <xscale>@{,<yscale>@}@} @{offset <xoff>@{,<yoff>@}@} @} unset multiplot @end example For some terminals, no plot is displayed until the command @ref{multiplot} is given, which causes the entire page to be drawn and then returns gnuplot to its normal single-plot mode. For other terminals, each separate `plot` command produces an updated display, either by redrawing all previous ones and the newly added plot, or by just adding the new plot to the existing display. The area to be used by the next plot is not erased before doing the new plot. The @ref{clear} command can be used to do this if wanted, as is typically the case for "inset" plots. Any labels or arrows that have been defined will be drawn for each plot according to the current size and origin (unless their coordinates are defined in the `screen` system). Just about everything else that can be `set` is applied to each plot, too. If you want something to appear only once on the page, for instance a single time stamp, you'll need to put a `set time`/`unset time` pair around one of the `plot`, `splot` or @ref{replot} commands within the @ref{multiplot}/@ref{multiplot} block. The multiplot title is separate from the individual plot titles, if any. Space is reserved for it at the top of the page, spanning the full width of the canvas. The commands @ref{origin} and @ref{size} must be used to correctly position each plot if no layout is specified or if fine tuning is desired. See @ref{origin} and @ref{size} for details of their usage. Example: @example set multiplot set size 0.4,0.4 set origin 0.1,0.1 plot sin(x) set size 0.2,0.2 set origin 0.5,0.5 plot cos(x) unset multiplot @end example This displays a plot of cos(x) stacked above a plot of sin(x). @ref{size} and @ref{origin} refer to the entire plotting area used for each plot. Please also see @ref{size}. If you want to have the axes themselves line up, you can guarantee that the margins are the same size with the @ref{margin} commands. See @ref{margin} for their use. Note that the margin settings are absolute, in character units, so the appearance of the graph in the remaining space will depend on the screen size of the display device, e.g., perhaps quite different on a video display and a printer. With the `layout` option you can generate simple multiplots without having to give the @ref{size} and @ref{origin} commands before each plot: Those are generated automatically, but can be overridden at any time. With `layout` the display will be divided by a grid with <rows> rows and <cols> columns. This grid is filled rows first or columns first depending on whether the corresponding option is given in the multiplot command. The stack of plots can grow `downwards` or `upwards`. Default is `rowsfirst` and `downwards`. Each plot can be scaled by `scale` and shifted with `offset`; if the y-values for scale or offset are omitted, the x-value will be used. @ref{multiplot} will turn off the automatic layout and restore the values of @ref{size} and @ref{origin} as they were before `set multiplot layout`. Example: @example set size 1,1 set origin 0,0 set multiplot layout 3,2 columnsfirst scale 1.1,0.9 [ up to 6 plot commands here ] unset multiplot @end example The above example will produce 6 plots in 2 columns filled top to bottom, left to right. Each plot will have a horizontal size of 1.1/2 and a vertical size of 0.9/3. See also @uref{http://gnuplot.sourceforge.net/demo/multiplt.html,multiplot demo (multiplt.dem) } @node mx2tics, mxtics, multiplot, set-show @subsection mx2tics @c ?commands set mx2tics @c ?commands unset mx2tics @c ?commands show mx2tics @c ?set mx2tics @c ?unset mx2tics @c ?show mx2tics @cindex mx2tics @opindex mx2tics @cindex nomx2tics Minor tic marks along the x2 (top) axis are controlled by @ref{mx2tics}. Please see @ref{mxtics}. @node mxtics, my2tics, mx2tics, set-show @subsection mxtics @c ?commands set mxtics @c ?commands unset mxtics @c ?commands show mxtics @c ?set mxtics @c ?unset mxtics @c ?show mxtics @cindex mxtics @opindex mxtics @cindex nomxtics Minor tic marks along the x axis are controlled by @ref{mxtics}. They can be turned off with @ref{mxtics}. Similar commands control minor tics along the other axes. Syntax: @example set mxtics @{<freq> | default@} unset mxtics show mxtics @end example The same syntax applies to @ref{mytics}, @ref{mztics}, @ref{mx2tics}, @ref{my2tics} and `mcbtics`. <freq> is the number of sub-intervals (NOT the number of minor tics) between major tics (the default for a linear axis is either two or five depending on the major tics, so there are one or four minor tics between major tics). Selecting `default` will return the number of minor ticks to its default value. If the axis is logarithmic, the number of sub-intervals will be set to a reasonable number by default (based upon the length of a decade). This will be overridden if <freq> is given. However the usual minor tics (2, 3, ..., 8, 9 between 1 and 10, for example) are obtained by setting <freq> to 10, even though there are but nine sub-intervals. To set minor tics at arbitrary positions, use the ("<label>" <pos> <level>, ...) form of `set @{x|x2|y|y2|z@}tics` with <label> empty and <level> set to 1. The `set m@{x|x2|y|y2|z@}tics` commands work only when there are uniformly spaced major tics. If all major tics were placed explicitly by `set @{x|x2|y|y2|z@}tics`, then minor tic commands are ignored. Implicit major tics and explicit minor tics can be combined using `set @{x|x2|y|y2|z@}tics` and `set @{x|x2|y|y2|z@}tics add`. Examples: @example set xtics 0, 5, 10 set xtics add (7.5) set mxtics 5 @end example Major tics at 0,5,7.5,10, minor tics at 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 @example set logscale y set ytics format "" set ytics 1e-6, 10, 1 set ytics add ("1" 1, ".1" 0.1, ".01" 0.01, "10^-3" 0.001, \ "10^-4" 0.0001) set mytics 10 @end example Major tics with special formatting, minor tics at log positions By default, minor tics are off for linear axes and on for logarithmic axes. They inherit the settings for `axis|border` and `@{no@}mirror` specified for the major tics. Please see `set xtics` for information about these. @node my2tics, mytics, mxtics, set-show @subsection my2tics @c ?commands set my2tics @c ?commands unset my2tics @c ?commands show my2tics @c ?set my2tics @c ?unset my2tics @c ?show my2tics @cindex my2tics @opindex my2tics @cindex nomy2tics Minor tic marks along the y2 (right-hand) axis are controlled by @ref{my2tics}. Please see @ref{mxtics}. @node mytics, mztics, my2tics, set-show @subsection mytics @c ?commands set mytics @c ?commands unset mytics @c ?commands show mytics @c ?set mytics @c ?unset mytics @c ?show mytics @cindex mytics @opindex mytics @cindex nomytics Minor tic marks along the y axis are controlled by @ref{mytics}. Please see @ref{mxtics}. @node mztics, object, mytics, set-show @subsection mztics @c ?commands set mztics @c ?commands unset mztics @c ?commands show mztics @c ?set mztics @c ?unset mztics @c ?show mztics @cindex mztics @opindex mztics @cindex nomztics Minor tic marks along the z axis are controlled by @ref{mztics}. Please see @ref{mxtics}. @node object, offsets, mztics, set-show @subsection object @cindex object @opindex object @c ?commands set object @c ?commands show object @c ?set object @c ?show object The @ref{object} command defines a single object which will appear in all subsequent 2D plots. You may define as many objects as you like. Currently the supported object types are @ref{rectangle}, `circle`, @ref{ellipse}, and @ref{polygon}. Rectangles inherit a default set of style properties (fill, color, border) from those set by the command @ref{rectangle}, but each object can also be given individual style properties. Circles, ellipses, and polygons inherit the fill style from `set style fill`. Syntax: @example set object <index> <object-type> <object-properties> @{front|back|behind@} @{fc|fillcolor <colorspec>@} @{fs <fillstyle>@} @{default@} @{lw|linewidth <width>@} @end example <object-type> is either @ref{rectangle}, @ref{ellipse}, `circle`, or @ref{polygon}. Each object type has its own set of characteristic properties. Setting `front` will draw the object in front of all plot elements, but behind any labels that are also marked `front`. Setting `back` will place the object behind all plot curves and labels. Setting `behind` will place the object behind everything including the axes and `back` rectangles, thus @example set object rectangle from screen 0,0 to screen 1,1 behind @end example can be used to provide a colored background for the entire graph or page. The fill color of the object is taken from the <colorspec>. `fillcolor` may be abbreviated `fc`. The fill style is taken from <fillstyle>. See @ref{colorspec} and `fillstyle`. If the keyword `default` is given, these properties are inherited from the default settings at the time a plot is drawn. See @ref{rectangle}. @menu * rectangle:: * ellipse:: * circle:: * polygon:: @end menu @node rectangle, ellipse, object, object @subsubsection rectangle @cindex rectangle @c ?commands set object rectangle @c ?commands show object rectangle @c ?set object rectangle @c ?show object rectangle Syntax: @example set object <index> rectangle @{from <position> @{to|rto@} <position> | center <position> size <w>,<h> | at <position> size <w>,<h>@} @end example The position of the rectangle may be specified by giving the position of two diagonal corners (bottom left and top right) or by giving the position of the center followed by the width and the height. In either case the positions may be given in axis, graph, or screen coordinates. See `coordinates`. The options `at` and `center` are synonyms. Examples: @example # Force the entire area enclosed by the axes to have background color cyan set object 1 rect from graph 0, graph 0 to graph 1, graph 1 back set object 1 rect fc rgb "cyan" fillstyle solid 1.0 @end example @example # Position a red square with lower left at 0,0 and upper right at 2,3 set object 2 rect from 0,0 to 2,3 fc lt 1 @end example @example # Position an empty rectangle (no fill) with a blue border set object 3 rect from 0,0 to 2,3 fs empty border rgb "blue" @end example @example # Return fill and color to the default style but leave vertices unchanged set object 2 rect default @end example @node ellipse, circle, rectangle, object @subsubsection ellipse @cindex ellipse @c ?commands set object ellipse @c ?commands show object ellipse @c ?set object ellipse @c ?show object ellipse Syntax: @example set object <index> ellipse @{at|center@} <position> size <w>,<h> @{angle <orientation>@} @{<other-object-properties>@} @end example The position of the ellipse is specified by giving the center followed by the width and the height (actually the major and minor axes). The keywords `at` and `center` are synonyms. The center position may be given in axis, graph, or screen coordinates. See `coordinates`. The major and minor axis lengths must be given in axis coordinates. The orientation of the ellipse is specified by the angle between the horizontal axis and the first axis of the ellipse. NB: If the x and y axis scales are not equal, then the major/minor axis ratio will no longer be correct after rotation. This may be fixed in a later gnuplot version. Note that `set object ellipse size <2r>,<2r>` does not in general produce the same result as `set object circle <r>`. The circle radius is always interpreted in terms of units along the x axis, and will always produce a circle even if the x and y axis scales are different and even if the aspect ratio of your plot is not 1. 'Set object ellipse' interprets the first '2r' in terms of x axis units and the second '2r' in terms of y axis units. This will only produce a circle if the x and y axis scales are identical and the plot aspect ratio is 1. @node circle, polygon, ellipse, object @subsubsection circle @cindex circle @c ?commands set object circle @c ?commands show object circle @c ?set object circle @c ?show object circle Syntax: @example set object <index> circle @{at|center@} <position> size <radius> @{arc [<begin>:<end>]@} @{<other-object-properties>@} @end example The position of the circle is specified by giving the position of the center center followed by the radius. The keywords `at` and `center` are synonyms. The position and radius may be given in x-axis, graph, or canvas coordinates. See `coordinates`. In all cases the radius is calculated relative to the horizontal scale of the axis, graph, or canvas. Any disparity between the horizontal and vertical scaling will be corrected for so that the result is always a circle. By default a full circle is drawn. The optional qualifier `arc` specifies a starting angle and ending angle, in degrees, for one arc of the circle. The arc is always drawn counterclockwise. @node polygon, , circle, object @subsubsection polygon @cindex polygon @c ?commands set object polygon @c ?commands show object polygon @c ?set object polygon @c ?show object polygon Syntax: @example set object <index> polygon from <position> to <position> ... @{to <position>@} @end example or @example from <position> rto <position> ... @{rto <position>@} @end example The position of the polygon may be specified by giving the position of a sequence of vertices. These may be given in axis, graph, or screen coordinates. If relative coordinates are used (rto) then the coordinate type must match that of the previous vertex. See `coordinates`. Example: @example set object 1 polygon from 0,0 to 1,1 to 2,0 set object 1 fc rgb "cyan" fillstyle solid 1.0 border lt -1 @end example @node offsets, origin, object, set-show @subsection offsets @c ?commands set offsets @c ?commands unset offsets @c ?commands show offsets @c ?set offsets @c ?unset offsets @c ?show offsets @cindex offsets @opindex offsets @cindex nooffsets Offsets provide a mechanism to put an empty boundary around the data inside an autoscaled graph. The offsets only affect the x1 and y1 axes, and only in 2D `plot` commands. Syntax: @example set offsets <left>, <right>, <top>, <bottom> unset offsets show offsets @end example Each offset may be a constant or an expression. Each defaults to 0. By default, the left and right offsets are given in units of the first x axis, the top and bottom offsets in units of the first y axis. Alternatively, you may specify the offsets as a fraction of the total axis range by using the keyword "graph". A positive offset expands the axis range in the specified direction, e.g., a positive bottom offset makes ymin more negative. Negative offsets, while permitted, can have unexpected interactions with autoscaling and clipping. To prevent the auto-scaling from further adjusting your axis ranges, it is useful to also specify "set auto fix". Example: @example set auto fix set offsets graph 0.05, 0, 2, 2 plot sin(x) @end example This graph of sin(x) will have a y range [-3:3] because the function will be autoscaled to [-1:1] and the vertical offsets are each two. The x range will be [-11:10] because the default is [-10:10] and it has been expanded to the left by 0.05 of that total range. @node origin, output, offsets, set-show @subsection origin @c ?commands set origin @c ?commands show origin @c ?set origin @c ?show origin @cindex origin @opindex origin The @ref{origin} command is used to specify the origin of a plotting surface (i.e., the graph and its margins) on the screen. The coordinates are given in the `screen` coordinate system (see `coordinates` for information about this system). Syntax: @example set origin <x-origin>,<y-origin> @end example @node output, parametric_, origin, set-show @subsection output @c ?commands set output @c ?commands show output @c ?set output @c ?show output @cindex output @opindex output @c ?output file By default, screens are displayed to the standard output. The @ref{output} command redirects the display to the specified file or device. Syntax: @example set output @{"<filename>"@} show output @end example The filename must be enclosed in quotes. If the filename is omitted, any output file opened by a previous invocation of @ref{output} will be closed and new output will be sent to STDOUT. (If you give the command `set output "STDOUT"`, your output may be sent to a file named "STDOUT"! ["May be", not "will be", because some terminals, like `x11` or `wxt`, ignore @ref{output}.]) When both @ref{terminal} and @ref{output} are used together, it is safest to give @ref{terminal} first, because some terminals set a flag which is needed in some operating systems. This would be the case, for example, if the operating system needs to know whether or not a file is to be formatted in order to open it properly. On machines with popen functions (Unix), output can be piped through a shell command if the first non-whitespace character of the filename is '|'. For instance, @example set output "|lpr -Plaser filename" set output "|lp -dlaser filename" @end example On MSDOS machines, `set output "PRN"` will direct the output to the default printer. On VMS, output can be sent directly to any spooled device. It is also possible to send the output to DECnet transparent tasks, which allows some flexibility. @node parametric_, plot_, output, set-show @subsection parametric @c ?commands set parametric @c ?commands unset parametric @c ?commands show parametric @c ?set parametric @c ?unset parametric @c ?show parametric @cindex parametric @opindex parametric @cindex noparametric The `set parametric` command changes the meaning of `plot` (`splot`) from normal functions to parametric functions. The command `unset parametric` restores the plotting style to normal, single-valued expression plotting. Syntax: @example set parametric unset parametric show parametric @end example For 2D plotting, a parametric function is determined by a pair of parametric functions operating on a parameter. An example of a 2D parametric function would be `plot sin(t),cos(t)`, which draws a circle (if the aspect ratio is set correctly---see @ref{size}). `gnuplot` will display an error message if both functions are not provided for a parametric `plot`. For 3D plotting, the surface is described as x=f(u,v), y=g(u,v), z=h(u,v). Therefore a triplet of functions is required. An example of a 3D parametric function would be `cos(u)*cos(v),cos(u)*sin(v),sin(u)`, which draws a sphere. `gnuplot` will display an error message if all three functions are not provided for a parametric `splot`. The total set of possible plots is a superset of the simple f(x) style plots, since the two functions can describe the x and y values to be computed separately. In fact, plots of the type t,f(t) are equivalent to those produced with f(x) because the x values are computed using the identity function. Similarly, 3D plots of the type u,v,f(u,v) are equivalent to f(x,y). Note that the order the parametric functions are specified is xfunction, yfunction (and zfunction) and that each operates over the common parametric domain. Also, the `set parametric` function implies a new range of values. Whereas the normal f(x) and f(x,y) style plotting assume an xrange and yrange (and zrange), the parametric mode additionally specifies a trange, urange, and vrange. These ranges may be set directly with @ref{trange}, @ref{urange}, and @ref{vrange}, or by specifying the range on the `plot` or `splot` commands. Currently the default range for these parametric variables is [-5:5]. Setting the ranges to something more meaningful is expected. @node plot_, pm3d, parametric_, set-show @subsection plot @c ?commands show plot @c ?show plot The `show plot` command shows the current plotting command as it results from the last `plot` and/or `splot` and possible subsequent @ref{replot} commands. In addition, the `show plot add2history` command adds this current plot command into the `history`. It is useful if you have used @ref{replot} to add more curves to the current plot and you want to edit the whole command now. @node pm3d, palette, plot_, set-show @subsection pm3d @c ?commands set pm3d @c ?commands show pm3d @c ?set pm3d @c ?show pm3d @cindex pm3d @opindex pm3d pm3d is an `splot` style for drawing palette-mapped 3d and 4d data as color/gray maps and surfaces. It uses a pm3d algorithm which allows plotting gridded as well as non-gridded data without preprocessing, even when the data scans do not have the same number of points. Drawing of color surfaces is available on terminals supporting filled colored polygons with color mapping specified by @ref{palette}. Currently supported terminals include @example Screen terminals: OS/2 Presentation Manager X11 Linux VGA (vgagl) GGI Windows AquaTerm (Mac OS X) wxWidgets (wxt) Files: PostScript pslatex, pstex, epslatex gif, png, jpeg (x)fig tgif cgm pdf svg emf @end example Let us first describe how a map/surface is drawn. The input data come from an evaluated function or from an @ref{file}. Each surface consists of a sequence of separate scans (isolines). The pm3d algorithm fills the region between two neighbouring points in one scan with another two points in the next scan by a gray (or color) according to z-values (or according to an additional 'color' column, see help for @ref{using}) of these 4 corners; by default the 4 corner values are averaged, but this can be changed by the option `corners2color`. In order to get a reasonable surface, the neighbouring scans should not cross and the number of points in the neighbouring scans should not differ too much; of course, the best plot is with scans having same number of points. There are no other requirements (e.g. the data need not be gridded). Another advantage is that the pm3d algorithm does not draw anything outside of the input (measured or calculated) region. Surface coloring works with the following input data: 1. splot of function or of data file with one or three data columns: The gray/color scale is obtained by mapping the averaged (or `corners2color`) z-coordinate of the four corners of the above-specified quadrangle into the range [min_color_z,max_color_z] of @ref{zrange} or @ref{cbrange} providing a gray value in the range [0:1]. This value can be used directly as the gray for gray maps. The normalized gray value can be further mapped into a color---see @ref{palette} for the complete description. 2. splot of data file with two or four data columns: The gray/color value is obtained by using the last-column coordinate instead of the z-value, thus allowing the color and the z-coordinate be mutually independent. This can be used for 4d data drawing. Other notes: 1. The term 'scan' referenced above is used more among physicists than the term 'iso_curve' referenced in gnuplot documentation and sources. You measure maps recorded one scan after another scan, that's why. 2. The 'gray' or 'color' scale is a linear mapping of a continuous variable onto a smoothly varying palette of colors. The mapping is shown in a rectangle next to the main plot. This documentation refers to this as a "colorbox", and refers to the indexing variable as lying on the colorbox axis. See `set colorbox`, @ref{cbrange}. 3. To use pm3d coloring to generate a two-dimensional plot rather than a 3D surface, use `set view map` or `set pm3d map`. Syntax (the options can be given in any order): @example set pm3d @{ @{ at <bst combination> @} @{ interpolate <steps in scan>,<steps between scans> @} @{ scansautomatic | scansforward | scansbackward | depthorder @} @{ flush @{ begin | center | end @} @} @{ ftriangles | noftriangles @} @{ clip1in | clip4in @} @{ corners2color @{ mean|geomean|median|min|max|c1|c2|c3|c4 @} @} @{ hidden3d <linestyle> | nohidden3d @} @{ implicit | explicit @} @{ map @} @} show pm3d unset pm3d @end example Color surface is drawn if data or function @ref{style} is set to pm3d globally or via 'with' option, or if the option `implicit` is on---then the pm3d surface is combined with the line surface mesh. See bottom of this section for mode details. Color surface can be drawn at the base or top (then it is a gray/color planar map) or at z-coordinates of surface points (gray/color surface). This is defined by the `at` option with a string of up to 6 combinations of `b`, `t` and `s`. For instance, `at b` plots at bottom only, `at st` plots firstly surface and then top map, while `at bstbst` will never by seriously used. Colored quadrangles are plotted one after another. When plotting surfaces (`at s`), the later quadrangles overlap (overdraw) the previous ones. (Gnuplot is not virtual reality tool to calculate intersections of filled polygon meshes.) You may try to switch between `scansforward` and `scansbackward` to force the first scan of the data to be plotted first or last. The default is `scansautomatic` where gnuplot makes a guess about scans order. On the other hand, the @ref{depthorder} option completely reorders the quadrangles. The rendering is performed after a depth sorting, which allows to visualize even complicated surfaces; see @ref{depthorder} for more details. If two subsequent scans do not have same number of points, then it has to be decided whether to start taking points for quadrangles from the beginning of both scans (`flush begin`), from their ends (`flush end`) or to center them (`flush center`). Note, that `flush (center|end)` are incompatible with `scansautomatic`: if you specify `flush center` or `flush end` and `scansautomatic` is set, it is silently switched to `scansforward`. If two subsequent scans do not have the same number of points, the option `ftriangles` specifies whether color triangles are drawn at the scan tail(s) where there are not enough points in either of the scan. This can be used to draw a smooth map boundary. Clipping with respect to x, y coordinates of quadrangles can be done in two ways. `clip1in`: all 4 points of each quadrangle must be defined and at least 1 point of the quadrangle must lie in the x and y ranges. `clip4in`: all 4 points of each quadrangle must lie in the x and y ranges. There is a single gray/color value associated to each drawn pm3d quadrangle (no smooth color change among vertices). The value is calculated from z-coordinates from the surrounding corners according to `corners2color <option>`. The options 'mean' (default), 'geomean' and 'median' produce various kinds of surface color smoothing, while options 'min' and 'max' choose minimal or maximal value, respectively. This may not be desired for pixel images or for maps with sharp and intense peaks, in which case the options 'c1', 'c2', 'c3' or 'c4' can be used instead to assign the quadrangle color based on the z-coordinate of only one corner. Some experimentation may be needed to determine which corner corresponds to 'c1', as the orientation depends on the drawing direction. Because the pm3d algorithm does not extend the colored surface outside the range of the input data points, the 'c<j>' coloring options will result in pixels along two edges of the grid not contributing to the color of any quadrangle. For example, applying the pm3d algorithm to the 4x4 grid of data points in script `demo/pm3d.dem` (please have a look) produces only (4-1)x(4-1)=9 colored rectangles. Another drawing algorithm, which would draw quadrangles around a given node by taking corners from averaged (x,y)-coordinates of its surrounding 4 nodes while using node's color, could be implemented in the future. This is already done for drawing images (2D grids) via `image` and @ref{rgbimage} styles. Notice that ranges of z-values and color-values for surfaces are adjustable independently by @ref{zrange}, @ref{cbrange}, as well as `set log` for z or cb. Maps can be adjusted by the cb-axis only; see also `set view map` and `set colorbox`. The option @ref{hidden3d} takes as the argument a linestyle which must be created by `set style line ...`. (The style need not to be present when setting pm3d, but it must be present when plotting). If set, lines are drawn using the specified line style, taking into account hidden line removal. This is by far more efficient than using the command @ref{hidden3d} as it doesn't really calculate hidden line removal, but just draws the filled polygons in the correct order. So the recommended choice when using pm3d is @example set pm3d at s hidden3d 100 set style line 100 lt 5 lw 0.5 unset hidden3d unset surf splot x*x+y*y @end example There used to be an option @{transparent|solid@} to this command. Now you get the same effect from `set grid @{front|layerdefault@}`, respectively. The `set pm3d map` is an abbreviation for `set pm3d at b`; `set view map`; @ref{pm3d}; @ref{pm3d};. It is used for backwards compatibility, when `set view map` was not available. Take care that you properly use @ref{zrange} and @ref{cbrange} for input data point filtering and color range scaling, respectively; and also `set (no)surface` seems to have a (side?) effect. The option `interpolate` will interpolate grid points into a finer mesh, and color each quadrangle appropriately. For data files, this will smoothen the color surface, and enhance spikes in a color surface. For functions, interpolation makes little sense, except to trade off precision for memory. It would usually make more sense to use @ref{samples} and @ref{isosamples} when working with functions. The coloring setup as well as the color box drawing are determined by @ref{palette}. There can be only one palette for the current plot. Drawing of several surfaces with different palettes can be achieved by @ref{multiplot} with fixed @ref{origin} and @ref{size}; don't forget to use `set palette maxcolors` when your terminal is running out of available colors. On gnuplot start-up, mode is `explicit`. For historical and thus compatibility reasons, commands `set pm3d;` (i.e. no options) and `set pm3d at X ...` (i.e. `at` is the first option) sets mode `implicit`. Further, `set pm3d;` sets up the other options to their default. If the option `implicit` is on, all surface plots will be plotted additionally to the default type, e.g. @example splot 'fred.dat' with lines, 'lola.dat' with lines @end example would give both plots (meshes) additionally to a pm3d surface. That's what you are used to after `set pm3d;`. If the option `explicit` is on (or `implicit` is off) only plots specified by the @ref{pm3d} attribute are plotted with a pm3d surface, e.g.: @example splot 'fred.dat' with lines, 'lola.dat' with pm3d @end example would plot 'fred.dat' with lines (and only lines) and 'lola.dat' with a pm3d surface. If you set the default data or function style to @ref{pm3d}, e.g.: @example set style data pm3d @end example then the options `implicit` and `explicit` have no effect. Note that when plotting several plots, they are plotted in the order given on the command line. This can be of interest especially for filled surfaces which can overwrite and therefore hide part of earlier plots. If @ref{pm3d} is specified in the `splot` command line, then it accepts the 'at' option. The following plots draw three color surfaces at different altitudes: @example set border 4095 set pm3d at s splot 10*x with pm3d at b, x*x-y*y, x*x+y*y with pm3d at t @end example See also help for @ref{palette}, @ref{cbrange}, `set colorbox`, @ref{pm3d} and definitely the demo file `demo/pm3d.dem`. @menu * depthorder:: @end menu @node depthorder, , pm3d, pm3d @subsubsection depthorder @c ?commands set pm3d depthorder @c ?set pm3d depthorder @c ?pm3d depthorder @cindex depthorder By default the quadrangles making up a pm3d solid surface are rendered in the order they are encountered along the surface grid points. This order may be controlled by the options `scansautomatic`|`scansforward`|`scansbackward`. These scan options are not in general compatible with hidden-surface removal. Gnuplot does not do true hidden surface removal for solid surfaces, but often it is sufficient to render the component quadrangles in order from furthest to closest. This mode may be selected using the options @example set pm3d depthorder hidden3d @end example The @ref{depthorder} option orders the solid quadrangles; the @ref{hidden3d} option similarly orders the bounding lines (if drawn). Note that the global option @ref{hidden3d} does not affect pm3d surfaces. @node palette, pointsize, pm3d, set-show @subsection palette @c ?commands set palette @c ?commands show palette @c ?set palette @c ?show palette @cindex palette @opindex palette Palette is a color storage for use by @ref{pm3d}, filled color contours or polygons, color histograms, color gradient background, and whatever it is or it will be implemented... Here it stands for a palette of smooth "continuous" colors or grays, but let's call it just a palette. Color palettes require terminal entries for filled color polygons and palettes of smooth colors, are currently available for terminals listed in help for @ref{pm3d}. The range of color values are adjustable independently by @ref{cbrange} and `set log cb`. The whole color palette is visualized in the `colorbox`. Syntax: @example set palette set palette @{ @{ gray | color @} @{ gamma <gamma> @} @{ rgbformulae <r>,<g>,<b> | defined @{ ( <gray1> <color1> @{, <grayN> <colorN>@}... ) @} | file '<filename>' @{datafile-modifiers@} | functions <R>,<G>,<B> @} @{ model @{ RGB | HSV | CMY | YIQ | XYZ @} @} @{ positive | negative @} @{ nops_allcF | ps_allcF @} @{ maxcolors <maxcolors> @} @} show palette show palette palette <n> @{@{float | int@}@} show palette gradient show palette fit2rgbformulae show palette rgbformulae show colornames @end example @ref{palette} (i.e. without options) sets up the default values. Otherwise, the options can be given in any order. @ref{palette} shows the current palette properties. `show palette gradient` displays the gradient defining the palette (if appropriate). @ref{rgbformulae} prints the available fixed gray --> color transformation formulae. @ref{colornames} prints the known color names. `show palette palette <n>` prints to the screen or to the file given by @ref{print} a table of RGB triplets calculated for the current palette settings and a palette having <n> discrete colors. The default wide table can be limited to 3 columns of r,g,b float values [0..1] or integer values [0..255] by options float or int, respectively. This way, the current gnuplot color palette can be loaded into other imaging applications, for example Octave. Additionally to this textual list of RGB table, you can use the @ref{palette} command to plot the R,G,B profiles for the current palette. The following options determine the coloring properties. Figure using this palette can be `gray` or `color`. For instance, in @ref{pm3d} color surfaces the gray of each small spot is obtained by mapping the averaged z-coordinate of the 4 corners of surface quadrangles into the range [min_z,max_z] providing range of grays [0:1]. This value can be used directly as the gray for gray maps. The color map requires a transformation gray --> (R,G,B), i.e. a mapping [0:1] --> ([0:1],[0:1],[0:1]). Basically two different types of mappings can be used: Analytic formulae to convert gray to color, or discrete mapping tables which are interpolated. @ref{rgbformulae} and @ref{functions} use analytic formulae whereas @ref{defined} and @ref{file} use interpolated tables. @ref{rgbformulae} reduces the size of postscript output to a minimum. The command `show palette fit2rgbformulae` finds the best matching @ref{rgbformulae} for the current @ref{palette}. Naturally, it makes sense to use it for non-rgbformulae palettes. This command can be found useful mainly for external programs using the same rgbformulae definition of palettes as gnuplot, like zimg ( @uref{http://zimg.sourceforge.net,http://zimg.sourceforge.net } ). `set palette gray` switches to a gray only palette. @ref{rgbformulae}, @ref{defined}, @ref{file} and @ref{functions} switch to a color mapping. `set palette color` is an easy way to switch back from the gray palette to the last color mapping. Automatic gamma correction via `set palette gamma <gamma>` can be done for gray maps only (`set palette gray`). Linear mapping to gray is for gamma equals 1, see @ref{palette}. Gamma is ignored for color mappings. Most terminals support only discrete number of colors (e.g. 256 colors in gif). All entries of the palette remaining after the default gnuplot linetype colors declaration are allocated for pm3d by default. Then @ref{multiplot} could fail if there are no more color positions in the terminal available. Then you should use `set palette maxcolors <maxcolors>` with a reasonably small value. This option can also be used to separate levels of z=constant in discrete steps, thus to emulate filled contours. Default value of 0 stays for allocating all remaining entries in the terminal palette or for to use exact mapping to RGB. RGB color space might not be the most useful color space to work in. For that reason you may change the color space with `model` to one of `RGB`, `HSV`, `CMY`, `YIQ` and `XYZ`. Using color names for @ref{defined} tables and a color space other than RGB will result in funny colors. All explanation have been written for RGB color space, so please note, that `R` can be `H`, `C`, `Y`, or `X`, depending on the actual color space (`G` and `B` accordingly). All values for all color spaces are limited to [0,1]. RGB stands for Red, Green and Blue; CMY stands for Cyan, Magenta and Yellow; HSV stands for Hue, Saturation, and Value; YIQ is the color model used by the U.S. Commercial Color Television Broadcasting, it is basically an RGB recoding with downward compatibility for black and white television; XYZ are the three primary colors of the color model defined by the 'Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage' (CIE). For more information on color models see: @uref{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_space,http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_space } @menu * rgbformulae:: * defined_:: * functions_:: * file:: * gamma_correction:: * postscript:: @end menu @node rgbformulae, defined_, palette, palette @subsubsection rgbformulae @c ?commands set palette rgbformulae @c ?set palette rgbformulae @c ?palette rgbformulae @cindex rgbformulae @cindex colors For @ref{rgbformulae} three suitable mapping functions have to be chosen. This is done via `rgbformulae <r>,<g>,<b>`. The available mapping functions are listed by @ref{rgbformulae}. Default is `7,5,15`, some other examples are `3,11,6`, `21,23,3` or `3,23,21`. Negative numbers, like `3,-11,-6`, mean inverted color (i.e. 1-gray passed into the formula, see also `positive` and `negative` options below). Some nice schemes in RGB color space @example 7,5,15 ... traditional pm3d (black-blue-red-yellow) 3,11,6 ... green-red-violet 23,28,3 ... ocean (green-blue-white); try also all other permutations 21,22,23 ... hot (black-red-yellow-white) 30,31,32 ... color printable on gray (black-blue-violet-yellow-white) 33,13,10 ... rainbow (blue-green-yellow-red) 34,35,36 ... AFM hot (black-red-yellow-white) @end example A full color palette in HSV color space @example 3,2,2 ... red-yellow-green-cyan-blue-magenta-red @end example Please note that even if called @ref{rgbformulae} the formulas might actually determine the <H>,<S>,<V> or <X>,<Y>,<Z> or ... color components as usual. Use `positive` and `negative` to invert the figure colors. @c ^ <a name="positive"></a> @c ^ <a name="negative"></a> Note that it is possible to find a set of the best matching rgbformulae for any other color scheme by the command @example show palette fit2rgbformulae @end example @node defined_, functions_, rgbformulae, palette @subsubsection defined @c ?commands set palette defined @c ?set palette defined @c ?palette defined @cindex colors Gray-to-rgb mapping can be manually set by use of @ref{defined}: A color gradient is defined and used to give the rgb values. Such a gradient is a piecewise linear mapping from gray values in [0,1] to the RGB space [0,1]x[0,1]x[0,1]. You have to specify the gray values and the corresponding RGB values in between a linear interpolation shall take place: Syntax: @example set palette defined @{ ( <gray1> <color1> @{, <grayN> <colorN>@}... ) @} @end example <grayX> are gray values which are mapped to [0,1] and <colorX> are the corresponding rgb colors. The color can be specified in three different ways: @example <color> := @{ <r> <g> <b> | '<color-name>' | '#rrggbb' @} @end example Either by three numbers (each in [0,1]) for red, green and blue, separated by whitespace, or the name of the color in quotes or X style color specifiers also in quotes. You may freely mix the three types in a gradient definition, but the named color "red" will be something strange if RGB is not selected as color space. Use @ref{colornames} for a list of known color names. Please note, that even if written as <r>, this might actually be the <H> component in HSV color space or <X> in CIE-XYZ space, or ... depending on the selected color model. The <gray> values have to form an ascending sequence of real numbers; the sequence will be automatically rescaled to [0,1]. @ref{defined} (without a gradient definition in braces) switches to RGB color space and uses a preset full-spectrum color gradient. Use `show palette gradient` to display the gradient. Examples: To produce a gray palette (useless but instructive) use: @example set palette model RGB set palette defined ( 0 "black", 1 "white" ) @end example To produce a blue yellow red palette use (all equivalent): @example set palette defined ( 0 "blue", 1 "yellow", 2 "red" ) set palette defined ( 0 0 0 1, 1 1 1 0, 2 1 0 0 ) set palette defined ( 0 "#0000ff", 1 "#ffff00", 2 "#ff0000" ) @end example To produce some rainbow-like palette use: @example set palette defined ( 0 "blue", 3 "green", 6 "yellow", 10 "red" ) @end example Full color spectrum within HSV color space: @example set palette model HSV set palette defined ( 0 0 1 1, 1 1 1 1 ) set palette defined ( 0 0 1 0, 1 0 1 1, 6 0.8333 1 1, 7 0.8333 0 1) @end example To produce a palette with few colors only use: @example set palette model RGB maxcolors 4 set palette defined ( 0 "blue", 1 "green", 2 "yellow", 3 "red" ) @end example 'Traffic light' palette (non-smooth color jumps at gray = 1/3 and 2/3). @example set palette model RGB set palette defined (0 "dark-green", 1 "green", 1 "yellow", \ 2 "dark-yellow", 2 "red", 3 "dark-red" ) @end example @node functions_, file, defined_, palette @subsubsection functions @c ?commands set palette functions @c ?set palette functions @c ?palette functions Use `set palette functions <Rexpr>, <Gexpr>, <Bexpr>` to define three formulae for the R(gray), G(gray) and B(gray) mapping. The three formulae may depend on the variable `gray` which will take values in [0,1] and should also produce values in [0,1]. Please note that <Rexpr> might be a formula for the H-value if HSV color space has been chosen (same for all other formulae and color spaces). Examples: To produce a full color palette use: @example set palette model HSV functions gray, 1, 1 @end example A nice black to gold palette: @example set palette model XYZ functions gray**0.35, gray**0.5, gray**0.8 @end example A gamma-corrected black and white palette @example gamma = 2.2 color(gray) = gray**(1./gamma) set palette model RGB functions color(gray), color(gray), color(gray) @end example @node file, gamma_correction, functions_, palette @subsubsection file @c ?commands set palette file @c ?set palette file @c ?palette file @ref{file} is basically a `set palette defined (<gradient>)` where <gradient> is read from a datafile. Either 4 columns (gray,R,G,B) or just three columns (R,G,B) have to be selected via the @ref{using} data file modifier. In the three column case, the line number will be used as gray. The gray range is automatically rescaled to [0,1]. The file is read as a normal data file, so all datafile modifiers can be used. Please note, that `R` might actually be e.g. `H` if HSV color space is selected. As usual <filename> may be `'-'` which means that the data follow the command inline and are terminated by a single `e` on a line of its own. Use `show palette gradient` to display the gradient. Examples: Read in a palette of RGB triples each in range [0,255]: @example set palette file 'some-palette' using ($1/255):($2/255):($3/255) @end example Equidistant rainbow (blue-green-yellow-red) palette: @example set palette model RGB file "-" 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 e @end example Binary palette files are supported as well, see `binary general`. Example: put 64 triplets of R,G,B doubles into file palette.bin and load it by @example set palette file "palette.bin" binary record=64 using 1:2:3 @end example @node gamma_correction, postscript, file, palette @subsubsection gamma correction @c ?commands set palette gamma-correction @c ?set palette gamma-correction @c ?palette gamma-correction @cindex gamma-correction For gray mappings gamma correction can be turned on by `set palette gamma <gamma>`. <gamma> defaults to 1.5 which is quite suitable for most terminals. For color mappings no automatic gamma correction is done by gnuplot. However, you may easily implement gamma correction. Here is an example for a gray scale image by use of explicit functions for the red, green and blue component with slightly different values of gamma Example: @example set palette model RGB set palette functions gray**0.64, gray**0.67, gray**0.70 @end example To use gamma correction with interpolated gradients specify intermediate gray values with appropriate colors. Instead of @example set palette defined ( 0 0 0 0, 1 1 1 1 ) @end example use e.g. @example set palette defined ( 0 0 0 0, 0.5 .73 .73 .73, 1 1 1 1 ) @end example or even more intermediate points until the linear interpolation fits the "gamma corrected" interpolation well enough. @node postscript, , gamma_correction, palette @subsubsection postscript @c ?commands set palette postscript @c ?set palette postscript In order to reduce the size of postscript files, the gray value and not all three calculated r,g,b values are written to the file. Therefore the analytical formulae are coded directly in the postscript language as a header just before the pm3d drawing, see /g and /cF definitions. Usually, it makes sense to write therein definitions of only the 3 formulae used. But for multiplot or any other reason you may want to manually edit the transformations directly in the postscript file. This is the default option `nops_allcF`. Using the option `ps_allcF` writes postscript definitions of all formulae. This you may find interesting if you want to edit the postscript file in order to have different palettes for different surfaces in one graph. Well, you can achieve this functionality by @ref{multiplot} with fixed @ref{origin} and @ref{size}. If pm3d map has been plotted from gridded or almost regular data with an output to a postscript file, then it is possible to reduce the size of this postscript file up to at about 50% by the enclosed awk script `pm3dCompress.awk`. This you may find interesting if you intend to keep the file for including it into your publication or before downloading a very large file into a slow printer. Usage: @example awk -f pm3dCompress.awk thefile.ps >smallerfile.ps @end example If pm3d map has been plotted from rectangular gridded data with an output to a postscript file, then it is possible to reduce the file size even more by the enclosed awk script `pm3dConvertToImage.awk`. Usage: @example awk -f pm3dConvertToImage.awk <thefile.ps >smallerfile.ps @end example You may manually change the postscript output from gray to color and vice versa and change the definition of <maxcolors>. @node pointsize, polar, palette, set-show @subsection pointsize @c ?commands set pointsize @c ?commands show pointsize @c ?set pointsize @c ?show pointsize @cindex pointsize @opindex pointsize The @ref{pointsize} command scales the size of the points used in plots. Syntax: @example set pointsize <multiplier> show pointsize @end example The default is a multiplier of 1.0. Larger pointsizes may be useful to make points more visible in bitmapped graphics. The pointsize of a single plot may be changed on the `plot` command. See @ref{with} for details. Please note that the pointsize setting is not supported by all terminal types. @node polar, print_, pointsize, set-show @subsection polar @c ?commands set polar @c ?commands unset polar @c ?commands show polar @c ?set polar @c ?unset polar @c ?show polar @cindex polar @opindex polar @cindex nopolar The `set polar` command changes the meaning of the plot from rectangular coordinates to polar coordinates. Syntax: @example set polar unset polar show polar @end example In polar coordinates, the dummy variable (t) is an angle. The default range of t is [0:2*pi], or, if degree units have been selected, to [0:360] (see @ref{angles}). The command `unset polar` changes the meaning of the plot back to the default rectangular coordinate system. The `set polar` command is not supported for `splot`s. See the @ref{mapping} command for similar functionality for `splot`s. While in polar coordinates the meaning of an expression in t is really r = f(t), where t is an angle of rotation. The trange controls the domain (the angle) of the function, and the x and y ranges control the range of the graph in the x and y directions. Each of these ranges, as well as the rrange, may be autoscaled or set explicitly. Ffor details of all the @ref{ranges} commands, see @ref{xrange}. Example: @example set polar plot t*sin(t) plot [-2*pi:2*pi] [-3:3] [-3:3] t*sin(t) @end example The first `plot` uses the default polar angular domain of 0 to 2*pi. The radius and the size of the graph are scaled automatically. The second `plot` expands the domain, and restricts the size of the graph to [-3:3] in both directions. You may want to `set size square` to have `gnuplot` try to make the aspect ratio equal to unity, so that circles look circular. See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/polar.html,polar demos (polar.dem) } and @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/poldat.html,polar data plot (poldat.dem). } @node print_, rmargin, polar, set-show @subsection print @c ?commands set print @c ?commands show print @c ?set print @c ?show print The @ref{print} command redirects the output of the @ref{print} command to a file. Syntax: @example set print set print "-" set print "<filename>" set print "<filename>" append set print "|<shell_command>" @end example Without "<filename>", the output file is restored to <STDERR>. The <filename> "-" means <STDOUT>. The `append` flag causes the file to be opened in append mode. A <filename> starting with "|" is opened as a pipe to the <shell_command> on platforms that support piping. @node rmargin, rrange, print_, set-show @subsection rmargin @c ?commands set rmargin @c ?set rmargin @cindex rmargin @opindex rmargin The command @ref{rmargin} sets the size of the right margin. Please see @ref{margin} for details. @node rrange, samples, rmargin, set-show @subsection rrange @c ?commands set rrange @c ?commands show rrange @c ?set rrange @c ?show rrange @cindex rrange @opindex rrange The @ref{rrange} command sets the range of the radial coordinate for a graph in polar mode. Please see @ref{xrange} for details. @node samples, size, rrange, set-show @subsection samples @c ?commands set samples @c ?commands show samples @c ?set samples @c ?show samples @cindex samples @opindex samples The sampling rate of functions, or for interpolating data, may be changed by the @ref{samples} command. Syntax: @example set samples <samples_1> @{,<samples_2>@} show samples @end example By default, sampling is set to 100 points. A higher sampling rate will produce more accurate plots, but will take longer. This parameter has no effect on data file plotting unless one of the interpolation/approximation options is used. See @ref{smooth} re 2D data and @ref{cntrparam} and @ref{dgrid3d} re 3D data. When a 2D graph is being done, only the value of <samples_1> is relevant. When a surface plot is being done without the removal of hidden lines, the value of samples specifies the number of samples that are to be evaluated for the isolines. Each iso-v line will have <sample_1> samples and each iso-u line will have <sample_2> samples. If you only specify <samples_1>, <samples_2> will be set to the same value as <samples_1>. See also @ref{isosamples}. @node size, style, samples, set-show @subsection size @c ?commands set size @c ?commands show size @c ?set size @c ?show size @cindex size @opindex size @c ?aspect ratio Syntax: @example set size @{@{no@}square | ratio <r> | noratio@} @{<xscale>,<yscale>@} show size @end example The <xscale> and <yscale> values are scale factors for the size of the plot, which includes the graph, labels, and margins. Important note: @example In earlier versions of gnuplot, some terminal types used the values from @ref{size} to control also the size of the output canvas; others did not. In version 4.2 almost all terminals now follow the following convention: @end example `set term <terminal_type> size <XX>, <YY>` controls the size of the output file, or `canvas`. Please see individual terminal documentation for allowed values of the size parameters. By default, the plot will fill this canvas. `set size <XX>, <YY>` scales the plot itself relative to the size of the canvas. Scale values less than 1 will cause the plot to not fill the entire canvas. Scale values larger than 1 will cause only a portion of the plot to fit on the canvas. Please be aware that setting scale values larger than 1 may cause problems on some terminal types. `ratio` causes `gnuplot` to try to create a graph with an aspect ratio of <r> (the ratio of the y-axis length to the x-axis length) within the portion of the plot specified by <xscale> and <yscale>. The meaning of a negative value for <r> is different. If <r>=-1, gnuplot tries to set the scales so that the unit has the same length on both the x and y axes (suitable for geographical data, for instance). If <r>=-2, the unit on y has twice the length of the unit on x, and so on. The success of `gnuplot` in producing the requested aspect ratio depends on the terminal selected. The graph area will be the largest rectangle of aspect ratio <r> that will fit into the specified portion of the output (leaving adequate margins, of course). `square` is a synonym for `ratio 1`. Both `noratio` and `nosquare` return the graph to the default aspect ratio of the terminal, but do not return <xscale> or <yscale> to their default values (1.0). `ratio` and `square` have no effect on 3D plots, but do affect 3D projections created using `set view map`. See also `set view equal`, which forces the x and y axes of a 3D onto the same scale. Examples: To set the size so that the plot fills the available canvas: @example set size 1,1 @end example To make the graph half size and square use: @example set size square 0.5,0.5 @end example To make the graph twice as high as wide use: @example set size ratio 2 @end example See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/airfoil.html,airfoil demo. } @node style, surface, size, set-show @subsection style @c ?set style @c ?show style @c ?unset style @c ^ <a name="set style <style>"></a> Default plotting styles are chosen with the `set style data` and `set style function` commands. See @ref{with} for information about how to override the default plotting style for individual functions and data sets. See `plotting styles` for a complete list of styles. Syntax: @example set style function <style> set style data <style> show style function show style data @end example Default styles for specific plotting elements may also be set. Syntax: @example set style arrow <n> <arrowstyle> set style fill <fillstyle> set style histogram <histogram style options> set style line <n> <linestyle> @end example @menu * set_style_arrow:: * set_style_data:: * set_style_fill:: * set_style_function:: * set_style_increment:: * set_style_line:: * set_style_rectangle:: @end menu @node set_style_arrow, set_style_data, style, style @subsubsection set style arrow @c ?commands set style arrow @c ?commands unset style arrow @c ?commands show style arrow @c ?set style arrow @c ?unset style arrow @c ?show style arrow @cindex arrowstyle @c ^ <a name="arrowtype"></a> @c ^ <a name="arrowwidth"></a> Each terminal has a default set of arrow and point types, which can be seen by using the command @ref{test}. @ref{arrow} defines a set of arrow types and widths and point types and sizes so that you can refer to them later by an index instead of repeating all the information at each invocation. Syntax: @example set style arrow <index> default set style arrow <index> @{nohead | head | heads@} @{size <length>,<angle>@{,<backangle>@}@} @{filled | empty | nofilled@} @{front | back@} @{ @{linestyle | ls <line_style>@} | @{linetype | lt <line_type>@} @{linewidth | lw <line_width@} @} unset style arrow show style arrow @end example <index> is an integer that identifies the arrowstyle. If `default` is given all arrow style parameters are set to their default values. If the linestyle <index> already exists, only the given parameters are changed while all others are preserved. If not, all undefined values are set to the default values. Specifying `nohead` produces arrows drawn without a head---a line segment. This gives you yet another way to draw a line segment on the plot. By default, arrows have one head. Specifying `heads` draws arrow heads on both ends of the line. Head size can be controlled by `size <length>,<angle>` or `size <length>,<angle>,<backangle>`, where `<length>` defines length of each branch of the arrow head and `<angle>` the angle (in degrees) they make with the arrow. `<Length>` is in x-axis units; this can be changed by `first`, `second`, `graph`, `screen`, or `character` before the <length>; see `coordinates` for details. `<Backangle>` only takes effect when `filled` or `empty` is also used. Then, `<backangle>` is the angle (in degrees) the back branches make with the arrow (in the same direction as `<angle>`). The `fig` terminal has a restricted backangle function. It supports three different angles. There are two thresholds: Below 70 degrees, the arrow head gets an indented back angle. Above 110 degrees, the arrow head has an acute back angle. Between these thresholds, the back line is straight. Specifying `filled` produces filled arrow heads (if heads are used). Filling is supported on filled-polygon capable terminals, see help of @ref{pm3d} for their list, otherwise the arrow heads are closed but not filled. The same result (closed but not filled arrow head) is reached by specifying `empty`. Further, filling and outline is obviously not supported on terminals drawing arrows by their own specific routines, like `metafont`, `metapost`, `latex` or `tgif`. The line style may be selected from a user-defined list of line styles (see `set style line`) or may be defined here by providing values for `<line_type>` (an index from the default list of styles) and/or `<line_width>` (which is a multiplier for the default width). Note, however, that if a user-defined line style has been selected, its properties (type and width) cannot be altered merely by issuing another @ref{arrow} command with the appropriate index and `lt` or `lw`. If `front` is given, the arrows are written on top of the graphed data. If `back` is given (the default), the arrow is written underneath the graphed data. Using `front` will prevent a arrow from being obscured by dense data. Examples: To draw an arrow without an arrow head and double width, use: @example set style arrow 1 nohead lw 2 set arrow arrowstyle 1 @end example See also @ref{arrow} for further examples. @node set_style_data, set_style_fill, set_style_arrow, style @subsubsection set style data @c ?commands set style data @c ?commands show style data @c ?set style data @c ?show style data @c ?data style The `set style data` command changes the default plotting style for data plots. Syntax: @example set style data <plotting-style> show style data @end example See `plotting styles` for the choices. If no choice is given, the choices are listed. `show style data` shows the current default data plotting style. @node set_style_fill, set_style_function, set_style_data, style @subsubsection set style fill @c ?commands set style fill @c ?commands show style fill @c ?set style fill @c ?show style fill @cindex fillstyle The `set style fill` command is used to set the default style of the plot elements in plots with boxes, histograms, candlesticks and filledcurves. This default can be superseded by fillstyles attached to individual plots. See also 'set style rectangle'. Syntax: @example set style fill @{empty | @{transparent@} solid @{<density>@} | @{transparent@} pattern @{<n>@}@} @{border @{<colorspec>@} | noborder@} @end example The default fillstyle is `empty`. The `solid` option causes filling with a solid color, if the terminal supports that. The <density> parameter specifies the intensity of the fill color. At a <density> of 0.0, the box is empty, at <density> of 1.0, the inner area is of the same color as the current linetype. Some terminal types can vary the density continuously; others implement only a few levels of partial fill. If no <density> parameter is given, it defaults to 1. The `pattern` option causes filling to be done with a fill pattern supplied by the terminal driver. The kind and number of available fill patterns depend on the terminal driver. If multiple datasets using filled boxes are plotted, the pattern cycles through all available pattern types, starting from pattern <n>, much as the line type cycles for multiple line plots. The `empty` option causes filled boxes not to be filled. This is the default. By default, @ref{border}, the box is bounded by a solid line of the current linetype. `border <colorspec>` allows you to change the color of the border. `noborder` specifies that no bounding lines are drawn. @noindent --- SET STYLE FILL TRANSPARENT --- @c ?commands set style fill transparent @c ?set style fill transparent @c ?fillstyle transparent @cindex transparent Some terminals support the attribute `transparent` for filled areas. In the case of transparent solid fill areas, the `density` parameter is interpreted as an alpha value; that is, density 0 is fully transparent, density 1 is fully opaque. In the case of transparent pattern fill, the background of the pattern is either fully transparent or fully opaque. @example terminal solid pattern pm3d -------------------------------- gif no yes no jpeg yes no yes pdf yes yes yes png TrueColor index yes post no yes no svg yes no yes wxt yes yes yes x11 no yes no @end example Note that there may be additional limitations on the creation or viewing of graphs containing transparent fill areas. For example, the png terminal can only use transparent fill if the "truecolor" option is set. Some pdf viewers may not correctly display the fill areas even if they are correctly described in the pdf file. Ghostscript/gv does not correctly display pattern-fill areas even though actual PostScript printers generally have no problem. @node set_style_function, set_style_increment, set_style_fill, style @subsubsection set style function @c ?commands set style function @c ?commands show style function @c ?set style function @c ?show style function @c ?function style The `set style function` command changes the default plotting style for function plots. Syntax: @example set style function <plotting-style> show style function @end example See `plotting styles` for the choices. If no choice is given, the choices are listed. `show style function` shows the current default function plotting style. @node set_style_increment, set_style_line, set_style_function, style @subsubsection set style increment @c ?commands set style increment @c ?commands show style increment @c ?set style increment @c ?show style increment Syntax: @example set style increment @{default|userstyles@} show style increment @end example By default, successive plots within the same graph will use successive linetypes from the default set for the current terminal type. However, choosing `set style increment user` allows you to step through the user-defined line styles rather than through the default linetypes. Example: @example set style line 1 lw 2 lc rgb "gold" set style line 2 lw 2 lc rgb "purple" set style line 4 lw 1 lc rgb "sea-green" set style increment user @end example @example plot f1(x), f2(x), f3(x), f4(x) @end example should plot functions f1, f2, f4 in your 3 newly defined line styles. If a user-defined line style is not found then the corresponding default linetype is used instead. E.g. in the example above, f3(x) will be plotted using the default linetype 3. @node set_style_line, set_style_rectangle, set_style_increment, style @subsubsection set style line @c ?commands set style line @c ?commands unset style line @c ?commands show style line @c ?set style line @c ?unset style line @c ?show style line @cindex linestyle @cindex linewidth @cindex linewidth Each terminal has a default set of line and point types, which can be seen by using the command @ref{test}. `set style line` defines a set of line types and widths and point types and sizes so that you can refer to them later by an index instead of repeating all the information at each invocation. Syntax: @example set style line <index> default set style line <index> @{@{linetype | lt@} <line_type> | <colorspec>@} @{@{linecolor | lc@} <colorspec>@} @{@{linewidth | lw@} <line_width>@} @{@{pointtype | pt@} <point_type>@} @{@{pointsize | ps@} <point_size>@} @{palette@} unset style line show style line @end example If `default` is given all line style parameters are set to their default values. If the linestyle <index> already exists, only the given parameters are changed while all others are preserved. If not, all undefined values are set to the default values. The line and point types are taken from the default types for the terminal currently in use. The line width and point size are multipliers for the default width and size (but note that <point_size> here is unaffected by the multiplier given on @ref{pointsize}). The defaults for the line and point types is the index. The defaults for the width and size are both unity. Linestyles created by this mechanism do not replace the default linetype styles; both may be used. If you want plots to use the defined styles in preference to the default linetypes, please see `set style increment`. Not all terminals support the `linewidth` and @ref{pointsize} features; if not supported, the option will be ignored. Terminal-independent colors may be assigned using either `linecolor <colorspec>` or `linetype <colorspec>`, abbreviated `lc` or `lt`. This requires giving a RGB color triple, a known palette color name, a fractional index into the current palette, or a constant value from the current mapping of the palette onto cbrange. See `colors`, @ref{colorspec}, @ref{palette}, @ref{colornames}, @ref{cbrange}. `set style line <n> linetype <lt>` will set both a terminal-dependent dot/dash pattern and color. The commands`set style line <n> linecolor <colorspec>` or `set style line <n> linetype <colorspec>` will set a new line color while leaving the existing dot-dash pattern unchanged. In 3d mode (`splot` command), the special keyword @ref{palette} is allowed as a shorthand for "linetype palette z". The color value corresponds to the z-value (elevation) of the splot, and varies smoothly along a line or surface. Examples: Suppose that the default lines for indices 1, 2, and 3 are red, green, and blue, respectively, and the default point shapes for the same indices are a square, a cross, and a triangle, respectively. Then @example set style line 1 lt 2 lw 2 pt 3 ps 0.5 @end example defines a new linestyle that is green and twice the default width and a new pointstyle that is a half-sized triangle. The commands @example set style function lines plot f(x) lt 3, g(x) ls 1 @end example will create a plot of f(x) using the default blue line and a plot of g(x) using the user-defined wide green line. Similarly the commands @example set style function linespoints plot p(x) lt 1 pt 3, q(x) ls 1 @end example will create a plot of p(x) using the default triangles connected by a red line and q(x) using small triangles connected by a green line. @example splot sin(sqrt(x*x+y*y))/sqrt(x*x+y*y) w l pal @end example creates a surface plot using smooth colors according to @ref{palette}. Note, that this works only on some terminals. See also @ref{palette}, @ref{pm3d}. @example set style line 10 linetype 1 linecolor rgb "cyan" @end example will assign linestyle 10 to be a solid cyan line on any terminal that supports rgb colors. @node set_style_rectangle, , set_style_line, style @subsubsection set style rectangle @c ?commands set style rectangle @c ?commands unset style rectangle @c ?commands show style rectangle @c ?set style rectangle @c ?unset style rectangle @c ?show style rectangle Rectangles defined with the @ref{object} command can have individual styles. However, if the object is not assigned a private style then it inherits a default that is taken from the @ref{rectangle} command. Syntax: @example set style rectangle @{front|back@} @{lw|linewidth <lw>@} @{fillcolor <colorspec>@} @{fs <fillstyle>@} @end example See @ref{colorspec} and `fillstyle`. `fillcolor` may be abbreviated as `fc`. Examples: @example set style rectangle back fc rgb "white" fs solid 1.0 border lt -1 set style rectangle fc linsestyle 3 fs pattern 2 noborder @end example The default values correspond to solid fill with the background color and a black border. @node surface, table, style, set-show @subsection surface @c ?commands set surface @c ?commands unset surface @c ?commands show surface @c ?set surface @c ?unset surface @c ?show surface @cindex surface @opindex surface @cindex nosurface The command @ref{surface} controls the display of surfaces by `splot`. Syntax: @example set surface unset surface show surface @end example The surface is drawn with the style specified by @ref{with}, or else the appropriate style, data or function. Whenever @ref{surface} is issued, `splot` will not draw points or lines corresponding to the function or data file points. Contours may still be drawn on the surface, depending on the @ref{contour} option. `unset surface; set contour base` is useful for displaying contours on the grid base. See also @ref{contour}. @node table, terminal, surface, set-show @subsection table @c ?commands set table @c ?set table @cindex table @opindex table When @ref{table} mode is enabled, `plot` and `splot` commands print out a multicolumn ASCII table of X Y @{Z@} R values rather than creating an actual plot on the current terminal. The character R takes on one of three values: "i" if the point is in the active range, "o" if it is out-of-range, or "u" if it is undefined. The data format is determined by the format of the axis labels (see `set format`), and the columns are separated by single spaces. This can be useful if you want to generate contours and then save them for further use, perhaps for plotting with `plot`; see @ref{contour} for example. The same method can be used to save interpolated data (see @ref{samples} and @ref{dgrid3d}). Syntax: @example set table @{"outfile"@} plot <whatever> unset table @end example Tabular output is written to the named file, if any, otherwise it is written to the current value of @ref{output}. You must explicitly @ref{table} in order to go back to normal plotting on the current terminal. @node terminal, termoption, table, set-show @subsection terminal @c ?commands set terminal @c ?commands show terminal @c ?set terminal @c ?set term @c ?show terminal @c ?show term @c ?set terminal push @c ?set term push @c ?terminal push @c ?term push @cindex push @c ?set terminal pop @c ?set term pop @c ?terminal pop @c ?term pop @cindex pop `gnuplot` supports many different graphics devices. Use @ref{terminal} to tell `gnuplot` what kind of output to generate. Use @ref{output} to redirect that output to a file or device. Syntax: @example set terminal @{<terminal-type> | push | pop@} show terminal @end example If <terminal-type> is omitted, `gnuplot` will list the available terminal types. <terminal-type> may be abbreviated. If both @ref{terminal} and @ref{output} are used together, it is safest to give @ref{terminal} first, because some terminals set a flag which is needed in some operating systems. Several terminals have many additional options. For example, see `png`, or @ref{postscript}. The options used by a previous invocation `set term <term> <options>` of a given `<term>` are remembered, thus subsequent `set term <term>` does not reset them. This helps in printing, for instance, when switching among different terminals---previous options don't have to be repeated. The command `set term push` remembers the current terminal including its settings while `set term pop` restores it. This is equivalent to `save term` and `load term`, but without accessing the filesystem. Therefore they can be used to achieve platform independent restoring of the terminal after printing, for instance. After gnuplot's startup, the default terminal or that from `startup` file is pushed automatically. Therefore portable scripts can rely that `set term pop` restores the default terminal on a given platform unless another terminal has been pushed explicitly. For a complete list of available terminal types, see @ref{terminal}. @node termoption, tics, terminal, set-show @subsection termoption @c ?commands set termoption @c ?set termoption @cindex termoption @opindex termoption The @ref{termoption} command allows you to change the behaviour of the current terminal without requiring a new @ref{terminal} command. Only one option can be changed per command, and only a small number of options can be changed this way. Currently the only options accepted are @example set termoption @{no@}enhanced set termoption font "<fontname>@{,<fontsize>@}" set termoption @{solid|dashed@} @end example @node tics, ticslevel, termoption, set-show @subsection tics @c ?commands set tics @c ?commands unset tics @c ?commands show tics @c ?set tics @c ?unset tics @c ?show tics @cindex tics @opindex tics Control of the major (labelled) tics on all axes at once is possible with the `set tics` command. Fine control of the major (labelled) tics on all axes at once is possible with the `set tics` command. The tics may be turned off with the `unset tics` command, and may be turned on (the default state) with `set tics`. Similar commands (by preceding 'tics' by the axis name) control the major tics on a single axis. Syntax: @example set tics @{axis | border@} @{@{no@}mirror@} @{in | out@} @{scale @{default | <major> @{,<minor>@}@}@} @{@{no@}rotate @{by <ang>@}@} @{offset <offset> | nooffset@} @{ format "formatstring" @} @{ font "name@{,<size>@}" @} @{ textcolor <colorspec> @} set tics @{front | back@} unset tics show tics @end example The options in the first set above can be applied individually to any or all axes, i.e., x, y, z, x2, y2, and cb. Set tics `front` or `back` applies to all axes at once, but only for 2D plots (not splot). It controls whether the tics are placed behind or in front of the plot elements, in the case that there is overlap. `axis` or @ref{border} tells `gnuplot` to put the tics (both the tics themselves and the accompanying labels) along the axis or the border, respectively. If the axis is very close to the border, the `axis` option will move the tic labels to outside the border in case the border is printed (see @ref{border}). The relevant margin settings will usually be sized badly by the automatic layout algorithm in this case. `mirror` tells `gnuplot` to put unlabelled tics at the same positions on the opposite border. `nomirror` does what you think it does. `in` and `out` change the tic marks to be drawn inwards or outwards. With `scale`, the size of the tic marks can be adjusted. If <minor> is not specified, it is 0.5*<major>. The default size 1.0 for major tics and 0.5 for minor tics is requested by `scale default`. `rotate` asks `gnuplot` to rotate the text through 90 degrees, which will be done if the terminal driver in use supports text rotation. `norotate` cancels this. `rotate by <ang>` asks for rotation by <ang> degrees, supported by some terminal types. The defaults are `border mirror norotate` for tics on the x and y axes, and `border nomirror norotate` for tics on the x2 and y2 axes. For the z axis, the default is `nomirror`. The <offset> is specified by either x,y or x,y,z, and may be preceded by `first`, `second`, `graph`, `screen`, or `character` to select the coordinate system. <offset> is the offset of the tics texts from their default positions, while the default coordinate system is `character`. See `coordinates` for details. `nooffset` switches off the offset. `set tics` with no options restores to place tics inwards. Every other options are retained. See also `set xtics` for more control of major (labelled) tic marks and @ref{mxtics} for control of minor tic marks. These commands provide control at a axis by axis basis. @node ticslevel, ticscale, tics, set-show @subsection ticslevel @c ?commands set ticslevel @c ?commands show ticslevel @c ?set ticslevel @c ?show ticslevel @cindex ticslevel @opindex ticslevel Deprecated. See @ref{xyplane}. @node ticscale, timestamp, ticslevel, set-show @subsection ticscale @c ?commands set ticscale @c ?commands show ticscale @c ?set ticscale @c ?show ticscale @cindex ticscale @opindex ticscale The @ref{ticscale} command is deprecated, use `set tics scale` instead. @node timestamp, timefmt, ticscale, set-show @subsection timestamp @c ?commands set timestamp @c ?commands unset timestamp @c ?commands show timestamp @c ?set timestamp @c ?unset timestamp @c ?show timestamp @cindex timestamp @opindex timestamp @cindex notimestamp The command @ref{timestamp} places the time and date of the plot in the left margin. Syntax: @example set timestamp @{"<format>"@} @{top|bottom@} @{@{no@}rotate@} @{offset <xoff>@{,<yoff>@}@} @{font "<fontspec>"@} unset timestamp show timestamp @end example The format string allows you to choose the format used to write the date and time. Its default value is what asctime() uses: "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y" (weekday, month name, day of the month, hours, minutes, seconds, four-digit year). With `top` or `bottom` you can place the timestamp at the top or bottom of the left margin (default: bottom). `rotate` lets you write the timestamp vertically, if your terminal supports vertical text. The constants <xoff> and <yoff> are offsets that let you adjust the position more finely. <font> is used to specify the font with which the time is to be written. The abbreviation `time` may be used in place of @ref{timestamp}. Example: @example set timestamp "%d/%m/%y %H:%M" offset 80,-2 font "Helvetica" @end example See @ref{timefmt} for more information about time format strings. @node timefmt, title_, timestamp, set-show @subsection timefmt @c ?commands set timefmt @c ?commands show timefmt @c ?set timefmt @c ?show timefmt @cindex timefmt @opindex timefmt This command applies to timeseries where data are composed of dates/times. It has no meaning unless the command `set xdata time` is given also. Syntax: @example set timefmt "<format string>" show timefmt @end example The string argument tells `gnuplot` how to read timedata from the datafile. The valid formats are: @example Format Explanation %d day of the month, 1--31 %m month of the year, 1--12 %y year, 0--99 %Y year, 4-digit %j day of the year, 1--365 %H hour, 0--24 %M minute, 0--60 %s seconds since the Unix epoch (1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC) %S second, 0--60 %b three-character abbreviation of the name of the month %B name of the month @end example Any character is allowed in the string, but must match exactly. \t (tab) is recognized. Backslash-octals (\nnn) are converted to char. If there is no separating character between the time/date elements, then %d, %m, %y, %H, %M and %S read two digits each, %Y reads four digits and %j reads three digits. %b requires three characters, and %B requires as many as it needs. Spaces are treated slightly differently. A space in the string stands for zero or more whitespace characters in the file. That is, "%H %M" can be used to read "1220" and "12 20" as well as "12 20". Each set of non-blank characters in the timedata counts as one column in the `using n:n` specification. Thus `11:11 25/12/76 21.0` consists of three columns. To avoid confusion, `gnuplot` requires that you provide a complete @ref{using} specification if your file contains timedata. Since `gnuplot` cannot read non-numerical text, if the date format includes the day or month in words, the format string must exclude this text. But it can still be printed with the "%a", "%A", "%b", or "%B" specifier: see `set format` for more details about these and other options for printing timedata. (`gnuplot` will determine the proper month and weekday from the numerical values.) See also @ref{xdata} and `Time/date` for more information. Example: @example set timefmt "%d/%m/%Y\t%H:%M" @end example tells `gnuplot` to read date and time separated by tab. (But look closely at your data---what began as a tab may have been converted to spaces somewhere along the line; the format string must match what is actually in the file.) See also @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/timedat.html,time data demo. } @node title_, tmargin, timefmt, set-show @subsection title @c ?commands set title @c ?commands show title @c ?set title @c ?show title @cindex title @opindex title The @ref{title} command produces a plot title that is centered at the top of the plot. @ref{title} is a special case of `set label`. Syntax: @example set title @{"<title-text>"@} @{offset <offset>@} @{font "<font>@{,<size>@}"@} @{@{textcolor | tc@} @{<colorspec> | default@}@} @{@{no@}enhanced@} show title @end example If <offset> is specified by either x,y or x,y,z the title is moved by the given offset. It may be preceded by `first`, `second`, `graph`, `screen`, or `character` to select the coordinate system. See `coordinates` for details. By default, the `character` coordinate system is used. For example, "`set title offset 0,-1`" will change only the y offset of the title, moving the title down by roughly the height of one character. The size of a character depends on both the font and the terminal. <font> is used to specify the font with which the title is to be written; the units of the font <size> depend upon which terminal is used. `textcolor <colorspec>` changes the color of the text. <colorspec> can be a linetype, an rgb color, or a palette mapping. See help for @ref{colorspec} and @ref{palette}. `noenhanced` requests that the title not be processed by the enhanced text mode parser, even if enhanced text mode is currently active. @ref{title} with no parameters clears the title. See `syntax` for details about the processing of backslash sequences and the distinction between single- and double-quotes. @node tmargin, trange, title_, set-show @subsection tmargin @c ?commands set tmargin @c ?set tmargin @cindex tmargin @opindex tmargin The command @ref{tmargin} sets the size of the top margin. Please see @ref{margin} for details. @node trange, urange, tmargin, set-show @subsection trange @c ?commands set trange @c ?commands show trange @c ?set trange @c ?show trange @cindex trange @opindex trange The @ref{trange} command sets the parametric range used to compute x and y values when in parametric or polar modes. Please see @ref{xrange} for details. @node urange, variables, trange, set-show @subsection urange @c ?commands set urange @c ?commands show urange @c ?set urange @c ?show urange @cindex urange @opindex urange The @ref{urange} and @ref{vrange} commands set the parametric ranges used to compute x, y, and z values when in `splot` parametric mode. Please see @ref{xrange} for details. @node variables, version, urange, set-show @subsection variables @c ?commands show variables @c ?show variables The @ref{variables} command lists the current value of user-defined and internal variables. Gnuplot internally defines variables whose names begin with GPVAL_, MOUSE_, FIT_, and TERM_. Syntax: @example show variables # show variables that do not begin with GPVAL_ show variables all # show all variables including those beginning GPVAL_ show variables NAME # show only variables beginning with NAME @end example @node version, view, variables, set-show @subsection version @c ?show version The @ref{version} command lists the version of gnuplot being run, its last modification date, the copyright holders, and email addresses for the FAQ, the gnuplot-info mailing list, and reporting bugs--in short, the information listed on the screen when the program is invoked interactively. Syntax: @example show version @{long@} @end example When the `long` option is given, it also lists the operating system, the compilation options used when `gnuplot` was installed, the location of the help file, and (again) the useful email addresses. @node view, vrange, version, set-show @subsection view @c ?commands set view @c ?commands show view @c ?set view @c ?set view map @c ?show view @cindex view @opindex view The @ref{view} command sets the viewing angle for `splot`s. It controls how the 3D coordinates of the plot are mapped into the 2D screen space. It provides controls for both rotation and scaling of the plotted data, but supports orthographic projections only. It supports both 3D projection or orthogonal 2D projection into a 2D plot-like map. Syntax: @example set view <rot_x>@{,@{<rot_z>@}@{,@{<scale>@}@{,<scale_z>@}@}@} set view map set view @{no@}equal @{xy|xyz@} show view @end example where <rot_x> and <rot_z> control the rotation angles (in degrees) in a virtual 3D coordinate system aligned with the screen such that initially (that is, before the rotations are performed) the screen horizontal axis is x, screen vertical axis is y, and the axis perpendicular to the screen is z. The first rotation applied is <rot_x> around the x axis. The second rotation applied is <rot_z> around the new z axis. Command `set view map` is used to represent the drawing as a map. It can be used for @ref{contour} plots, or for color @ref{pm3d} maps. In the latter, take care that you properly use @ref{zrange} and @ref{cbrange} for input data point filtering and color range scaling, respectively. <rot_x> is bounded to the [0:180] range with a default of 60 degrees, while <rot_z> is bounded to the [0:360] range with a default of 30 degrees. <scale> controls the scaling of the entire `splot`, while <scale_z> scales the z axis only. Both scales default to 1.0. Examples: @example set view 60, 30, 1, 1 set view ,,0.5 @end example The first sets all the four default values. The second changes only scale, to 0.5. @menu * equal_axes:: @end menu @node equal_axes, , view, view @subsubsection equal_axes @c ?set view equal_axes @c ?view equal_axes The command `set view equal xy` forces the unit length of the x and y axes to be on the same scale, and chooses that scale so that the plot will fit on the page. The command `set view equal xyz` additionally sets the z axis scale to match the x and y axes; however there is no guarantee that the current z axis range will fit within the plot boundary. By default all three axes are scaled independently to fill the available area. See also @ref{ticslevel}. @node vrange, x2data, view, set-show @subsection vrange @c ?commands set vrange @c ?commands show vrange @c ?set vrange @c ?show vrange @cindex vrange @opindex vrange The @ref{urange} and @ref{vrange} commands set the parametric ranges used to compute x, y, and z values when in `splot` parametric mode. Please see @ref{xrange} for details. @node x2data, x2dtics, vrange, set-show @subsection x2data @c ?commands set x2data @c ?commands show x2data @c ?set x2data @c ?show x2data @cindex x2data @opindex x2data The @ref{x2data} command sets data on the x2 (top) axis to timeseries (dates/times). Please see @ref{xdata}. @node x2dtics, x2label, x2data, set-show @subsection x2dtics @c ?commands set x2dtics @c ?commands unset x2dtics @c ?commands show x2dtics @c ?set x2dtics @c ?unset x2dtics @c ?show x2dtics @cindex x2dtics @opindex x2dtics @cindex nox2dtics The @ref{x2dtics} command changes tics on the x2 (top) axis to days of the week. Please see @ref{xdtics} for details. @node x2label, x2mtics, x2dtics, set-show @subsection x2label @c ?commands set x2label @c ?commands show x2label @c ?set x2label @c ?show x2label @cindex x2label @opindex x2label The @ref{x2label} command sets the label for the x2 (top) axis. Please see @ref{xlabel}. @node x2mtics, x2range, x2label, set-show @subsection x2mtics @c ?commands set x2mtics @c ?commands unset x2mtics @c ?commands show x2mtics @c ?set x2mtics @c ?unset x2mtics @c ?show x2mtics @cindex x2mtics @opindex x2mtics @cindex nox2mtics The @ref{x2mtics} command changes tics on the x2 (top) axis to months of the year. Please see @ref{xmtics} for details. @node x2range, x2tics, x2mtics, set-show @subsection x2range @c ?commands set x2range @c ?commands show x2range @c ?set x2range @c ?show x2range @cindex x2range @opindex x2range The @ref{x2range} command sets the horizontal range that will be displayed on the x2 (top) axis. Please see @ref{xrange} for details. @node x2tics, x2zeroaxis, x2range, set-show @subsection x2tics @c ?commands set x2tics @c ?commands unset x2tics @c ?commands show x2tics @c ?set x2tics @c ?unset x2tics @c ?show x2tics @cindex x2tics @opindex x2tics @cindex nox2tics The @ref{x2tics} command controls major (labelled) tics on the x2 (top) axis. Please see `set xtics` for details. @node x2zeroaxis, xdata, x2tics, set-show @subsection x2zeroaxis @c ?commands set x2zeroaxis @c ?commands unset x2zeroaxis @c ?commands show x2zeroaxis @c ?set x2zeroaxis @c ?unset x2zeroaxis @c ?show x2zeroaxis @cindex x2zeroaxis @opindex x2zeroaxis @cindex nox2zeroaxis The @ref{x2zeroaxis} command draws a line at the origin of the x2 (top) axis (y2 = 0). For details, please see @ref{zeroaxis}. @node xdata, xdtics, x2zeroaxis, set-show @subsection xdata @c ?commands set xdata @c ?commands show xdata @c ?set xdata @c ?show xdata @cindex xdata @opindex xdata This command sets the datatype on the x axis to time/date. A similar command does the same thing for each of the other axes. Syntax: @example set xdata @{time@} show xdata @end example The same syntax applies to @ref{ydata}, @ref{zdata}, @ref{x2data}, @ref{y2data} and @ref{cbdata}. The `time` option signals that the datatype is indeed time/date. If the option is not specified, the datatype reverts to normal. See @ref{timefmt} to tell gnuplot how to read date or time data. The time/date is converted to seconds from start of the century. There is currently only one timefmt, which implies that all the time/date columns must conform to this format. Specification of ranges should be supplied as quoted strings according to this format to avoid interpretation of the time/date as an expression. The function 'strftime' (type "man strftime" on unix to look it up) is used to print tic-mark labels. `gnuplot` tries to figure out a reasonable format for this unless the `set format x "string"` has supplied something that does not look like a decimal format (more than one '%' or neither %f nor %g). See also `Time/date` for more information. @node xdtics, xlabel, xdata, set-show @subsection xdtics @c ?commands set xdtics @c ?commands unset xdtics @c ?commands show xdtics @c ?set xdtics @c ?unset xdtics @c ?show xdtics @cindex xdtics @opindex xdtics @cindex noxdtics The @ref{xdtics} commands converts the x-axis tic marks to days of the week where 0=Sun and 6=Sat. Overflows are converted modulo 7 to dates. `set noxdtics` returns the labels to their default values. Similar commands do the same things for the other axes. Syntax: @example set xdtics unset xdtics show xdtics @end example The same syntax applies to @ref{ydtics}, @ref{zdtics}, @ref{x2dtics}, @ref{y2dtics} and @ref{cbdtics}. See also the `set format` command. @node xlabel, xmtics, xdtics, set-show @subsection xlabel @c ?commands set xlabel @c ?commands show xlabel @c ?set xlabel @c ?show xlabel @cindex xlabel @opindex xlabel The @ref{xlabel} command sets the x axis label. Similar commands set labels on the other axes. Syntax: @example set xlabel @{"<label>"@} @{offset <offset>@} @{font "<font>@{,<size>@}"@} @{@{textcolor | tc@} @{lt <line_type> | default@}@} @{@{no@}enhanced@} @{rotate by <degrees>@} show xlabel @end example The same syntax applies to @ref{x2label}, @ref{ylabel}, @ref{y2label}, @ref{zlabel} and @ref{cblabel}. If <offset> is specified by either x,y or x,y,z the label is moved by the given offset. It may be preceded by `first`, `second`, `graph`, `screen`, or `character` to select the coordinate system. See `coordinates` for details. By default, the `character` coordinate system is used. For example, "`set xlabel offset -1,0`" will change only the x offset of the title, moving the label roughly one character width to the left. The size of a character depends on both the font and the terminal. <font> is used to specify the font in which the label is written; the units of the font <size> depend upon which terminal is used. `textcolor lt <n>` sets the text color to that of line type <n>. `noenhanced` requests that the label text not be processed by the enhanced text mode parser, even if enhanced text mode is currently active. To clear a label, put no options on the command line, e.g., "@ref{y2label}". The default positions of the axis labels are as follows: xlabel: The x-axis label is centered below the bottom axis. ylabel: The position of the y-axis label depends on the terminal, and can be one of the following three positions: 1. Horizontal text flushed left at the top left of the plot. Terminals that cannot rotate text will probably use this method. If @ref{x2tics} is also in use, the ylabel may overwrite the left-most x2tic label. This may be remedied by adjusting the ylabel position or the left margin. 2. Vertical text centered vertically at the left of the plot. Terminals that can rotate text will probably use this method. 3. Horizontal text centered vertically at the left of the plot. The EEPIC, LaTeX and TPIC drivers use this method. The EEPIC driver will produce a stack of characters so as not to overwrite the plot. With other drivers (such as LaTeX and TPIC), the user probably has to insert line breaks using \\ to prevent the ylabel from overwriting the plot. zlabel: The z-axis label is centered along the z axis and placed in the space above the grid level. cblabel: The color box axis label is centered along the box and placed below or right according to horizontal or vertical color box gradient. y2label: The y2-axis label is placed to the right of the y2 axis. The position is terminal-dependent in the same manner as is the y-axis label. x2label: The x2-axis label is placed above the top axis but below the plot title. It is also possible to create an x2-axis label by using new-line characters to make a multi-line plot title, e.g., @example set title "This is the title\n\nThis is the x2label" @end example Note that double quotes must be used. The same font will be used for both lines, of course. The orientation (rotation angle) of the x, x2, y and y2 axis labels can be explicitly changed from the default setting, but this applies only to 2D plots and only on terminals that support text rotation. If you are not satisfied with the default position of an axis label, use `set label` instead--that command gives you much more control over where text is placed. Please see `syntax` for further information about backslash processing and the difference between single- and double-quoted strings. @node xmtics, xrange, xlabel, set-show @subsection xmtics @c ?commands set xmtics @c ?commands unset xmtics @c ?commands show xmtics @c ?set xmtics @c ?unset xmtics @c ?show xmtics @cindex xmtics @opindex xmtics @cindex noxmtics The @ref{xmtics} command converts the x-axis tic marks to months of the year where 1=Jan and 12=Dec. Overflows are converted modulo 12 to months. The tics are returned to their default labels by @ref{xmtics}. Similar commands perform the same duties for the other axes. Syntax: @example set xmtics unset xmtics show xmtics @end example The same syntax applies to @ref{x2mtics}, @ref{ymtics}, @ref{y2mtics}, @ref{zmtics} and @ref{cbmtics}. See also the `set format` command. @node xrange, xtics, xmtics, set-show @subsection xrange @c ?commands set xrange @c ?commands show xrange @c ?set xrange @c ?show xrange @cindex writeback @cindex restore @cindex xrange @opindex xrange The @ref{xrange} command sets the horizontal range that will be displayed. A similar command exists for each of the other axes, as well as for the polar radius r and the parametric variables t, u, and v. Syntax: @example set xrange @{ [@{@{<min>@}:@{<max>@}@}] @{@{no@}reverse@} @{@{no@}writeback@} @} | restore show xrange @end example where <min> and <max> terms are constants, expressions or an asterisk to set autoscaling. If the data are time/date, you must give the range as a quoted string according to the @ref{timefmt} format. Any value omitted will not be changed. The same syntax applies to @ref{yrange}, @ref{zrange}, @ref{x2range}, @ref{y2range}, @ref{cbrange}, @ref{rrange}, @ref{trange}, @ref{urange} and @ref{vrange}. The `reverse` option reverses the direction of the axis, e.g., `set xrange [0:1] reverse` will produce an axis with 1 on the left and 0 on the right. This is identical to the axis produced by `set xrange [1:0]`, of course. `reverse` is intended primarily for use with @ref{autoscale}. The `writeback` option essentially saves the range found by @ref{autoscale} in the buffers that would be filled by @ref{xrange}. This is useful if you wish to plot several functions together but have the range determined by only some of them. The `writeback` operation is performed during the `plot` execution, so it must be specified before that command. To restore, the last saved horizontal range use `set xrange restore`. For example, @example set xrange [-10:10] set yrange [] writeback plot sin(x) set yrange restore replot x/2 @end example results in a yrange of [-1:1] as found only from the range of sin(x); the [-5:5] range of x/2 is ignored. Executing @ref{yrange} after each command in the above example should help you understand what is going on. In 2-d, @ref{xrange} and @ref{yrange} determine the extent of the axes, @ref{trange} determines the range of the parametric variable in parametric mode or the range of the angle in polar mode. Similarly in parametric 3-d, @ref{xrange}, @ref{yrange}, and @ref{zrange} govern the axes and @ref{urange} and @ref{vrange} govern the parametric variables. In polar mode, @ref{rrange} determines the radial range plotted. <rmin> acts as an additive constant to the radius, whereas <rmax> acts as a clip to the radius---no point with radius greater than <rmax> will be plotted. @ref{xrange} and @ref{yrange} are affected---the ranges can be set as if the graph was of r(t)-rmin, with rmin added to all the labels. Any range may be partially or totally autoscaled, although it may not make sense to autoscale a parametric variable unless it is plotted with data. Ranges may also be specified on the `plot` command line. A range given on the plot line will be used for that single `plot` command; a range given by a `set` command will be used for all subsequent plots that do not specify their own ranges. The same holds true for `splot`. Examples: To set the xrange to the default: @example set xrange [-10:10] @end example To set the yrange to increase downwards: @example set yrange [10:-10] @end example To change zmax to 10 without affecting zmin (which may still be autoscaled): @example set zrange [:10] @end example To autoscale xmin while leaving xmax unchanged: @example set xrange [*:] @end example @node xtics, xyplane, xrange, set-show @subsection xtics @c ?commands set xtics @c ?commands unset xtics @c ?commands show xtics @c ?set xtics @c ?unset xtics @c ?show xtics @cindex xtics @opindex xtics @cindex noxtics Fine control of the major (labelled) tics on the x axis is possible with the `set xtics` command. The tics may be turned off with the `unset xtics` command, and may be turned on (the default state) with `set xtics`. Similar commands control the major tics on the y, z, x2 and y2 axes. Syntax: @example set xtics @{axis | border@} @{@{no@}mirror@} @{in | out@} @{scale @{default | <major> @{,<minor>@}@}@} @{@{no@}rotate @{by <ang>@}@} @{offset <offset> | nooffset@} @{add@} @{ autofreq | <incr> | <start>, <incr> @{,<end>@} | (@{"<label>"@} <pos> @{<level>@} @{,@{"<label>"@}...) @} @{ format "formatstring" @} @{ font "name@{,<size>@}" @} @{ rangelimited @} @{ textcolor <colorspec> @} unset xtics show xtics @end example The same syntax applies to @ref{ytics}, @ref{ztics}, @ref{x2tics}, @ref{y2tics} and @ref{cbtics}. `axis` or @ref{border} tells `gnuplot` to put the tics (both the tics themselves and the accompanying labels) along the axis or the border, respectively. If the axis is very close to the border, the `axis` option will move the tic labels to outside the border. The relevant margin settings will usually be sized badly by the automatic layout algorithm in this case. `mirror` tells `gnuplot` to put unlabelled tics at the same positions on the opposite border. `nomirror` does what you think it does. `in` and `out` change the tic marks to be drawn inwards or outwards. With `scale`, the size of the tic marks can be adjusted. If <minor> is not specified, it is 0.5*<major>. The default size 1.0 for major tics and 0.5 for minor tics is requested by `scale default`. `rotate` asks `gnuplot` to rotate the text through 90 degrees, which will be done if the terminal driver in use supports text rotation. `norotate` cancels this. `rotate by <ang>` asks for rotation by <ang> degrees, supported by some terminal types. The defaults are `border mirror norotate` for tics on the x and y axes, and `border nomirror norotate` for tics on the x2 and y2 axes. For the z axis, the `@{axis | border@}` option is not available and the default is `nomirror`. If you do want to mirror the z-axis tics, you might want to create a bit more room for them with @ref{border}. The <offset> is specified by either x,y or x,y,z, and may be preceded by `first`, `second`, `graph`, `screen`, or `character` to select the coordinate system. <offset> is the offset of the tics texts from their default positions, while the default coordinate system is `character`. See `coordinates` for details. `nooffset` switches off the offset. Example: Move xtics more closely to the plot. @example set xtics offset 0,graph 0.05 @end example `set xtics` with no options restores the default border or axis if xtics are being displayed; otherwise it has no effect. Any previously specified tic frequency or position @{and labels@} are retained. Positions of the tics are calculated automatically by default or if the `autofreq` option is given; otherwise they may be specified in either of two forms: The implicit <start>, <incr>, <end> form specifies that a series of tics will be plotted on the axis between the values <start> and <end> with an increment of <incr>. If <end> is not given, it is assumed to be infinity. The increment may be negative. If neither <start> nor <end> is given, <start> is assumed to be negative infinity, <end> is assumed to be positive infinity, and the tics will be drawn at integral multiples of <incr>. If the axis is logarithmic, the increment will be used as a multiplicative factor. If you specify to a negative <start> or <incr> after a numerical value (e.g., `rotate by <angle>` or `offset <offset>`), the parser fails because it subtracts <start> or <incr> from that value. As a workaround, specify `0-<start>` resp. `0-<incr>` in that case. Example: @example set xtics border offset 0,0.5 -5,1,5 @end example Fails with 'invalid expression' at the last comma. @example set xtics border offset 0,0.5 0-5,1,5 @end example or @example set xtics offset 0,0.5 border -5,1,5 @end example Sets tics at the border, tics text with an offset of 0,0.5 characters, and sets the start, increment, and end to -5, 1, and 5, as requested. The `set grid` options 'front', 'back' and 'layerdefault' affect the drawing order of the xtics, too. Examples: Make tics at 0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, ..., 9.5, 10. @example set xtics 0,.5,10 @end example Make tics at ..., -10, -5, 0, 5, 10, ... @example set xtics 5 @end example Make tics at 1, 100, 1e4, 1e6, 1e8. @example set logscale x; set xtics 1,100,1e8 @end example The explicit ("<label>" <pos> <level>, ...) form allows arbitrary tic positions or non-numeric tic labels. In this form, the tics do not need to be listed in numerical order. Each tic has a position, optionally with a label. Note that the label is a string enclosed by quotes. It may be a constant string, such as "hello", may contain formatting information for converting the position into its label, such as "%3f clients", or may be empty, "". See `set format` for more information. If no string is given, the default label (numerical) is used. An explicit tic mark has a third parameter, the "level". The default is level 0, a major tic. A level of 1 generates a minor tic. If the level is specified, then the label must also be supplied. Examples: @example set xtics ("low" 0, "medium" 50, "high" 100) set xtics (1,2,4,8,16,32,64,128,256,512,1024) set ytics ("bottom" 0, "" 10, "top" 20) set ytics ("bottom" 0, "" 10 1, "top" 20) @end example In the second example, all tics are labelled. In the third, only the end tics are labelled. In the fourth, the unlabeled tic is a minor tic. Normally if explicit tics are given, they are used instead of auto-generated tics. Conversely if you specify `set xtics auto` or the like it will erase any previously specified explicit tics. You can mix explicit and auto- generated tics by using the keyword `add`, which must appear before the tic style being added. Example: @example set xtics 0,.5,10 set xtics add ("Pi" 3.14159) @end example This will automatically generate tic marks every 0.5 along x, but will also add an explicit labeled tic mark at pi. However they are specified, tics will only be plotted when in range. Format (or omission) of the tic labels is controlled by `set format`, unless the explicit text of a label is included in the `set xtics ("<label>")` form. Minor (unlabelled) tics can be added automatically by the @ref{mxtics} command, or at explicit positions by the `set xtics ("" <pos> 1, ...)` form. @menu * xtics_time_data:: * xtics_rangelimited:: @end menu @node xtics_time_data, xtics_rangelimited, xtics, xtics @subsubsection xtics time_data @c ?set xtics time_axis tics @c ?xtics time_axis tics @c ?time_axis tics In case of timeseries data, axis tic position values must be given as quoted dates or times according to the format @ref{timefmt}. If the <start>, <incr>, <end> form is used, <start> and <end> must be given according to @ref{timefmt}, but <incr> must be in seconds. Times will be written out according to the format given on `set format`, however. Examples: @example set xdata time set timefmt "%d/%m" set xtics format "%b %d" set xrange ["01/12":"06/12"] set xtics "01/12", 172800, "05/12" @end example @example set xdata time set timefmt "%d/%m" set xtics format "%b %d" set xrange ["01/12":"06/12"] set xtics ("01/12", "" "03/12", "05/12") @end example Both of these will produce tics "Dec 1", "Dec 3", and "Dec 5", but in the second example the tic at "Dec 3" will be unlabelled. @node xtics_rangelimited, , xtics_time_data, xtics @subsubsection xtics rangelimited @c ?set xtics rangelimited @c ?xtics rangelimited @cindex rangelimited @cindex range-frame This option limits both the auto-generated axis tic labels and the corresponding plot border to the range of values actually present in the data that has been plotted. Note that this is independent of the current range limits for the plot. For example, suppose that the data in "file.dat" all lies in the range 2 < y < 4. Then the following commands will create a plot for which the left-hand plot border (y axis) is drawn for only this portion of the total y range, and only the axis tics in this region are generated. I.e., the plot will be scaled to the full range on y, but there will be a gap between 0 and 2 on the left border and another gap between 4 and 10. This style is sometimes refered to as a `range-frame` graph. @example set border 3 set yrange [0:10] set ytics nomirror rangelimited plot "file.dat" @end example @node xyplane, xzeroaxis, xtics, set-show @subsection xyplane @c ?commands set xyplane @c ?commands show xyplane @c ?set xyplane @c ?show xyplane @cindex xyplane @opindex xyplane The @ref{xyplane} command adjusts the position at which the xy plane is drawn in a 3D plot. The synonym "set ticslevel" is accepted for backwards compatibility. Syntax: @example set xyplane at <zvalue> set xyplane relative <frac> set ticslevel <frac> # equivalent to set xyplane relative show xyplane @end example The form `set xyplane relative <frac>` places the xy plane below the range in Z, where the distance from the xy plane to Zmin is given as a fraction of the total range in z. The default value is 0.5. Negative values are permitted, but tic labels on the three axes may overlap. The older, deprecated, form @ref{ticslevel} is retained for backwards compatibility. To place the xy-plane at a position 'pos' on the z-axis, @ref{ticslevel} may be set equal to (pos - zmin) / (zmin - zmax). However, this position will change if the z range is changed. The alternative form `set xyplane at <zvalue>` fixes the placement of the xy plane at a specific Z value regardless of the current z range. Thus to force the x, y, and z axes to meet at a common origin one would specify `set xyplane at 0`. See also @ref{view}, and @ref{zeroaxis}. @node xzeroaxis, y2data, xyplane, set-show @subsection xzeroaxis @c ?commands set xzeroaxis @c ?commands unset xzeroaxis @c ?commands show xzeroaxis @c ?set xzeroaxis @c ?unset xzeroaxis @c ?show xzeroaxis @cindex xzeroaxis @opindex xzeroaxis @cindex noxzeroaxis The @ref{xzeroaxis} command draws a line at y = 0. For details, please see @ref{zeroaxis}. @node y2data, y2dtics, xzeroaxis, set-show @subsection y2data @c ?commands set y2data @c ?commands show y2data @c ?set y2data @c ?show y2data @cindex y2data @opindex y2data The @ref{y2data} command sets y2 (right-hand) axis data to timeseries (dates/times). Please see @ref{xdata}. @node y2dtics, y2label, y2data, set-show @subsection y2dtics @c ?commands set y2dtics @c ?commands unset y2dtics @c ?set y2dtics @c ?unset y2dtics @c ?show y2dtics @cindex y2dtics @opindex y2dtics @cindex noy2dtics The @ref{y2dtics} command changes tics on the y2 (right-hand) axis to days of the week. Please see @ref{xdtics} for details. @node y2label, y2mtics, y2dtics, set-show @subsection y2label @c ?commands set y2label @c ?commands show y2label @c ?set y2label @c ?show y2label @cindex y2label @opindex y2label The @ref{y2label} command sets the label for the y2 (right-hand) axis. Please see @ref{xlabel}. @node y2mtics, y2range, y2label, set-show @subsection y2mtics @c ?commands set y2mtics @c ?commands unset y2mtics @c ?commands show y2mtics @c ?set y2mtics @c ?unset y2mtics @c ?show y2mtics @cindex y2mtics @opindex y2mtics @cindex noy2mtics The @ref{y2mtics} command changes tics on the y2 (right-hand) axis to months of the year. Please see @ref{xmtics} for details. @node y2range, y2tics, y2mtics, set-show @subsection y2range @c ?commands set y2range @c ?commands show y2range @c ?set y2range @c ?show y2range @cindex y2range @opindex y2range The @ref{y2range} command sets the vertical range that will be displayed on the y2 (right-hand) axis. Please see @ref{xrange} for details. @node y2tics, y2zeroaxis, y2range, set-show @subsection y2tics @c ?commands set y2tics @c ?commands unset y2tics @c ?commands show y2tics @c ?set y2tics @c ?unset y2tics @c ?show y2tics @cindex y2tics @opindex y2tics @cindex noy2tics The @ref{y2tics} command controls major (labelled) tics on the y2 (right-hand) axis. Please see `set xtics` for details. @node y2zeroaxis, ydata, y2tics, set-show @subsection y2zeroaxis @c ?commands set y2zeroaxis @c ?commands unset y2zeroaxis @c ?commands show y2zeroaxis @c ?set y2zeroaxis @c ?unset y2zeroaxis @c ?show y2zeroaxis @cindex y2zeroaxis @opindex y2zeroaxis @cindex noy2zeroaxis The @ref{y2zeroaxis} command draws a line at the origin of the y2 (right-hand) axis (x2 = 0). For details, please see @ref{zeroaxis}. @node ydata, ydtics, y2zeroaxis, set-show @subsection ydata @c ?commands set ydata @c ?commands show ydata @c ?set ydata @c ?show ydata @cindex ydata @opindex ydata The @ref{ydata} commands sets y-axis data to timeseries (dates/times). Please see @ref{xdata}. @node ydtics, ylabel, ydata, set-show @subsection ydtics @c ?commands set ydtics @c ?commands unset ydtics @c ?commands show ydtics @c ?set ydtics @c ?unset ydtics @c ?show ydtics @cindex ydtics @opindex ydtics @cindex noydtics The @ref{ydtics} command changes tics on the y axis to days of the week. Please see @ref{xdtics} for details. @node ylabel, ymtics, ydtics, set-show @subsection ylabel @c ?commands set ylabel @c ?commands show ylabel @c ?set ylabel @c ?show ylabel @cindex ylabel @opindex ylabel This command sets the label for the y axis. Please see @ref{xlabel}. @node ymtics, yrange, ylabel, set-show @subsection ymtics @c ?commands set ymtics @c ?commands unset ymtics @c ?commands show ymtics @c ?set ymtics @c ?unset ymtics @c ?show ymtics @cindex ymtics @opindex ymtics @cindex noymtics The @ref{ymtics} command changes tics on the y axis to months of the year. Please see @ref{xmtics} for details. @node yrange, ytics, ymtics, set-show @subsection yrange @c ?commands set yrange @c ?commands show yrange @c ?set yrange @c ?show yrange @cindex yrange @opindex yrange The @ref{yrange} command sets the vertical range that will be displayed on the y axis. Please see @ref{xrange} for details. @node ytics, yzeroaxis, yrange, set-show @subsection ytics @c ?commands set ytics @c ?commands unset ytics @c ?commands show ytics @c ?set ytics @c ?unset ytics @c ?show ytics @cindex ytics @opindex ytics @cindex noytics The @ref{ytics} command controls major (labelled) tics on the y axis. Please see `set xtics` for details. @node yzeroaxis, zdata, ytics, set-show @subsection yzeroaxis @c ?commands set yzeroaxis @c ?commands unset yzeroaxis @c ?commands show yzeroaxis @c ?set yzeroaxis @c ?unset yzeroaxis @c ?show yzeroaxis @cindex yzeroaxis @opindex yzeroaxis @cindex noyzeroaxis The @ref{yzeroaxis} command draws a line at x = 0. For details, please see @ref{zeroaxis}. @node zdata, zdtics, yzeroaxis, set-show @subsection zdata @c ?commands set zdata @c ?commands show zdata @c ?set zdata @c ?show zdata @cindex zdata @opindex zdata The @ref{zdata} command sets zaxis data to timeseries (dates/times). Please see @ref{xdata}. @node zdtics, zzeroaxis, zdata, set-show @subsection zdtics @c ?commands set zdtics @c ?commands unset zdtics @c ?commands show zdtics @c ?set zdtics @c ?unset zdtics @c ?show zdtics @cindex zdtics @opindex zdtics @cindex nozdtics The @ref{zdtics} command changes tics on the z axis to days of the week. Please see @ref{xdtics} for details. @node zzeroaxis, cbdata, zdtics, set-show @subsection zzeroaxis @c ?commands set zzeroaxis @c ?commands unset zzeroaxis @c ?commands show zzeroaxis @c ?set zzeroaxis @c ?unset zzeroaxis @c ?show zzeroaxis @cindex zzeroaxis @opindex zzeroaxis @cindex nozzeroaxis The @ref{zzeroaxis} command draws a line through (x=0,y=0). This has no effect on 2D plots, including splot with `set view map`. For details, please see @ref{zeroaxis} and @ref{xyplane}. @node cbdata, cbdtics, zzeroaxis, set-show @subsection cbdata @c ?commands set cbdata @c ?commands show cbdata @c ?set cbdata @c ?show cbdata @cindex cbdata @opindex cbdata Set color box axis data to timeseries (dates/times). Please see @ref{xdata}. @node cbdtics, zero, cbdata, set-show @subsection cbdtics @c ?commands set cbdtics @c ?commands unset cbdtics @c ?commands show cbdtics @c ?set cbdtics @c ?unset cbdtics @c ?show cbdtics @cindex cbdtics @opindex cbdtics @cindex nocbdtics The @ref{cbdtics} command changes tics on the color box axis to days of the week. Please see @ref{xdtics} for details. @node zero, zeroaxis, cbdtics, set-show @subsection zero @c ?commands set zero @c ?commands show zero @c ?set zero @c ?show zero @cindex zero @opindex zero The `zero` value is the default threshold for values approaching 0.0. Syntax: @example set zero <expression> show zero @end example `gnuplot` will not plot a point if its imaginary part is greater in magnitude than the `zero` threshold. This threshold is also used in various other parts of `gnuplot` as a (crude) numerical-error threshold. The default `zero` value is 1e-8. `zero` values larger than 1e-3 (the reciprocal of the number of pixels in a typical bitmap display) should probably be avoided, but it is not unreasonable to set `zero` to 0.0. @node zeroaxis, zlabel, zero, set-show @subsection zeroaxis @c ?commands set zeroaxis @c ?commands unset zeroaxis @c ?commands show zeroaxis @c ?set zeroaxis @c ?unset zeroaxis @c ?show zeroaxis @cindex zeroaxis @opindex zeroaxis The x axis may be drawn by @ref{xzeroaxis} and removed by @ref{xzeroaxis}. Similar commands behave similarly for the y, x2, y2, and z axes. Syntax: @example set @{x|x2|y|y2|z@}zeroaxis @{ @{linestyle | ls <line_style>@} | @{ linetype | lt <line_type>@} @{ linewidth | lw <line_width>@}@} unset @{x|x2|y|y2|z@}zeroaxis show @{x|y|z@}zeroaxis @end example By default, these options are off. The selected zero axis is drawn with a line of type <line_type> and width <line_width> (if supported by the terminal driver currently in use), or a user-defined style <line_style>. If no linetype is specified, any zero axes selected will be drawn using the axis linetype (linetype 0). @ref{zeroaxis} is equivalent to @ref{yzeroaxis}. Note that the z-axis must be set separately using @ref{zzeroaxis}. Examples: To simply have the y=0 axis drawn visibly: @example set xzeroaxis @end example If you want a thick line in a different color or pattern, instead: @example set xzeroaxis linetype 3 linewidth 2.5 @end example @node zlabel, zmtics, zeroaxis, set-show @subsection zlabel @c ?commands set zlabel @c ?commands show zlabel @c ?set zlabel @c ?show zlabel @cindex zlabel @opindex zlabel This command sets the label for the z axis. Please see @ref{xlabel}. @node zmtics, zrange, zlabel, set-show @subsection zmtics @c ?commands set zmtics @c ?commands unset zmtics @c ?commands show zmtics @c ?set zmtics @c ?unset zmtics @c ?show zmtics @cindex zmtics @opindex zmtics @cindex nozmtics The @ref{zmtics} command changes tics on the z axis to months of the year. Please see @ref{xmtics} for details. @node zrange, ztics, zmtics, set-show @subsection zrange @c ?commands set zrange @c ?commands show zrange @c ?set zrange @c ?show zrange @cindex zrange @opindex zrange The @ref{zrange} command sets the range that will be displayed on the z axis. The zrange is used only by `splot` and is ignored by `plot`. Please see @ref{xrange} for details. @node ztics, cblabel, zrange, set-show @subsection ztics @c ?commands set ztics @c ?commands unset ztics @c ?commands show ztics @c ?set ztics @c ?unset ztics @c ?show ztics @cindex ztics @opindex ztics @cindex noztics The @ref{ztics} command controls major (labelled) tics on the z axis. Please see `set xtics` for details. @node cblabel, cbmtics, ztics, set-show @subsection cblabel @c ?commands set cblabel @c ?commands show cblabel @c ?set cblabel @c ?show cblabel @cindex cblabel @opindex cblabel This command sets the label for the color box axis. Please see @ref{xlabel}. @node cbmtics, cbrange, cblabel, set-show @subsection cbmtics @c ?commands set cbmtics @c ?commands unset cbmtics @c ?commands show cbmtics @c ?set cbmtics @c ?unset cbmtics @c ?show cbmtics @cindex cbmtics @opindex cbmtics @cindex nocbmtics The @ref{cbmtics} command changes tics on the color box axis to months of the year. Please see @ref{xmtics} for details. @node cbrange, cbtics, cbmtics, set-show @subsection cbrange @c ?commands set cbrange @c ?commands show cbrange @c ?set cbrange @c ?show cbrange @cindex cbrange @opindex cbrange The @ref{cbrange} command sets the range of values which are colored using the current @ref{palette} by styles @ref{pm3d}, `with image` and @ref{palette}. Values outside of the color range use color of the nearest extreme. If the cb-axis is autoscaled in `splot`, then the colorbox range is taken from @ref{zrange}. Points drawn in `splot ... pm3d|palette` can be filtered by using different @ref{zrange} and @ref{cbrange}. Please see @ref{xrange} for details on @ref{cbrange} syntax. See also @ref{palette} and `set colorbox`. @node cbtics, , cbrange, set-show @subsection cbtics @c ?commands set cbtics @c ?commands unset cbtics @c ?commands show cbtics @c ?set cbtics @c ?unset cbtics @c ?show cbtics @cindex cbtics @opindex cbtics @cindex nocbtics The @ref{cbtics} command controls major (labelled) tics on the color box axis. Please see `set xtics` for details. @node shell, splot, set-show, Commands @section shell @c ?commands shell @cindex shell @cmindex shell The @ref{shell} command spawns an interactive shell. To return to `gnuplot`, type `logout` if using VMS, @ref{exit} or the END-OF-FILE character if using Unix, `endcli` if using AmigaOS, or @ref{exit} if using MS-DOS or OS/2. There are two ways of spawning a shell command: using @ref{system} command or via `!` ($ if using VMS). The former command takes a string as a parameter and thus it can be used anywhere among other gnuplot commands, while the latter syntax requires to be the only command on the line. Control will return immediately to `gnuplot` after this command is executed. For example, in AmigaOS, MS-DOS or OS/2, @example ! dir @end example or @example system "dir" @end example prints a directory listing and then returns to `gnuplot`. Other examples of the former syntax: @example system "date"; set time; plot "a.dat" print=1; if (print) replot; set out; system "lpr x.ps" @end example @node splot, system_, shell, Commands @section splot @c ?commands splot @cindex splot @cmindex splot `splot` is the command for drawing 3D plots (well, actually projections on a 2D surface, but you knew that). It can create a plot from functions or data read from files in a manner very similar to the `plot` command. `splot` provides only a single x, y, and z axis; there is no equivalent to the x2 and y2 secondary axes provided by `plot`. See `plot` for features common to the `plot` command; only differences are discussed in detail here. Syntax: @example splot @{<ranges>@} @{<iteration>@} <function> | "<datafile>" @{datafile-modifiers@}@} @{<title-spec>@} @{with <style>@} @{, @{definitions,@} <function> ...@} @end example where either a <function> or the name of a data file enclosed in quotes is supplied. The function can be a mathematical expression, or a triple of mathematical expressions in parametric mode. By default `splot` draws the xy plane completely below the plotted data. The offset between the lowest ztic and the xy plane can be changed by @ref{ticslevel}. The orientation of a `splot` projection is controlled by @ref{view}. See @ref{view} and @ref{ticslevel} for more information. The syntax for setting ranges on the `splot` command is the same as for `plot`. In non-parametric mode, the order in which ranges must be given is @ref{xrange}, @ref{yrange}, and @ref{zrange}. In parametric mode, the order is @ref{urange}, @ref{vrange}, @ref{xrange}, @ref{yrange}, and @ref{zrange}. The @ref{title} option is the same as in `plot`. The operation of @ref{with} is also the same as in `plot`, except that the plotting styles available to `splot` are limited to `lines`, `points`, @ref{linespoints}, @ref{dots}, and @ref{impulses}; the error-bar capabilities of `plot` are not available for `splot`. The @ref{datafile} options have more differences. See also `show plot`. @menu * data-file:: * grid_data:: * splot_overview:: @end menu @node data-file, grid_data, splot, splot @subsection data-file @c ?commands splot datafile @c ?splot datafile @c ?splot data-file As for `plot`, discrete data contained in a file can be displayed by specifying the name of the data file, enclosed in quotes, on the `splot` command line. Syntax: @example splot '<file_name>' @{binary <binary list>@} @{matrix@} @{index <index list>@} @{every <every list>@} @{using <using list>@} @end example The special filenames `""` and `"-"` are permitted, as in `plot`. In brief, `binary` and `matrix` indicate that the data are in a special form, @ref{index} selects which data sets in a multi-data-set file are to be plotted, @ref{every} specifies which datalines (subsets) within a single data set are to be plotted, and @ref{using} determines how the columns within a single record are to be interpreted. The options @ref{index} and @ref{every} behave the same way as with `plot`; @ref{using} does so also, except that the @ref{using} list must provide three entries instead of two. The `plot` options @ref{thru} and @ref{smooth} are not available for `splot`, but @ref{cntrparam} and @ref{dgrid3d} provide limited smoothing capabilities. Data file organization is essentially the same as for `plot`, except that each point is an (x,y,z) triple. If only a single value is provided, it will be used for z, the datablock number will be used for y, and the index of the data point in the datablock will be used for x. If two or four values are provided, `gnuplot` uses the last value for calculating the color in pm3d plots. Three values are interpreted as an (x,y,z) triple. Additional values are generally used as errors, which can be used by @ref{fit}. Single blank records separate datablocks in a `splot` datafile; `splot` treats datablocks as the equivalent of function y-isolines. No line will join points separated by a blank record. If all datablocks contain the same number of points, `gnuplot` will draw cross-isolines between datablocks, connecting corresponding points. This is termed "grid data", and is required for drawing a surface, for contouring (@ref{contour}) and hidden-line removal (@ref{hidden3d}). See also `splot grid_data`. It is no longer necessary to specify `parametric` mode for three-column `splot`s. @menu * binary_matrix:: * example_datafile_:: * matrix_ascii:: * matrix:: @end menu @node binary_matrix, example_datafile_, data-file, data-file @subsubsection binary matrix @c ?commands plot datafile binary matrix @c ?commands splot datafile binary matrix @c ?plot datafile matrix binary @c ?splot datafile matrix binary @c ?plot binary matrix @c ?splot binary matrix @c ?plot matrix binary @c ?splot matrix binary @c ?matrix binary @c ?binary matrix @cindex gpbin Gnuplot can read matrix binary files by use of the option `binary` appearing without keyword qualifications unique to general binary, i.e., `array`, `record`, `format`, or `filetype`. Other general binary keywords for translation should also apply to matrix binary. (See `binary general` for more details.) In previous versions, `gnuplot` dynamically detected binary data files. It is now necessary to specify the keyword `binary` directly after the filename. Single precision floats are stored in a binary file as follows: @example <N+1> <y0> <y1> <y2> ... <yN> <x0> <z0,0> <z0,1> <z0,2> ... <z0,N> <x1> <z1,0> <z1,1> <z1,2> ... <z1,N> : : : : ... : @end example which are converted into triplets: @example <x0> <y0> <z0,0> <x0> <y1> <z0,1> <x0> <y2> <z0,2> : : : <x0> <yN> <z0,N> @end example @example <x1> <y0> <z1,0> <x1> <y1> <z1,1> : : : @end example These triplets are then converted into `gnuplot` iso-curves and then `gnuplot` proceeds in the usual manner to do the rest of the plotting. A collection of matrix and vector manipulation routines (in C) is provided in `binary.c`. The routine to write binary data is @example int fwrite_matrix(file,m,nrl,nrl,ncl,nch,row_title,column_title) @end example An example of using these routines is provided in the file `bf_test.c`, which generates binary files for the demo file `demo/binary.dem`. The @ref{index} keyword is not supported, since the file format allows only one surface per file. The @ref{every} and @ref{using} filters are supported. @ref{using} operates as if the data were read in the above triplet form. See also `binary general` and @uref{http://www.gnuplot.info/demo/binary.html,Binary File Splot Demo. } @node example_datafile_, matrix_ascii, binary_matrix, data-file @subsubsection example datafile @c ?commands splot datafile example @c ?splot datafile example @c ?splot example A simple example of plotting a 3D data file is @example splot 'datafile.dat' @end example where the file "datafile.dat" might contain: @example # The valley of the Gnu. 0 0 10 0 1 10 0 2 10 @end example @example 1 0 10 1 1 5 1 2 10 @end example @example 2 0 10 2 1 1 2 2 10 @end example @example 3 0 10 3 1 0 3 2 10 @end example Note that "datafile.dat" defines a 4 by 3 grid ( 4 rows of 3 points each ). Rows (datablocks) are separated by blank records. @c ^ <img align=bottom src="http://www.gnuplot.info/doc/splot.gif" alt="[splot.gif]" width=640 height=480> Note also that the x value is held constant within each dataline. If you instead keep y constant, and plot with hidden-line removal enabled, you will find that the surface is drawn 'inside-out'. Actually for grid data it is not necessary to keep the x values constant within a datablock, nor is it necessary to keep the same sequence of y values. `gnuplot` requires only that the number of points be the same for each datablock. However since the surface mesh, from which contours are derived, connects sequentially corresponding points, the effect of an irregular grid on a surface plot is unpredictable and should be examined on a case-by-case basis. @node matrix_ascii, matrix, example_datafile_, data-file @subsubsection matrix_ascii @c ?commands plot datafile matrix ascii @c ?commands splot datafile matrix ascii @c ?plot datafile matrix ascii @c ?splot datafile matrix ascii @c ?plot matrix ascii @c ?splot matrix ascii @c ?data-file matrix ascii @c ?datafile matrix ascii @c ?matrix ascii The `matrix` keyword (without a sequent `binary` keyword) in @example @{s@}plot 'a.dat' matrix @end example indicates that data are stored in an ascii numbers matrix format. The z-values are read in a row at a time, i. e., @example z11 z12 z13 z14 ... z21 z22 z23 z24 ... z31 z32 z33 z34 ... @end example and so forth. In 3D, the x- and y-indices of the matrix surface plot correspond to column and row indices of the matrix, respectively, being enumerated from 0. You can rescale or transform the axes as usual for a data file with three columns by means of x=$1, y=$2, z=$3. For example @example splot 'a.dat' matrix using (1+$1/100):(1+$2*10):3 @end example A blank line or comment line ends the matrix, and starts a new surface mesh. You can select among the meshes inside a file by the @ref{index} option to the `splot` command, as usual. See `matrix` for examples of plotting rows and columns of the matrix in a 2D plot. @node matrix, , matrix_ascii, data-file @subsubsection matrix @c ?commands plot datafile matrix @c ?commands splot datafile matrix @c ?plot datafile matrix @c ?splot datafile matrix @c ?plot matrix @c ?splot matrix @c ?data-file matrix @c ?datafile matrix @cindex matrix Datafile can be in an ascii or binary matrix format. The `matrix` flag indicates that the file is ascii, the `binary` or `matrix binary` stands for a binary format. For details, see `matrix ascii` and `matrix binary`. Basic usage in `splot`: @example splot 'a.dat' matrix splot 'a.gpbin' @{matrix@} binary @end example Advanced usage in `splot`: @example splot 'a.dat' matrix using 1:2:3 splot 'a.gpbin' @{matrix@} binary using 1:2:3 @end example allows to transform the axes coordinates and the z-data independently. Usage in `plot`: @example plot `a.dat` matrix plot `a.dat` matrix using 1:3 plot 'a.gpbin' @{matrix@} binary using 1:3 @end example will plot rows of the matrix, while using 2:3 will plot matrix columns, and using 1:2 the point coordinates (rather useless). Applying the @ref{every} option you can specify explicit rows and columns. Example -- rescale axes of a matrix in an ascii file: @example splot `a.dat` matrix using (1+$1):(1+$2*10):3 @end example Example -- plot the 3rd row of a matrix in an ascii file: @example plot 'a.dat' matrix using 1:3 every 1:999:1:2 @end example (rows are enumerated from 0, thus 2 instead of 3). @node grid_data, splot_overview, data-file, splot @subsection grid data @c ?commands splot grid_data @c ?splot grid_data @cindex grid_data The 3D routines are designed for points in a grid format, with one sample, datapoint, at each mesh intersection; the datapoints may originate from either evaluating a function, see @ref{isosamples}, or reading a datafile, see @ref{datafile}. The term "isoline" is applied to the mesh lines for both functions and data. Note that the mesh need not be rectangular in x and y, as it may be parameterized in u and v, see @ref{isosamples}. However, `gnuplot` does not require that format. In the case of functions, 'samples' need not be equal to 'isosamples', i.e., not every x-isoline sample need intersect a y-isoline. In the case of data files, if there are an equal number of scattered data points in each datablock, then "isolines" will connect the points in a datablock, and "cross-isolines" will connect the corresponding points in each datablock to generate a "surface". In either case, contour and hidden3d modes may give different plots than if the points were in the intended format. Scattered data can be converted to a @{different@} grid format with @ref{dgrid3d}. The contour code tests for z intensity along a line between a point on a y-isoline and the corresponding point in the next y-isoline. Thus a `splot` contour of a surface with samples on the x-isolines that do not coincide with a y-isoline intersection will ignore such samples. Try: @example set xrange [-pi/2:pi/2]; set yrange [-pi/2:pi/2] set style function lp set contour set isosamples 10,10; set samples 10,10; splot cos(x)*cos(y) set samples 4,10; replot set samples 10,4; replot @end example @node splot_overview, , grid_data, splot @subsection splot overview @c ?commands splot overview @c ?splot overview `splot` can display a surface as a collection of points, or by connecting those points. As with `plot`, the points may be read from a data file or result from evaluation of a function at specified intervals, see @ref{isosamples}. The surface may be approximated by connecting the points with straight line segments, see @ref{surface}, in which case the surface can be made opaque with `set hidden3d.` The orientation from which the 3d surface is viewed can be changed with @ref{view}. Additionally, for points in a grid format, `splot` can interpolate points having a common amplitude (see @ref{contour}) and can then connect those new points to display contour lines, either directly with straight-line segments or smoothed lines (see @ref{cntrparam}). Functions are already evaluated in a grid format, determined by @ref{isosamples} and @ref{samples}, while file data must either be in a grid format, as described in @ref{data-file}, or be used to generate a grid (see @ref{dgrid3d}). Contour lines may be displayed either on the surface or projected onto the base. The base projections of the contour lines may be written to a file, and then read with `plot`, to take advantage of `plot`'s additional formatting capabilities. @node system_, test, splot, Commands @section system @c ?commands system @cindex system @cmindex system `system "command"` executes "command" using the standard shell. See @ref{shell}. If called as a function, `system("command")` returns the resulting character stream from stdout as a string. One optional trailing newline is ignored. This can be used to import external functions into gnuplot scripts: @example f(x) = real(system(sprintf("somecommand %f", x))) @end example @node test, undefine, system_, Commands @section test @c ?commands test @c ?test palette @cindex test @cmindex test This command graphically tests or presents terminal and palette capabilities. Syntax: @example test @{terminal | palette [rgb|rbg|grb|gbr|brg|bgr]@} @end example @ref{test} or @ref{terminal} creates a display of line and point styles and other useful things appropriate for and supported by the @ref{terminal} you are just using. @ref{palette} draws graphically profiles R(z),G(z),B(z), where 0<=z<=1, as calculated by the current color @ref{palette}. In other words, it is a beautiful plot you would have to construct from the result of `show palette palette 256 float`. The optional parameter, a permutation of letters rgb, determines the sequence of r,g,b profiles drawn one after the other --- try this yourself for `set palette gray`. The default sequence is rgb. @node undefine, unset, test, Commands @section undefine @c ?commands undefine @cindex undefine @cmindex undefine Clear one or more previously defined user variables. This is useful in order to reset the state of a script containing an initialization test. Example: @example undefine foo foo1 foo2 if (!exists("foo")) load "initialize.gp" @end example @node unset, update, undefine, Commands @section unset @c ?commands unset @cindex unset @cmindex unset @cindex iteration @cmindex iteration Options set using the `set` command may be returned to their default state by the corresponding @ref{unset} command. The @ref{unset} command may contain an optional iteration clause. See @ref{iteration}. Examples: @example set xtics mirror rotate by -45 0,10,100 ... unset xtics @end example @example # Unset labels numbered between 100 and 200 unset for [i=100:200] label i @end example @node update, , unset, Commands @section update @c ?commands update @cindex update @cmindex update This command writes the current values of the fit parameters into the given file, formatted as an initial-value file (as described in the @ref{fit}section). This is useful for saving the current values for later use or for restarting a converged or stopped fit. Syntax: @example update <filename> @{<filename>@} @end example If a second filename is supplied, the updated values are written to this file, and the original parameter file is left unmodified. Otherwise, if the file already exists, `gnuplot` first renames it by appending `.old` and then opens a new file. That is, "`update 'fred'`" behaves the same as "`!rename fred fred.old; update 'fred.old' 'fred'`". [On DOS and other systems that use the twelve-character "filename.ext" naming convention, "ext" will be "`old`" and "filename" will be related (hopefully recognizably) to the initial name. Renaming is not done at all on VMS systems, since they use file-versioning.] Please see @ref{fit} for more information. @node Terminal_types, Graphical_User_Interfaces, Commands, Top @chapter Terminal types @c ^ <h2> Terminal Types </h2> @menu * terminal_:: @end menu @node terminal_, , Terminal_types, Terminal_types @section terminal @cindex terminal @opindex terminal @cindex term Gnuplot supports a large number of output formats. These are selected by choosing an appropriate terminal type, possibly with additional modifying options. See @ref{terminal}. This document may describe terminal types that are not available to you because they were not configured or installed on your system. To see a list of terminals available on a particular gnuplot installation, type 'set terminal' with no modifiers. @@c <3 -- all terminal stuff is pulled from the .trm files @menu * aed767:: * aifm:: * amiga:: * apollo:: * aqua:: * be:: * pdfcairo:: * cgi:: * cgm:: * corel:: * debug:: * svga:: * dumb:: * dxf:: * dxy800a:: * eepic:: * emf:: * emxvga:: * epson_180dpi:: * excl:: * hercules:: * fig:: * png:: * ggi:: * Gnugraph(GNU_plotutils):: * gpic:: * gpic_:: * gpr:: * grass:: * hp2623a:: * hp2648:: * hp500c:: * hpgl:: * hpljii:: * hppj:: * imagen:: * kyo:: * latex:: * linux:: * linux_:: * macintosh:: * mf:: * mp:: * mgr:: * mif:: * next:: * Openstep_(next):: * pbm:: * dospc:: * pdf:: * pstricks:: * qms:: * regis:: * regis_:: * rgip:: * sun:: * svg:: * tek410x:: * tek410x_:: * tek40:: * texdraw:: * tgif:: * tgif_:: * tkcanvas:: * tpic:: * unixpc:: * unixplot:: * vx384:: * vgagl:: * VWS:: * windows:: * wxt:: * x11:: * x11_:: * xlib:: * xlib_:: @end menu @node aed767, aifm, terminal_, terminal_ @subsubsection aed767 @c ?commands set terminal aed767 @c ?set terminal aed767 @c ?set term aed767 @c ?terminal aed767 @c ?term aed767 @cindex aed767 @tmindex aed767 @c ?commands set terminal aed512 @c ?set terminal aed512 @c ?set term aed512 @c ?terminal aed512 @c ?term aed512 @cindex aed512 @tmindex aed512 The `aed512` and `aed767` terminal drivers support AED graphics terminals. The two drivers differ only in their horizontal ranges, which are 512 and 768 pixels, respectively. Their vertical range is 575 pixels. There are no options for these drivers." @node aifm, amiga, aed767, terminal_ @subsubsection aifm @c ?commands set terminal aifm @c ?set terminal aifm @c ?set term aifm @c ?terminal aifm @c ?term aifm @cindex aifm NOTE: this terminal driver is outdated. Since Adobe Illustrator understands PostScript level 1 directly, you should use `set terminal post level1` instead. Several options may be set in `aifm`---the Adobe Illustrator 3.0+ driver. Syntax: @example set terminal aifm @{<color>@} @{"<fontname>"@} @{<fontsize>@} @end example <color> is either `color` or `monochrome`; "<fontname>" is the name of a valid PostScript font; <fontsize> is the size of the font in PostScript points, before scaling by the @ref{size} command. Selecting `default` sets all options to their default values: `monochrome`, "Times-Roman", and 14pt. Since AI does not really support multiple pages, multiple graphs will be drawn directly on top of one another. However, each graph will be grouped individually, making it easy to separate them inside AI (just pick them up and move them). Examples: @example set term aifm set term aifm 22 set size 0.7,1.4; set term aifm color "Times-Roman" 14" @end example @node amiga, apollo, aifm, terminal_ @subsubsection amiga @c ?commands set terminal amiga @c ?set terminal amiga @c ?set term amiga @c ?terminal amiga @c ?term amiga @cindex amiga @tmindex amiga The `amiga` terminal, for Commodore Amiga computers, allows the user to plot either to a screen (default), or, if Kickstart 3.0 or higher is installed, to a window on the current public screen. The font and its size can also be selected. Syntax: @example set terminal amiga @{screen | window@} @{"<fontname>"@} @{<fontsize>@} @end example The default font is 8-point "topaz". The screen option uses a virtual screen, so it is possible that the graph will be larger than the screen." @node apollo, aqua, amiga, terminal_ @subsubsection apollo @c ?commands set terminal apollo @c ?set terminal apollo @c ?set term apollo @c ?terminal apollo @c ?term apollo @cindex apollo @tmindex apollo The `apollo` terminal driver supports the Apollo Graphics Primitive Resource with rescaling after window resizing. It has no options. If a fixed-size window is desired, the `gpr` terminal may be used instead." @node aqua, be, apollo, terminal_ @subsubsection aqua @c ?commands set terminal aqua @c ?set terminal aqua @c ?set term aqua @c ?terminal aqua @c ?term aqua @cindex aqua @cindex Aqua This terminal relies on AquaTerm.app for display on Mac OS X. Syntax: @example set terminal aqua @{<n>@} @{title "<wintitle>"@} @{size <x> <y>@} @{font "<fontname>@{,<fontsize>@}"@} @{@{no@}enhanced@} @{solid|dashed@} @{dl <dashlength>@}@} @end example where <n> is the number of the window to draw in (default is 0), <wintitle> is the name shown in the title bar (default "Figure <n>"), <x> <y> is the size of the plot (default is 846x594 pt = 11.75x8.25 in). Use <fontname> to specify the font to use (default is "Times-Roman"), and <fontsize> to specify the font size (default is 14.0 pt). The old syntax @{fname "<fontname>"@} @{fsize <fontsize>@} is still supported. The aqua terminal supports enhanced text mode (see `enhanced`), except for overprint. Font support is limited to the fonts available on the system. Character encoding can be selected by @ref{encoding} and currently supports iso_latin_1, iso_latin_2, cp1250, and default which equals UTF8. Lines can be drawn either solid or dashed, (default is solid) and the dash spacing can be modified by <dashlength> which is a multiplier > 0. @node be, pdfcairo, aqua, terminal_ @subsubsection be @c ?commands set terminal be @c ?set terminal be @c ?set term be @c ?terminal be @c ?term be @cindex be @cindex BE `gnuplot` provides the `be` terminal type for use with X servers. This terminal type is set automatically at startup if the `DISPLAY` environment variable is set, if the `TERM` environment variable is set to `xterm`, or if the `-display` command line option is used. Syntax: @example set terminal be @{reset@} @{<n>@} @end example Multiple plot windows are supported: `set terminal be <n>` directs the output to plot window number n. If n>0, the terminal number will be appended to the window title and the icon will be labeled `gplt <n>`. The active window may distinguished by a change in cursor (from default to crosshair.) Plot windows remain open even when the `gnuplot` driver is changed to a different device. A plot window can be closed by pressing the letter q while that window has input focus, or by choosing `close` from a window manager menu. All plot windows can be closed by specifying @ref{reset}, which actually terminates the subprocess which maintains the windows (unless `-persist` was specified). Plot windows will automatically be closed at the end of the session unless the `-persist` option was given. The size or aspect ratio of a plot may be changed by resizing the `gnuplot` window. Linewidths and pointsizes may be changed from within `gnuplot` with `set linestyle`. For terminal type `be`, `gnuplot` accepts (when initialized) the standard X Toolkit options and resources such as geometry, font, and name from the command line arguments or a configuration file. See the X(1) man page (or its equivalent) for a description of such options. A number of other `gnuplot` options are available for the `be` terminal. These may be specified either as command-line options when `gnuplot` is invoked or as resources in the configuration file ".Xdefaults". They are set upon initialization and cannot be altered during a `gnuplot` session. @noindent --- COMMAND-LINE_OPTIONS --- @c ?commands set terminal be command-line-options @c ?set terminal be command-line-options @c ?set term be command-line-options @c ?be command-line-options In addition to the X Toolkit options, the following options may be specified on the command line when starting `gnuplot` or as resources in your ".Xdefaults" file: @example `-mono` forces monochrome rendering on color displays. `-gray` requests grayscale rendering on grayscale or color displays. (Grayscale displays receive monochrome rendering by default.) `-clear` requests that the window be cleared momentarily before a new plot is displayed. `-raise` raises plot window after each plot `-noraise` does not raise plot window after each plot `-persist` plots windows survive after main gnuplot program exits @end example The options are shown above in their command-line syntax. When entered as resources in ".Xdefaults", they require a different syntax. Example: @example gnuplot*gray: on @end example `gnuplot` also provides a command line option (`-pointsize <v>`) and a resource, `gnuplot*pointsize: <v>`, to control the size of points plotted with the `points` plotting style. The value `v` is a real number (greater than 0 and less than or equal to ten) used as a scaling factor for point sizes. For example, `-pointsize 2` uses points twice the default size, and `-pointsize 0.5` uses points half the normal size. @noindent --- MONOCHROME_OPTIONS --- @c ?commands set terminal be monochrome_options @c ?set terminal be monochrome_options @c ?set term be monochrome_options @c ?be monochrome_options For monochrome displays, `gnuplot` does not honor foreground or background colors. The default is black-on-white. `-rv` or `gnuplot*reverseVideo: on` requests white-on-black. @noindent --- COLOR_RESOURCES --- @c ?commands set terminal be color_resources @c ?set terminal be color_resources @c ?set term be color_resources @c ?be color_resources For color displays, `gnuplot` honors the following resources (shown here with their default values) or the greyscale resources. The values may be color names as listed in the BE rgb.txt file on your system, hexadecimal RGB color specifications (see BE documentation), or a color name followed by a comma and an `intensity` value from 0 to 1. For example, `blue, 0.5` means a half intensity blue. @example gnuplot*background: white gnuplot*textColor: black gnuplot*borderColor: black gnuplot*axisColor: black gnuplot*line1Color: red gnuplot*line2Color: green gnuplot*line3Color: blue gnuplot*line4Color: magenta gnuplot*line5Color: cyan gnuplot*line6Color: sienna gnuplot*line7Color: orange gnuplot*line8Color: coral @end example The command-line syntax for these is, for example, Example: @example gnuplot -background coral @end example @noindent --- GRAYSCALE_RESOURCES --- @c ?commands set terminal be grayscale_resources @c ?set terminal be grayscale_resources @c ?set term be grayscale_resources @c ?be grayscale_resources When `-gray` is selected, `gnuplot` honors the following resources for grayscale or color displays (shown here with their default values). Note that the default background is black. @example gnuplot*background: black gnuplot*textGray: white gnuplot*borderGray: gray50 gnuplot*axisGray: gray50 gnuplot*line1Gray: gray100 gnuplot*line2Gray: gray60 gnuplot*line3Gray: gray80 gnuplot*line4Gray: gray40 gnuplot*line5Gray: gray90 gnuplot*line6Gray: gray50 gnuplot*line7Gray: gray70 gnuplot*line8Gray: gray30 @end example @noindent --- LINE_RESOURCES --- @c ?commands set terminal be line_resources @c ?set terminal be line_resources @c ?set term be line_resources @c ?be line_resources `gnuplot` honors the following resources for setting the width (in pixels) of plot lines (shown here with their default values.) 0 or 1 means a minimal width line of 1 pixel width. A value of 2 or 3 may improve the appearance of some plots. @example gnuplot*borderWidth: 2 gnuplot*axisWidth: 0 gnuplot*line1Width: 0 gnuplot*line2Width: 0 gnuplot*line3Width: 0 gnuplot*line4Width: 0 gnuplot*line5Width: 0 gnuplot*line6Width: 0 gnuplot*line7Width: 0 gnuplot*line8Width: 0 @end example `gnuplot` honors the following resources for setting the dash style used for plotting lines. 0 means a solid line. A two-digit number `jk` (`j` and `k` are >= 1 and <= 9) means a dashed line with a repeated pattern of `j` pixels on followed by `k` pixels off. For example, '16' is a "dotted" line with one pixel on followed by six pixels off. More elaborate on/off patterns can be specified with a four-digit value. For example, '4441' is four on, four off, four on, one off. The default values shown below are for monochrome displays or monochrome rendering on color or grayscale displays. For color displays, the default for each is 0 (solid line) except for `axisDashes` which defaults to a '16' dotted line. @example gnuplot*borderDashes: 0 gnuplot*axisDashes: 16 gnuplot*line1Dashes: 0 gnuplot*line2Dashes: 42 gnuplot*line3Dashes: 13 gnuplot*line4Dashes: 44 gnuplot*line5Dashes: 15 gnuplot*line6Dashes: 4441 gnuplot*line7Dashes: 42 gnuplot*line8Dashes: 13 @end example @node pdfcairo, cgi, be, terminal_ @subsubsection pdfcairo @c ?set terminal pdfcairo @c ?terminal pdfcairo @c ?set term pdfcairo @c ?term pdfcairo @cindex pdfcairo @tmindex pdfcairo The `pdfcairo` terminal device generates output in pdf. The actual drawing is done via cairo, a 2D graphics library, and pango, a library for laying out and rendering text. Syntax: @example set term pdfcairo @{@{no@}enhanced@} @{mono|color@} @{solid|dashed@} @{font <font>@} @{linewidth <lw>@} @{rounded|butt@} @{dashlength <dl>@} @{size <XX>@{unit@},<YY>@{unit@}@} @end example This terminal supports an enhanced text mode, which allows font and other formatting commands (subscripts, superscripts, etc.) to be embedded in labels and other text strings. The enhanced text mode syntax is shared with other gnuplot terminal types. See `enhanced` for more details. The width of all lines in the plot can be modified by the factor <lw> specified in `linewidth`. The default linewidth is 0.25 points. (1 "PostScript" point = 1/72 inch = 0.353 cm) `rounded` sets line caps and line joins to be rounded; `butt` is the default, butt caps and mitered joins. The default size for the output is 5 inches x 3 inches. The @ref{size} option changes this to whatever the user requests. By default the X and Y sizes are taken to be in inches, but other units are possibly (currently only cm). Screen coordinates always run from 0.0 to 1.0 along the full length of the plot edges as specified by the @ref{size} option. <font> is in the format "FontFace,FontSize", i.e. the face and the size comma-separated in a single string. FontFace is a usual font face name, such as \'Arial\'. If you do not provide FontFace, the pdfcairo terminal will use \'Sans\'. FontSize is the font size, in points. If you do not provide it, the pdfcairo terminal will use a size of 6 points. @example For example : set term pdfcairo font "Arial,12" set term pdfcairo font "Arial" # to change the font face only set term pdfcairo font ",12" # to change the font size only set term pdfcairo font "" # to reset the font name and size @end example The fonts are retrieved from the usual fonts subsystems. Under Windows, those fonts are to be found and configured in the entry "Fonts" of the control panel. Under UNIX, they are handled by "fontconfig". Pango, the library used to layout the text, is based on utf-8. Thus, the pdfcairo terminal has to convert from your encoding to utf-8. The default input encoding is based on your \'locale\'. If you want to use another encoding, make sure gnuplot knows which one you are using. See @ref{encoding} for more details. Pango may give unexpected results with fonts that do not respect the unicode mapping. With the Symbol font, for example, the pdfcairo terminal will use the map provided by http://www.unicode.org/ to translate character codes to unicode. Note that "the Symbol font" is to be understood as the Adobe Symbol font, distributed with Acrobat Reader as "SY______.PFB". Alternatively, the OpenSymbol font, distributed with OpenOffice.org as "opens___.ttf", offers the same characters. Microsoft has distributed a Symbol font ("symbol.ttf"), but it has a different character set with several missing or moved mathematic characters. If you experience problems with your default setup (if the demo enhancedtext.dem is not displayed properly for example), you probably have to install one of the Adobe or OpenOffice Symbol fonts, and remove the Microsoft one. Other non-conform fonts, such as "wingdings" have been observed working. The rendering of the plot cannot be altered yet. To obtain the best output possible, the rendering involves two mechanisms : antialiasing and oversampling. Antialiasing allows to display non-horizontal and non-vertical lines smoother. Oversampling combined with antialiasing provides subpixel accuracy, so that gnuplot can draw a line from non-integer coordinates. This avoids wobbling effects on diagonal lines ('plot x' for example). @node cgi, cgm, pdfcairo, terminal_ @subsubsection cgi @c ?commands set terminal cgi @c ?set terminal cgi @c ?set term cgi @c ?terminal cgi @c ?term cgi @cindex cgi @tmindex cgi @c ?commands set terminal hcgi @c ?set terminal hcgi @c ?set term hcgi @c ?terminal hcgi @c ?term hcgi @cindex hcgi @tmindex hcgi The `cgi` and `hcgi` terminal drivers support SCO CGI drivers. `hcgi` is for printers; the environment variable CGIPRNT must be set. `cgi` may be used for either a display or hardcopy; if the environment variable CGIDISP is set, then that display is used. Otherwise CGIPRNT is used. These terminals have no options." @node cgm, corel, cgi, terminal_ @subsubsection cgm @c ?commands set terminal cgm @c ?set terminal cgm @c ?set term cgm @c ?terminal cgm @c ?term cgm @cindex cgm @tmindex cgm The `cgm` terminal generates a Computer Graphics Metafile, Version 1. This file format is a subset of the ANSI X3.122-1986 standard entitled "Computer Graphics - Metafile for the Storage and Transfer of Picture Description Information". Syntax: @example set terminal cgm @{color | monochrome@} @{solid | dashed@} @{@{no@}rotate@} @{<mode>@} @{width <plot_width>@} @{linewidth <line_width>@} @{font "<fontname>,<fontsize>"@} @{<color0> <color1> <color2> ...@} @end example `solid` draws all curves with solid lines, overriding any dashed patterns; <mode> is `landscape`, `portrait`, or `default`; <plot_width> is the assumed width of the plot in points; <line_width> is the line width in points (default 1); <fontname> is the name of a font (see list of fonts below) <fontsize> is the size of the font in points (default 12). The first six options can be in any order. Selecting `default` sets all options to their default values. Each color must be of the form 'xrrggbb', where x is the literal character 'x' and 'rrggbb' are the red, green and blue components in hex. For example, 'x00ff00' is green. The background color is set first, then the plotting colors. Examples: @example set terminal cgm landscape color rotate dashed width 432 \\ linewidth 1 'Helvetica Bold' 12 # defaults set terminal cgm linewidth 2 14 # wider lines & larger font set terminal cgm portrait "Times Italic" 12 set terminal cgm color solid # no pesky dashes! @end example @noindent --- FONT --- @c ?commands set terminal cgm font @c ?set terminal cgm font @c ?set term cgm font @c ?cgm font The first part of a Computer Graphics Metafile, the metafile description, includes a font table. In the picture body, a font is designated by an index into this table. By default, this terminal generates a table with the following 35 fonts, plus six more with `italic` replaced by `oblique`, or vice-versa (since at least the Microsoft Office and Corel Draw CGM import filters treat `italic` and `oblique` as equivalent): @example Helvetica Helvetica Bold Helvetica Oblique Helvetica Bold Oblique Times Roman Times Bold Times Italic Times Bold Italic Courier Courier Bold Courier Oblique Courier Bold Oblique Symbol Hershey/Cartographic_Roman Hershey/Cartographic_Greek Hershey/Simplex_Roman Hershey/Simplex_Greek Hershey/Simplex_Script Hershey/Complex_Roman Hershey/Complex_Greek Hershey/Complex_Script Hershey/Complex_Italic Hershey/Complex_Cyrillic Hershey/Duplex_Roman Hershey/Triplex_Roman Hershey/Triplex_Italic Hershey/Gothic_German Hershey/Gothic_English Hershey/Gothic_Italian Hershey/Symbol_Set_1 Hershey/Symbol_Set_2 Hershey/Symbol_Math ZapfDingbats Script 15 @end example The first thirteen of these fonts are required for WebCGM. The Microsoft Office CGM import filter implements the 13 standard fonts listed above, and also 'ZapfDingbats' and 'Script'. However, the script font may only be accessed under the name '15'. For more on Microsoft import filter font substitutions, check its help file which you may find here: @example C:\\Program Files\\Microsoft Office\\Office\\Cgmimp32.hlp @end example and/or its configuration file, which you may find here: @example C:\\Program Files\\Common Files\\Microsoft Shared\\Grphflt\\Cgmimp32.cfg @end example In the `set term` command, you may specify a font name which does not appear in the default font table. In that case, a new font table is constructed with the specified font as its first entry. You must ensure that the spelling, capitalization, and spacing of the name are appropriate for the application that will read the CGM file. (Gnuplot and any MIL-D-28003A compliant application ignore case in font names.) If you need to add several new fonts, use several `set term` commands. Example: @example set terminal cgm 'Old English' set terminal cgm 'Tengwar' set terminal cgm 'Arabic' set output 'myfile.cgm' plot ... set output @end example You cannot introduce a new font in a `set label` command. @noindent --- FONTSIZE --- @c ?commands set terminal cgm fontsize @c ?set terminal cgm fontsize @c ?set term cgm fontsize @c ?cgm fontsize Fonts are scaled assuming the page is 6 inches wide. If the @ref{size} command is used to change the aspect ratio of the page or the CGM file is converted to a different width, the resulting font sizes will be scaled up or down accordingly. To change the assumed width, use the `width` option. @noindent --- LINEWIDTH --- @c ?commands set terminal cgm linewidth @c ?set terminal cgm linewidth @c ?set term cgm linewidth @c ?cgm linewidth The `linewidth` option sets the width of lines in pt. The default width is 1 pt. Scaling is affected by the actual width of the page, as discussed under the `fontsize` and `width` options. @noindent --- ROTATE --- @c ?commands set terminal cgm rotate @c ?set terminal cgm rotate @c ?set term cgm rotate @c ?cgm rotate The `norotate` option may be used to disable text rotation. For example, the CGM input filter for Word for Windows 6.0c can accept rotated text, but the DRAW editor within Word cannot. If you edit a graph (for example, to label a curve), all rotated text is restored to horizontal. The Y axis label will then extend beyond the clip boundary. With `norotate`, the Y axis label starts in a less attractive location, but the page can be edited without damage. The `rotate` option confirms the default behavior. @noindent --- SOLID --- @c ?set terminal cgm solid @c ?set term cgm solid @c ?cgm solid The `solid` option may be used to disable dashed line styles in the plots. This is useful when color is enabled and the dashing of the lines detracts from the appearance of the plot. The `dashed` option confirms the default behavior, which gives a different dash pattern to each line type. @noindent --- SIZE --- @c ?commands set terminal cgm size @c ?set terminal cgm size @c ?set term cgm size @c ?cgm size Default size of a CGM plot is 32599 units wide and 23457 units high for landscape, or 23457 units wide by 32599 units high for portrait. @noindent --- WIDTH --- @c ?commands set terminal cgm width @c ?set terminal cgm width @c ?set term cgm width @c ?cgm width All distances in the CGM file are in abstract units. The application that reads the file determines the size of the final plot. By default, the width of the final plot is assumed to be 6 inches (15.24 cm). This distance is used to calculate the correct font size, and may be changed with the `width` option. The keyword should be followed by the width in points. (Here, a point is 1/72 inch, as in PostScript. This unit is known as a "big point" in TeX.) Gnuplot `expressions` can be used to convert from other units. Example: @example set terminal cgm width 432 # default set terminal cgm width 6*72 # same as above set terminal cgm width 10/2.54*72 # 10 cm wide @end example @noindent --- NOFONTLIST --- @c ?commands set terminal cgm nofontlist @c ?set terminal cgm nofontlist @c ?set term cgm nofontlist @c ?cgm nofontlist @c ?set terminal cgm winword6 @c ?set term cgm winword6 @c ?cgm winword6 The default font table includes the fonts recommended for WebCGM, which are compatible with the Computer Graphics Metafile input filter for Microsoft Office and Corel Draw. Another application might use different fonts and/or different font names, which may not be documented. The `nofontlist` (synonym `winword6`) option deletes the font table from the CGM file. In this case, the reading application should use a default table. Gnuplot will still use its own default font table to select font indices. Thus, 'Helvetica' will give you an index of 1, which should get you the first entry in your application's default font table. 'Helvetica Bold' will give you its second entry, etc. @node corel, debug, cgm, terminal_ @subsubsection corel @c ?commands set terminal corel @c ?set terminal corel @c ?set term corel @c ?terminal corel @c ?term corel @cindex corel @tmindex corel The `corel` terminal driver supports CorelDraw. Syntax: @example set terminal corel @{ default | @{monochrome | color @{"<font>" @{<fontsize> @{<xsize> <ysize> @{<linewidth> @}@}@}@}@} @end example where the fontsize and linewidth are specified in points and the sizes in inches. The defaults are monochrome, "SwitzerlandLight", 22, 8.2, 10 and 1.2." @node debug, svga, corel, terminal_ @subsubsection debug @c ?commands set terminal debug @c ?set terminal debug @c ?set term debug @c ?terminal debug @c ?term debug @cindex debug @tmindex debug This terminal is provided to allow for the debugging of `gnuplot`. It is likely to be of use only for users who are modifying the source code." @node svga, dumb, debug, terminal_ @subsubsection svga @c ?commands set terminal svga @c ?set terminal svga @c ?set term svga @c ?terminal svga @c ?term svga @cindex svga @tmindex svga The `svga` terminal driver supports PCs with SVGA graphics. It can only be used if it is compiled with DJGPP. Its only option is the font. Syntax: @example set terminal svga @{"<fontname>"@}" @end example @node dumb, dxf, svga, terminal_ @subsubsection dumb @c ?commands set terminal dumb @c ?set terminal dumb @c ?set term dumb @c ?terminal dumb @c ?term dumb @cindex dumb @tmindex dumb The `dumb` terminal driver has an optional size specification and trailing linefeed control. Syntax: @example set terminal dumb @{[no]feed@} @{<xsize> <ysize>@} @{[no]enhanced@} @end example where <xsize> and <ysize> set the size of the dumb terminals. Default is 79 by 24. The last newline is printed only if `feed` is enabled. Examples: @example set term dumb nofeed set term dumb 79 49 # VGA screen---why would anyone do that?" @end example @node dxf, dxy800a, dumb, terminal_ @subsubsection dxf @c ?commands set terminal dxf @c ?set terminal dxf @c ?set term dxf @c ?terminal dxf @c ?term dxf @cindex dxf @tmindex dxf The `dxf` terminal driver creates pictures that can be imported into AutoCad (Release 10.x). It has no options of its own, but some features of its plots may be modified by other means. The default size is 120x80 AutoCad units, which can be changed by @ref{size}. `dxf` uses seven colors (white, red, yellow, green, cyan, blue and magenta), which can be changed only by modifying the source file. If a black-and-white plotting device is used, the colors are mapped to differing line thicknesses. See the description of the AutoCad print/plot command." @node dxy800a, eepic, dxf, terminal_ @subsubsection dxy800a @c ?commands set terminal dxy800a @c ?set terminal dxy800a @c ?set term dxy800a @c ?terminal dxy800a @c ?term dxy800a @cindex dxy800a @tmindex dxy800a This terminal driver supports the Roland DXY800A plotter. It has no options." @node eepic, emf, dxy800a, terminal_ @subsubsection eepic @c ?commands set terminal eepic @c ?set terminal eepic @c ?set term eepic @c ?terminal eepic @c ?term eepic @cindex eepic @tmindex eepic The `eepic` terminal driver supports the extended LaTeX picture environment. It is an alternative to the `latex` driver. The output of this terminal is intended for use with the "eepic.sty" macro package for LaTeX. To use it, you need "eepic.sty", "epic.sty" and a printer driver that supports the "tpic" \\specials. If your printer driver doesn't support those \\specials, "eepicemu.sty" will enable you to use some of them. dvips and dvipdfm do support the "tpic" \\specials. Syntax: @example set terminal eepic @{color, dashed, rotate, small, tiny, default, <fontsize>@} @end example Options: You can give options in any order you wish. 'color' causes gnuplot to produce \\color@{...@} commands so that the graphs are colored. Using this option, you must include \\usepackage@{color@} in the preambel of your latex document. 'dashed' will allow dashed line types; without this option, only solid lines with varying thickness will be used. 'dashed' and 'color' are mutually exclusive; if 'color' is specified, then 'dashed' will be ignored. 'rotate' will enable true rotated text (by 90 degrees). Otherwise, rotated text will be typeset with letters stacked above each other. If you use this option you must include \\usepackage@{graphicx@} in the preamble. 'small' will use \\scriptsize symbols as point markers (Probably does not work with TeX, only LaTeX2e). Default is to use the default math size. 'tiny' uses \\scriptscriptstyle symbols. 'default' resets all options to their defaults = no color, no dashed lines, pseudo-rotated (stacked) text, large point symbols. <fontsize> is a number which specifies the font size inside the picture environment; the unit is pt (points), i.e., 10 pt equals approx. 3.5 mm. If fontsize is not specified, then all text inside the picture will be set in \\footnotesize. Notes: Remember to escape the # character (or other chars meaningful to (La-)TeX) by \\\\ (2 backslashes). It seems that dashed lines become solid lines when the vertices of a plot are too close. (I do not know if that is a general problem with the tpic specials, or if it is caused by a bug in eepic.sty or dvips/dvipdfm.) The default size of an eepic plot is 5x3 inches, which can be scaled by 'set size a,b'. Points, among other things, are drawn using the LaTeX commands "\\Diamond", "\\Box", etc. These commands no longer belong to the LaTeX2e core; they are included in the latexsym package, which is part of the base distribution and thus part of any LaTeX implementation. Please do not forget to use this package. Instead of latexsym, you can also include the amssymb package. All drivers for LaTeX offer a special way of controlling text positioning: If any text string begins with '@{', you also need to include a '@}' at the end of the text, and the whole text will be centered both horizontally and vertically. If the text string begins with '[', you need to follow this with a position specification (up to two out of t,b,l,r), ']@{', the text itself, and finally '@}'. The text itself may be anything LaTeX can typeset as an LR-box. '\\rule@{@}@{@}'s may help for best positioning. Examples: set term eepic @example output graphs as eepic macros inside a picture environment; \\input the resulting file in your LaTeX document. @end example set term eepic color tiny rotate 8 @example eepic macros with \\color macros, \\scripscriptsize point markers, true rotated text, and all text set with 8pt. @end example About label positioning: Use gnuplot defaults (mostly sensible, but sometimes not really best): @example set title '\\LaTeX\\ -- $ \\gamma $' @end example Force centering both horizontally and vertically: @example set label '@{\\LaTeX\\ -- $ \\gamma $@}' at 0,0 @end example Specify own positioning (top here): @example set xlabel '[t]@{\\LaTeX\\ -- $ \\gamma $@}' @end example The other label -- account for long ticlabels: @example set ylabel '[r]@{\\LaTeX\\ -- $ \\gamma $\\rule@{7mm@}@{0pt@}@}'" @end example @node emf, emxvga, eepic, terminal_ @subsubsection emf @c ?commands set terminal emf @c ?set terminal emf @c ?set term emf @c ?terminal emf @c ?term emf @cindex emf @tmindex emf The `emf` terminal generates an Enhanced Metafile Format file. This file format is recognized by many Windows applications. Syntax: @example set terminal emf @{color | monochrome@} @{solid | dashed@} @{enhanced @{noproportional@}@} @{linewidth <LW>@} @{dashlength <DL>@} @{size XX,YY@} @{"<fontname>"@} @{<fontsize>@} #old syntax @{font "<fontname>,<fontsize>"@} #new syntax @end example In `monochrome` mode successive line types cycle through dash patterns. In `color` mode successive line types use successive colors, and only after all 8 default colors are exhausted is the dash pattern incremented. `solid` draws all curves with solid lines, overriding any dashed patterns; `linewidth <factor>` multiplies all line widths by this factor. `dashlength <factor>` is useful for thick lines. <fontname> is the name of a font; and `<fontsize>` is the size of the font in points. The nominal size of the output image defaults to 1024x768 in arbitrary units. You may specify a different nominal size using the @ref{size} option. Enhanced text mode tries to approximate proportional character spacing. If you are using a monospaced font, or don't like the approximation, you can turn off this correction using the `noproportional` option. The default settings are `color dashed font "Arial,12" size 1024,768` Selecting `default` sets all options to their default values. Examples: @example set terminal emf 'Times Roman Italic' 12 set terminal emf color solid # no pesky dashes!" @end example @node emxvga, epson_180dpi, emf, terminal_ @subsubsection emxvga @c ?commands set terminal emxvga @c ?set terminal emxvga @c ?set term emxvga @c ?terminal emxvga @c ?term emxvga @cindex emxvga @tmindex emxvga @c ?commands set terminal emxvesa @c ?set terminal emxvesa @c ?set term emxvesa @c ?terminal emxvesa @c ?term emxvesa @cindex emxvesa @tmindex emxvesa @c ?commands set terminal vgal @c ?set terminal vgal @c ?set term vgal @c ?terminal vgal @c ?term vgal @cindex vgal @tmindex vgal The `emxvga`, `emxvesa` and `vgal` terminal drivers support PCs with SVGA, vesa SVGA and VGA graphics boards, respectively. They are intended to be compiled with "emx-gcc" under either DOS or OS/2. They also need VESA and SVGAKIT maintained by Johannes Martin (JMARTIN@@GOOFY.ZDV.UNI-MAINZ.DE) with additions by David J. Liu (liu@@phri.nyu.edu). Syntax: @example set terminal emxvga set terminal emxvesa @{vesa-mode@} set terminal vgal @end example The only option is the vesa mode for `emxvesa`, which defaults to G640x480x256." @node epson_180dpi, excl, emxvga, terminal_ @subsubsection epson_180dpi @c ?commands set terminal epson_180dpi @c ?set terminal epson_180dpi @c ?set term epson_180dpi @c ?terminal epson_180dpi @c ?term epson_180dpi @cindex epson_180dpi @c ?commands set terminal epson_60dpi @c ?set terminal epson_60dpi @c ?set term epson_60dpi @c ?terminal epson_60dpi @c ?term epson_60dpi @cindex epson_60dpi @c ?commands set terminal epson_lx800 @c ?set terminal epson_lx800 @c ?set term epson_lx800 @c ?terminal epson_lx800 @c ?term epson_lx800 @cindex epson_lx800 @c ?commands set terminal nec_cp6 @c ?set terminal nec_cp6 @c ?set term nec_cp6 @c ?terminal nec_cp6 @c ?term nec_cp6 @cindex nec_cp6 @c ?commands set terminal okidata @c ?set terminal okidata @c ?set term okidata @c ?terminal okidata @c ?term okidata @cindex okidata @tmindex okidata @c ?commands set terminal starc @c ?set terminal starc @c ?set term starc @c ?terminal starc @c ?term starc @cindex starc @tmindex starc @c ?commands set terminal tandy_60dpi @c ?set terminal tandy_60dpi @c ?set term tandy_60dpi @c ?terminal tandy_60dpi @c ?term tandy_60dpi @cindex tandy_60dpi @c ?commands set terminal dpu414 @c ?set terminal dpu414 @c ?set term dpu414 @c ?terminal dpu414 @c ?term dpu414 @cindex dpu414 @tmindex dpu414 This driver supports a family of Epson printers and derivatives. `epson_180dpi` and `epson_60dpi` are drivers for Epson LQ-style 24-pin printers with resolutions of 180 and 60 dots per inch, respectively. `epson_lx800` is a generic 9-pin driver appropriate for printers like the Epson LX-800, the Star NL-10 and NX-1000, the PROPRINTER, and so forth. `nec_cp6` is generic 24-pin driver that can be used for printers like the NEC CP6 and the Epson LQ-800. The `okidata` driver supports the 9-pin OKIDATA 320/321 Standard printers. The `starc` driver is for the Star Color Printer. The `tandy_60dpi` driver is for the Tandy DMP-130 series of 9-pin, 60-dpi printers. The `dpu414` driver is for the Seiko DPU-414 thermal printer. `nec_cp6` has the options: Syntax: @example set terminal nec_cp6 @{monochrome | colour | draft@} @end example which defaults to monochrome. `dpu414` has the options: Syntax: @example set terminal dpu414 @{small | medium | large@} @{normal | draft@} @end example which defaults to medium (=font size) and normal. Preferred combinations are `medium normal` and `small draft`. With each of these drivers, a binary copy is required on a PC to print. Do not use @ref{print}---use instead `copy file /b lpt1:`. @node excl, hercules, epson_180dpi, terminal_ @subsubsection excl @c ?commands set terminal excl @c ?set terminal excl @c ?set term excl @c ?terminal excl @c ?term excl @cindex excl @tmindex excl The `excl` terminal driver supports Talaris printers such as the EXCL Laser printer and the 1590. It has no options." @node hercules, fig, excl, terminal_ @subsubsection hercules @c ?commands set terminal hercules @c ?set terminal hercules @c ?set term hercules @c ?terminal hercules @c ?term hercules @cindex hercules @tmindex hercules @c ?commands set terminal egalib @c ?set terminal egalib @c ?set term egalib @c ?terminal egalib @c ?term egalib @cindex egalib @tmindex egalib @c ?commands set terminal egamono @c ?set terminal egamono @c ?set term egamono @c ?terminal egamono @c ?term egamono @cindex egamono @tmindex egamono @c ?commands set terminal vgalib @c ?set terminal vgalib @c ?set term vgalib @c ?terminal vgalib @c ?term vgalib @cindex vgalib @tmindex vgalib @c ?commands set terminal vgamono @c ?set terminal vgamono @c ?set term vgamono @c ?terminal vgamono @c ?term vgamono @cindex vgamono @tmindex vgamono @c ?commands set terminal svgalib @c ?set terminal svgalib @c ?set term svgalib @c ?terminal svgalib @c ?term svgalib @cindex svgalib @tmindex svgalib @c ?commands set terminal ssvgalib @c ?set terminal ssvgalib @c ?set term ssvgalib @c ?terminal ssvgalib @c ?term ssvgalib @cindex ssvgalib @tmindex ssvgalib These drivers supports PC monitors with autodetected graphics boards. They can be used only when compiled with Zortech C/C++. None have options." @node fig, png, hercules, terminal_ @subsubsection fig @c ?commands set terminal fig @c ?set terminal fig @c ?set term fig @c ?terminal fig @c ?term fig @cindex fig @cindex xfig The `fig` terminal device generates output in the Fig graphics language. Syntax: @example set terminal fig @{monochrome | color@} @{landscape | portrait@} @{small | big | size <xsize> <ysize>@} @{metric | inches@} @{pointsmax <max_points>@} @{solid | dashed@} @{font <fontname>@} @{fontsize <fsize>@} @{textnormal | @{textspecial texthidden textrigid@}@} @{@{thickness|linewidth@} <units>@} @{depth <layer>@} @{version <number>@} @end example `monochrome` and `color` determine whether the picture is black-and-white or `color`. `small` and `big` produce a 5x3 or 8x5 inch graph in the default `landscape` mode and 3x5 or 5x8 inches in `portrait` mode. @ref{size} sets (overrides) the size of the drawing area to <xsize>*<ysize> in units of inches or centimeters depending on the `inches` or `metric` setting in effect. The latter settings is also used as default units for editing with "xfig". `pointsmax <max_points>` sets the maximum number of points per polyline. `solid` inhibits automatic usage of `dash`ed lines when solid linestyles are used up, which otherwise occurs. `fontsize` sets the size of the text font to <fsize> points. `textnormal` resets the text flags and selects postscript fonts, `textspecial` sets the text flags for LaTeX specials, `texthidden` sets the hidden flag and `textrigid` the rigid flag. `depth` sets the default depth layer for all lines and text. The default depth is 10 to leave room for adding material with "xfig" on top of the plot. @ref{version} sets the format version of the generated fig output. Currently only versions 3.1 and 3.2 are supported. `thickness` sets the default line thickness, which is 1 if not specified. Overriding the thickness can be achieved by adding a multiple of 100 to the `linetype` value for a `plot` command. In a similar way the `depth` of plot elements (with respect to the default depth) can be controlled by adding a multiple of 1000 to <linetype>. The depth is then <layer> + <linetype>/1000 and the thickness is (<linetype>%1000)/100 or, if that is zero, the default line thickness. `linewidth` is a synonym for `thickness`. Additional point-plot symbols are also available with the `fig` driver. The symbols can be used through `pointtype` values % 100 above 50, with different fill intensities controlled by <pointtype> % 5 and outlines in black (for <pointtype> % 10 < 5) or in the current color. Available symbols are @example 50 - 59: circles 60 - 69: squares 70 - 79: diamonds 80 - 89: upwards triangles 90 - 99: downwards triangles @end example The size of these symbols is linked to the font size. The depth of symbols is by default one less than the depth for lines to achieve nice error bars. If <pointtype> is above 1000, the depth is <layer> + <pointtype>/1000-1. If <pointtype>%1000 is above 100, the fill color is (<pointtype>%1000)/100-1. Available fill colors are (from 1 to 9): black, blue, green, cyan, red, magenta, yellow, white and dark blue (in monochrome mode: black for 1 to 6 and white for 7 to 9). See @ref{with} for details of <linetype> and <pointtype>. The `big` option is a substitute for the `bfig` terminal in earlier versions, which is no longer supported. Examples: @example set terminal fig monochrome small pointsmax 1000 # defaults @end example @example plot 'file.dat' with points linetype 102 pointtype 759 @end example would produce circles with a blue outline of width 1 and yellow fill color. @example plot 'file.dat' using 1:2:3 with err linetype 1 pointtype 554 @end example would produce errorbars with black lines and circles filled red. These circles are one layer above the lines (at depth 9 by default). To plot the error bars on top of the circles use @example plot 'file.dat' using 1:2:3 with err linetype 1 pointtype 2554" @end example @node png, ggi, fig, terminal_ @subsubsection png @c ?commands set terminal png @c ?set terminal png @c ?set term png @c ?terminal png @c ?term png @cindex png @tmindex png Syntax: @example set terminal png @{@{no@}transparent@} @{@{no@}interlace@} @{@{no@}truecolor@} @{rounded|butt@} @{linewidth <lw>@} @{dashlength <dl>@} @{tiny | small | medium | large | giant@} @{font <face> @{<pointsize>@}@} @{size <x>,<y>@} @{@{no@}crop@} @{@{no@}enhanced@} @{<color0> <color1> <color2> ...@} @end example PNG images are created using libgd, with optional support for TrueType and Adobe Type 1 fonts via libfreetype. Version 1.8 or greater of libgd is required. `transparent` instructs the driver to generate transparent PNGs. The first color will be the transparent one. Default is `notransparent`. `interlace` instructs the driver to generate interlaced PNGs. Default is `nointerlace`. By default a 256-color png image is produced. The `truecolor` option instead creates a TrueColor output image with 24 bits of color information per pixel. The use of transparent fill areas requires use of the `truecolor` option. A transparent background is possible in either indexed or TrueColor images. `butt` instructs the driver to use a line drawing method that does not overshoot the desired end point of a line. This setting is only applicable for line widths greater than 1. This setting is most useful when drawing horizontal or vertical lines. Default is `rounded`. Version 2.0 or greater of libgd is required. PNG plots may be conveniently viewed by piping the output to the 'display' program from the ImageMagick package as follows: @example set term png set output '| display png:-' @end example View the output from successive plot commands interactively by hitting <space> in the display window. To save a particular one to disk, left click in the display window and choose @ref{save}. Five basic fonts are supported directly by the gd library. These are `tiny` (5x8 pixels), `small` (6x12 pixels), `medium`, (7x13 Bold), `large` (8x16) or `giant` (9x15 pixels). These fonts cannot be scaled or rotated (pure horizontal or vertical text only). @cindex fonts If gnuplot was built with support for TrueType (*.ttf) or Adobe Type 1 (*.pfa) fonts, they may be selected using the 'font <face> @{<pointsize>@}' option. <face> is either the full pathname to the font file, or a font face name that is assumed to be the first part of a filename in one of the directories listed in the GDFONTPATH environmental variable. That is, 'set term png font "Face"' will look for a font file named either <somedirectory>/Face.ttf or <somedirectory>/Face.pfa. Both TrueType and Adobe Type 1 fonts are fully scalable and may be rotated through any angle. If no font is specified, gnuplot checks the environmental variable GNUPLOT_DEFAULT_GDFONT to see if there is a preferred default font. `enhanced` enables the enhanced text processing features, (subscripts, superscripts and mixed fonts). See `enhanced` for more information. The full enhanced mode syntax is supported by the PNG/JPEG driver itself, but some of these features are dependent on which version of the underlying libgd library is present, and which fonts are available. The size <x,y> is given in pixels---it defaults to 640x480. The number of pixels can be also modified by scaling with the @ref{size} command. `crop` trims blank space from the edges of the completed plot, resulting in a smaller final image size. Default is `nocrop`. Each color must be of the form 'xrrggbb', where x is the literal character 'x' and 'rrggbb' are the red, green and blue components in hex. For example, 'x00ff00' is green. The background color is set first, then the border colors, then the X & Y axis colors, then the plotting colors. The maximum number of colors that can be set is 256. Examples: @example set terminal png medium size 640,480 \\ xffffff x000000 x404040 \\ xff0000 xffa500 x66cdaa xcdb5cd \\ xadd8e6 x0000ff xdda0dd x9500d3 # defaults @end example which uses white for the non-transparent background, black for borders, gray for the axes, and red, orange, medium aquamarine, thistle 3, light blue, blue, plum and dark violet for eight plotting colors. @example set terminal png font arial 14 size 800,600 @end example which searches for a TrueType font with face name 'arial' in the directory specified by the environment variable GDFONTPATH and 14pt font size. @example set terminal png transparent xffffff \\ x000000 x202020 x404040 x606060 \\ x808080 xA0A0A0 xC0C0C0 xE0E0E0 @end example which uses white for the transparent background, black for borders, dark gray for axes, and a gray-scale for the six plotting colors. @node ggi, Gnugraph(GNU_plotutils), png, terminal_ @subsubsection ggi @c ?commands set terminal ggi @c ?set terminal ggi @c ?set term ggi @c ?terminal ggi @c ?term ggi @cindex ggi @tmindex ggi The `ggi` driver can run on different targets as X or svgalib. Syntax: @example set terminal ggi [acceleration <integer>] [[mode] @{mode@}] @end example In X the window cannot be resized using window manager handles, but the mode can be given with the mode option, e.g.: @example - V1024x768 - V800x600 - V640x480 - V320x200 @end example Please refer to the ggi documentation for other modes. The 'mode' keyword is optional. It is recommended to select the target by environment variables as explained in the libggi manual page. To get DGA on X, you should for example @example bash> export GGI_DISPLAY=DGA csh> setenv GGI_DISPLAY DGA @end example 'acceleration' is only used for targets which report relative pointer motion events (e.g. DGA) and is a strictly positive integer multiplication factor for the relative distances. The default for acceleration is 7. Examples: @example set term ggi acc 10 set term ggi acc 1 mode V1024x768 set term ggi V1024x768" @end example @node Gnugraph(GNU_plotutils), gpic, ggi, terminal_ @subsubsection Gnugraph(GNU plotutils) @c ?commands set terminal gnugraph @c ?set terminal gnugraph @c ?set term gnugraph @c ?terminal gnugraph @c ?term gnugraph @cindex gnugraph @tmindex gnugraph The `gnugraph` driver produces device-independent output in the GNU plot graphics language. The default size of the PostScript results generated by "plot2ps" is 5 x 3 inches; this can be increased up to about 8.25 x 8.25 by @ref{size}. Syntax: @example set terminal gnugraph @{"<fontname>"@} @{<fontsize>@} @{type <pt>@} @{size "<size>"@} @end example which defaults to 10-point "Courier". For `type`, the following options are accepted: `X`, `pnm`, `gif`, `ai`, `ps`, `cgm`, `fig`, `pcl5`, `hpgl`, `tek`, and `meta` (default). The @ref{size} option (default is a4) is passed straight through to plotutils, it's the user's responsibility to provide correct values. Details can be found in the plotutils documentation. Examples: @example set terminal gnugraph type hpgl size "a4" set terminal gnugraph size "a4,xoffset=-5mm,yoffset=2.0cm" type pnm @end example There is a non-GNU version of the `gnugraph` driver which cannot be compiled unless this version is left out." @node gpic, gpic_, Gnugraph(GNU_plotutils), terminal_ @subsubsection gpic @c ?commands set terminal gpic @c ?set terminal gpic @c ?set term gpic @c ?terminal gpic @c ?term gpic @cindex gpic @tmindex gpic The `gpic` terminal driver generates GPIC graphs in the Free Software Foundations's "groff" package. The default size is 5 x 3 inches. The only option is the origin, which defaults to (0,0). Syntax: @example set terminal gpic @{<x> <y>@} @end example where `x` and `y` are in inches. A simple graph can be formatted using @example groff -p -mpic -Tps file.pic > file.ps. @end example The output from pic can be pipe-lined into eqn, so it is possible to put complex functions in a graph with the `set label` and `set @{x/y@}label` commands. For instance, @example set ylab '@@space 0 int from 0 to x alpha ( t ) roman d t@@' @end example will label the y axis with a nice integral if formatted with the command: @example gpic filename.pic | geqn -d@@@@ -Tps | groff -m[macro-package] -Tps > filename.ps @end example Figures made this way can be scaled to fit into a document. The pic language is easy to understand, so the graphs can be edited by hand if need be. All co-ordinates in the pic-file produced by `gnuplot` are given as x+gnuplotx and y+gnuploty. By default x and y are given the value 0. If this line is removed with an editor in a number of files, one can put several graphs in one figure like this (default size is 5.0x3.0 inches): @example .PS 8.0 x=0;y=3 copy "figa.pic" x=5;y=3 copy "figb.pic" x=0;y=0 copy "figc.pic" x=5;y=0 copy "figd.pic" .PE @end example This will produce an 8-inch-wide figure with four graphs in two rows on top of each other. One can also achieve the same thing by the command @example set terminal gpic x y @end example for example, using @example .PS 6.0 copy "trig.pic" .PE" @end example @node gpic_, gpr, gpic, terminal_ @subsubsection gpic @c ?commands set terminal gpic @c ?set terminal gpic @c ?set term gpic @c ?terminal gpic @c ?term gpic @cindex gpic @tmindex gpic The `gpic` terminal driver generates GPIC graphs in the Free Software Foundations's "groff" package. The default size is 5 x 3 inches. The only option is the origin, which defaults to (0,0). Syntax: @example set terminal gpic @{<x> <y>@} @end example where `x` and `y` are in inches. A simple graph can be formatted using @example groff -p -mpic -Tps file.pic > file.ps. @end example The output from pic can be pipe-lined into eqn, so it is possible to put complex functions in a graph with the `set label` and `set @{x/y@}label` commands. For instance, @example set ylab '@@space 0 int from 0 to x alpha ( t ) roman d t@@' @end example will label the y axis with a nice integral if formatted with the command: @example gpic filename.pic | geqn -d@@@@ -Tps | groff -m[macro-package] -Tps > filename.ps @end example Figures made this way can be scaled to fit into a document. The pic language is easy to understand, so the graphs can be edited by hand if need be. All co-ordinates in the pic-file produced by `gnuplot` are given as x+gnuplotx and y+gnuploty. By default x and y are given the value 0. If this line is removed with an editor in a number of files, one can put several graphs in one figure like this (default size is 5.0x3.0 inches): @example .PS 8.0 x=0;y=3 copy "figa.pic" x=5;y=3 copy "figb.pic" x=0;y=0 copy "figc.pic" x=5;y=0 copy "figd.pic" .PE @end example This will produce an 8-inch-wide figure with four graphs in two rows on top of each other. One can also achieve the same thing by the command @example set terminal gpic x y @end example for example, using @example .PS 6.0 copy "trig.pic" .PE" @end example @node gpr, grass, gpic_, terminal_ @subsubsection gpr @c ?commands set terminal gpr @c ?set terminal gpr @c ?set term gpr @c ?terminal gpr @c ?term gpr @cindex gpr @tmindex gpr The `gpr` terminal driver supports the Apollo Graphics Primitive Resource for a fixed-size window. It has no options. If a variable window size is desired, use the `apollo` terminal instead." @node grass, hp2623a, gpr, terminal_ @subsubsection grass @c ?commands set terminal grass @c ?set terminal grass @c ?set term grass @c ?terminal grass @c ?term grass @cindex grass @tmindex grass The `grass` terminal driver gives `gnuplot` capabilities to users of the GRASS geographic information system. Contact grassp-list@@moon.cecer.army.mil for more information. Pages are written to the current frame of the GRASS Graphics Window. There are no options." @node hp2623a, hp2648, grass, terminal_ @subsubsection hp2623a @c ?commands set terminal hp2623a @c ?set terminal hp2623a @c ?set term hp2623a @c ?terminal hp2623a @c ?term hp2623a @cindex hp2623a @tmindex hp2623a The `hp2623a` terminal driver supports the Hewlett Packard HP2623A. It has no options." @node hp2648, hp500c, hp2623a, terminal_ @subsubsection hp2648 @c ?commands set terminal hp2648 @c ?set terminal hp2648 @c ?set term hp2648 @c ?terminal hp2648 @c ?term hp2648 @cindex hp2648 @tmindex hp2648 The `hp2648` terminal driver supports the Hewlett Packard HP2647 and HP2648. It has no options." @node hp500c, hpgl, hp2648, terminal_ @subsubsection hp500c @c ?commands set terminal hp500c @c ?set terminal hp500c @c ?set term hp500c @c ?terminal hp500c @c ?term hp500c @cindex hp500c @tmindex hp500c The `hp500c` terminal driver supports the Hewlett Packard HP DeskJet 500c. It has options for resolution and compression. Syntax: @example set terminal hp500c @{<res>@} @{<comp>@} @end example where `res` can be 75, 100, 150 or 300 dots per inch and `comp` can be "rle", or "tiff". Any other inputs are replaced by the defaults, which are 75 dpi and no compression. Rasterization at the higher resolutions may require a large amount of memory." @node hpgl, hpljii, hp500c, terminal_ @subsubsection hpgl @c ?commands set terminal hpgl @c ?set terminal hpgl @c ?set term hpgl @c ?terminal hpgl @c ?term hpgl @cindex hpgl @tmindex hpgl @c ?commands set terminal pcl5 @c ?set terminal pcl5 @c ?set term pcl5 @c ?terminal pcl5 @c ?term pcl5 @cindex pcl5 @tmindex pcl5 The `hpgl` driver produces HPGL output for devices like the HP7475A plotter. There are two options which can be set: the number of pens and `eject`, which tells the plotter to eject a page when done. The default is to use 6 pens and not to eject the page when done. The international character sets ISO-8859-1 and CP850 are recognized via `set encoding iso_8859_1` or `set encoding cp850` (see @ref{encoding} for details). Syntax: @example set terminal hpgl @{<number_of_pens>@} @{eject@} @end example The selection @example set terminal hpgl 8 eject @end example is equivalent to the previous `hp7550` terminal, and the selection @example set terminal hpgl 4 @end example is equivalent to the previous `hp7580b` terminal. The `pcl5` driver supports plotters such as the Hewlett-Packard Designjet 750C, the Hewlett-Packard Laserjet III, and the Hewlett-Packard Laserjet IV. It actually uses HPGL-2, but there is a name conflict among the terminal devices. It has several options which must be specified in the order indicated below: Syntax: @example set terminal pcl5 @{mode <mode>@} @{<plotsize>@} @{@{color @{<number_of_pens>@}@} | monochrome@} @{solid | dashed@} @{font <font>@} @{size <fontsize>@} @{pspoints | nopspoints@} @end example <mode> is `landscape` or `portrait`. <plotsize> is the physical plotting size of the plot, which is one of the following: `letter` for standard (8 1/2" X 11") displays, `legal` for (8 1/2" X 14") displays, `noextended` for (36" X 48") displays (a letter size ratio) or, `extended` for (36" X 55") displays (almost a legal size ratio). `color` is for multi-pen (i.e. color) plots, and <number_of_pens> is the number of pens (i.e. colors) used in color plots. `monochrome` is for one (e.g. black) pen plots. `solid` draws all lines as solid lines, or `dashed` will draw lines with different dashed and dotted line patterns. <font> is `stick`, `univers`, `cg_times`, `zapf_dingbats`, `antique_olive`, `arial`, `courier`, `garamond_antigua`, `letter_gothic`, `cg_omega`, `albertus`, `times_new_roman`, `clarendon`, `coronet`, `marigold`, `truetype_symbols`, or `wingdings`. <fontsize> is the font size in points. The point type selection can be the standard default set by specifying `nopspoints`, or the same set of point types found in the postscript terminal by specifying `pspoints`. Note that built-in support of some of these options is printer device dependent. For instance, all the fonts are supposedly supported by the HP Laserjet IV, but only a few (e.g. univers, stick) may be supported by the HP Laserjet III and the Designjet 750C. Also, color obviously won't work on the the laserjets since they are monochrome devices. Defaults: landscape, noextended, color (6 pens), solid, univers, 12 point, @example and nopspoints. @end example With `pcl5` international characters are handled by the printer; you just put the appropriate 8-bit character codes into the text strings. You don't need to bother with @ref{encoding}. HPGL graphics can be imported by many software packages." @node hpljii, hppj, hpgl, terminal_ @subsubsection hpljii @c ?commands set terminal hpljii @c ?set terminal hpljii @c ?set term hpljii @c ?terminal hpljii @c ?term hpljii @cindex hpljii @tmindex hpljii @c ?commands set terminal hpdj @c ?set terminal hpdj @c ?set term hpdj @c ?terminal hpdj @c ?term hpdj @cindex hpdj @tmindex hpdj The `hpljii` terminal driver supports the HP Laserjet Series II printer. The `hpdj` driver supports the HP DeskJet 500 printer. These drivers allow a choice of resolutions. Syntax: @example set terminal hpljii | hpdj @{<res>@} @end example where `res` may be 75, 100, 150 or 300 dots per inch; the default is 75. Rasterization at the higher resolutions may require a large amount of memory. The `hp500c` terminal is similar to `hpdj`; `hp500c` additionally supports color and compression." @node hppj, imagen, hpljii, terminal_ @subsubsection hppj @c ?commands set terminal hppj @c ?set terminal hppj @c ?set term hppj @c ?terminal hppj @c ?term hppj @cindex hppj @tmindex hppj The `hppj` terminal driver supports the HP PaintJet and HP3630 printers. The only option is the choice of font. Syntax: @example set terminal hppj @{FNT5X9 | FNT9X17 | FNT13X25@} @end example with the middle-sized font (FNT9X17) being the default." @node imagen, kyo, hppj, terminal_ @subsubsection imagen @c ?commands set terminal imagen @c ?set terminal imagen @c ?set term imagen @c ?terminal imagen @c ?term imagen @cindex imagen @tmindex imagen The `imagen` terminal driver supports Imagen laser printers. It is capable of placing multiple graphs on a single page. Syntax: @example set terminal imagen @{<fontsize>@} @{portrait | landscape@} @{[<horiz>,<vert>]@} @end example where `fontsize` defaults to 12 points and the layout defaults to `landscape`. `<horiz>` and `<vert>` are the number of graphs in the horizontal and vertical directions; these default to unity. Example: @example set terminal imagen portrait [2,3] @end example puts six graphs on the page in three rows of two in portrait orientation." @node kyo, latex, imagen, terminal_ @subsubsection kyo @c ?commands set terminal kyo @c ?set terminal kyo @c ?set term kyo @c ?terminal kyo @c ?term kyo @cindex kyo @tmindex kyo @c ?commands set terminal prescribe @c ?set terminal prescribe @c ?set term prescribe @c ?terminal prescribe @c ?term prescribe @cindex prescribe @tmindex prescribe The `kyo` and `prescribe` terminal drivers support the Kyocera laser printer. The only difference between the two is that `kyo` uses "Helvetica" whereas `prescribe` uses "Courier". There are no options." @node latex, linux, kyo, terminal_ @subsubsection latex @c ?commands set terminal emtex @c ?set terminal emtex @c ?set term emtex @c ?terminal emtex @c ?term emtex @cindex emtex @tmindex emtex @c ?commands set terminal latex @c ?set terminal latex @c ?set term latex @c ?terminal latex @c ?term latex @cindex latex @tmindex latex Syntax: @example set terminal @{latex | emtex@} @{default | @{courier|roman@} @{<fontsize>@}@} @{size <XX>@{unit@}, <YY>@{unit@}@} @end example By default the plot will inherit font settings from the embedding document. You have the option of forcing either Courier (cmtt) or Roman (cmr) fonts instead. In this case you may also specify a fontsize. Unless your driver is capable of building fonts at any size (e.g. dvips), stick to the standard 10, 11 and 12 point sizes. METAFONT users beware: METAFONT does not like odd sizes. All drivers for LaTeX offer a special way of controlling text positioning: If any text string begins with '@{', you also need to include a '@}' at the end of the text, and the whole text will be centered both horizontally and vertically. If the text string begins with '[', you need to follow this with a position specification (up to two out of t,b,l,r), ']@{', the text itself, and finally '@}'. The text itself may be anything LaTeX can typeset as an LR-box. '\\rule@{@}@{@}'s may help for best positioning. Points, among other things, are drawn using the LaTeX commands "\\Diamond" and "\\Box". These commands no longer belong to the LaTeX2e core; they are included in the latexsym package, which is part of the base distribution and thus part of any LaTeX implementation. Please do not forget to use this package. Other point types use symbols from the amssymb package. The default size for the plot is 5 inches by 3 inches. The @ref{size} option changes this to whatever the user requests. By default the X and Y sizes are taken to be in inches, but other units are possible (currently only cm). Examples: About label positioning: Use gnuplot defaults (mostly sensible, but sometimes not really best): @example set title '\\LaTeX\\ -- $ \\gamma $' @end example Force centering both horizontally and vertically: @example set label '@{\\LaTeX\\ -- $ \\gamma $@}' at 0,0 @end example Specify own positioning (top here): @example set xlabel '[t]@{\\LaTeX\\ -- $ \\gamma $@}' @end example The other label -- account for long ticlabels: @example set ylabel '[r]@{\\LaTeX\\ -- $ \\gamma $\\rule@{7mm@}@{0pt@}@}'" @end example @node linux, linux_, latex, terminal_ @subsubsection linux @c ?commands set terminal linux @c ?set terminal linux @c ?set term linux @c ?terminal linux @c ?term linux @cindex linux @tmindex linux The `linux` driver has no additional options to specify. It looks at the environment variable GSVGAMODE for the default mode; if not set, it uses 1024x768x256 as default mode or, if that is not possible, 640x480x16 (standard VGA)." @node linux_, macintosh, linux, terminal_ @subsubsection linux @c ?commands set terminal linux @c ?set terminal linux @c ?set term linux @c ?terminal linux @c ?term linux @cindex linux @tmindex linux The `linux` driver has no additional options to specify. It looks at the environment variable GSVGAMODE for the default mode; if not set, it uses 1024x768x256 as default mode or, if that is not possible, 640x480x16 (standard VGA)." @node macintosh, mf, linux_, terminal_ @subsubsection macintosh @c ?set terminal macintosh @c ?set term macintosh @c ?terminal macintosh @c ?term macintosh @cindex macintosh @tmindex macintosh Syntax: @example set terminal macintosh @{singlewin | multiwin@} @{vertical | novertical@} @{size <width>, <height> | default@} @end example 'singlewin' limits the output to a single window and is useful for animations. 'multiwin' allows multiple windows. 'vertical' is only valid under the gx option. With this option, rotated text will be drawn vertically. novertical turns this option off. size <width>, <height> overrides the graph size set in the preferences dialog until it is cleared with either 'set term mac size default' or 'set term mac default'. 'set term mac size default' sets the window size settings to those set in the preferences dialog. 'set term mac default' sets all options to their default values. Default values: nogx, multiwin, novertical. If you generate graphs under the multiwin option and then switch to singlewin, the next plot command will cause one more window to be created. This new window will be reused as long as singlewin is in effect. If you switch back to multiwin, generate some graphs, and then switch to singlewin again, the orginal 'singlewin' window will be resused if it is still open. Otherwise a new 'singlewin' window will be created. The 'singlewin' window is not numbered." @node mf, mp, macintosh, terminal_ @subsubsection mf @c ?commands set terminal mf @c ?set terminal mf @c ?set term mf @c ?terminal mf @c ?term mf @cindex mf @cindex metafont The `mf` terminal driver creates an input file to the METAFONT program. Thus a figure may be used in the TeX document in the same way as is a character. To use a picture in a document, the METAFONT program must be run with the output file from `gnuplot` as input. Thus, the user needs a basic knowledge of the font creating process and the procedure for including a new font in a document. However, if the METAFONT program is set up properly at the local site, an unexperienced user could perform the operation without much trouble. The text support is based on a METAFONT character set. Currently the Computer Modern Roman font set is input, but the user is in principal free to choose whatever fonts he or she needs. The METAFONT source files for the chosen font must be available. Each character is stored in a separate picture variable in METAFONT. These variables may be manipulated (rotated, scaled etc.) when characters are needed. The drawback is the interpretation time in the METAFONT program. On some machines (i.e. PC) the limited amount of memory available may also cause problems if too many pictures are stored. The `mf` terminal has no options. @noindent --- METAFONT INSTRUCTIONS --- @c ?commands set terminal mf detailed @c ?set terminal mf detailed @c ?set term mf detailed @c ?mf detailed @c ?metafont detailed - Set your terminal to METAFONT: @example set terminal mf @end example - Select an output-file, e.g.: @example set output "myfigures.mf" @end example - Create your pictures. Each picture will generate a separate character. Its default size will be 5*3 inches. You can change the size by saying `set size 0.5,0.5` or whatever fraction of the default size you want to have. - Quit `gnuplot`. - Generate a TFM and GF file by running METAFONT on the output of `gnuplot`. Since the picture is quite large (5*3 in), you will have to use a version of METAFONT that has a value of at least 150000 for memmax. On Unix systems these are conventionally installed under the name bigmf. For the following assume that the command virmf stands for a big version of METAFONT. For example: - Invoke METAFONT: @example virmf '&plain' @end example - Select the output device: At the METAFONT prompt ('*') type: @example \\mode:=CanonCX; % or whatever printer you use @end example - Optionally select a magnification: @example mag:=1; % or whatever you wish @end example - Input the `gnuplot`-file: @example input myfigures.mf @end example On a typical Unix machine there will usually be a script called "mf" that executes virmf '&plain', so you probably can substitute mf for virmf &plain. This will generate two files: mfput.tfm and mfput.$$$gf (where $$$ indicates the resolution of your device). The above can be conveniently achieved by typing everything on the command line, e.g.: virmf '&plain' '\\mode:=CanonCX; mag:=1; input myfigures.mf' In this case the output files will be named myfigures.tfm and myfigures.300gf. - Generate a PK file from the GF file using gftopk: @example gftopk myfigures.300gf myfigures.300pk @end example The name of the output file for gftopk depends on the DVI driver you use. Ask your local TeX administrator about the naming conventions. Next, either install the TFM and PK files in the appropriate directories, or set your environment variables properly. Usually this involves setting TEXFONTS to include the current directory and doing the same thing for the environment variable that your DVI driver uses (no standard name here...). This step is necessary so that TeX will find the font metric file and your DVI driver will find the PK file. - To include your pictures in your document you have to tell TeX the font: @example \\font\\gnufigs=myfigures @end example Each picture you made is stored in a single character. The first picture is character 0, the second is character 1, and so on... After doing the above step, you can use the pictures just like any other characters. Therefore, to place pictures 1 and 2 centered in your document, all you have to do is: @example \\centerline@{\\gnufigs\\char0@} \\centerline@{\\gnufigs\\char1@} @end example in plain TeX. For LaTeX you can, of course, use the picture environment and place the picture wherever you wish by using the \\makebox and \\put macros. This conversion saves you a lot of time once you have generated the font; TeX handles the pictures as characters and uses minimal time to place them, and the documents you make change more often than the pictures do. It also saves a lot of TeX memory. One last advantage of using the METAFONT driver is that the DVI file really remains device independent, because no \\special commands are used as in the eepic and tpic drivers." @node mp, mgr, mf, terminal_ @subsubsection mp @c ?commands set terminal mpost @c ?set terminal mp @c ?set term mp @c ?terminal mp @c ?term mp @cindex mp @cindex metapost The `mp` driver produces output intended to be input to the Metapost program. Running Metapost on the file creates EPS files containing the plots. By default, Metapost passes all text through TeX. This has the advantage of allowing essentially any TeX symbols in titles and labels. Syntax: @example set term mp @{color | colour | monochrome@} @{solid | dashed@} @{notex | tex | latex@} @{magnification <magsize>@} @{psnfss | psnfss-version7 | nopsnfss@} @{prologues <value>@} @{a4paper@} @{amstex@} @{"<fontname>"@} @{<fontsize>@} @end example The option `color` causes lines to be drawn in color (on a printer or display that supports it), `monochrome` (or nothing) selects black lines. The option `solid` draws solid lines, while `dashed` (or nothing) selects lines with different patterns of dashes. If `solid` is selected but `color` is not, nearly all lines will be identical. This may occasionally be useful, so it is allowed. The option `notex` bypasses TeX entirely, therefore no TeX code can be used in labels under this option. This is intended for use on old plot files or files that make frequent use of common characters like `$` and `%` that require special handling in TeX. The option `tex` sets the terminal to output its text for TeX to process. The option `latex` sets the terminal to output its text for processing by LaTeX. This allows things like \\frac for fractions which LaTeX knows about but TeX does not. Note that you must set the environment variable TEX to the name of your LaTeX executable (normally latex) if you use this option or use `mpost --tex=<name of LaTeX executable> ...`. Otherwise metapost will try and use TeX to process the text and it won't work. Changing font sizes in TeX has no effect on the size of mathematics, and there is no foolproof way to make such a change, except by globally setting a magnification factor. This is the purpose of the `magnification` option. It must be followed by a scaling factor. All text (NOT the graphs) will be scaled by this factor. Use this if you have math that you want at some size other than the default 10pt. Unfortunately, all math will be the same size, but see the discussion below on editing the MP output. `mag` will also work under `notex` but there seems no point in using it as the font size option (below) works as well. The option `psnfss` uses postscript fonts in combination with LaTeX. Since this option only makes sense, if LaTeX is being used, the `latex` option is selected automatically. This option includes the following packages for LaTeX: inputenc(latin1), fontenc(T1), mathptmx, helvet(scaled=09.2), courier, latexsym and textcomp. The option `psnfss-version7` uses also postscript fonts in LaTeX (option `latex` is also automatically selected), but uses the following packages with LaTeX: inputenc(latin1), fontenc(T1), times, mathptmx, helvet and courier. The option `nopsnfss` is the default and uses the standard font (cmr10 if not otherwise specified). The option `prologues` takes a value as an additional argument and adds the line `prologues:=<value>` to the metapost file. If a value of `2` is specified metapost uses postscript fonts to generate the eps-file, so that the result can be viewed using e.g. ghostscript. Normally the output of metapost uses TeX fonts and therefore has to be included in a (La)TeX file before you can look at it. The option `noprologues` is the default. No additional line specifying the prologue will be added. The option `a4paper` adds a `[a4paper]` to the documentclass. Normally letter paper is used (default). Since this option is only used in case of LaTeX, the `latex` option is selected automatically. The option `amstex` automatically selects the `latex` option and includes the following LaTeX packages: amsfonts, amsmath(intlimits). By default these packages are not included. A name in quotes selects the font that will be used when no explicit font is given in a `set label` or @ref{title}. A name recognized by TeX (a TFM file exists) must be used. The default is "cmr10" unless `notex` is selected, then it is "pcrr8r" (Courier). Even under `notex`, a TFM file is needed by Metapost. The file `pcrr8r.tfm` is the name given to Courier in LaTeX's psnfss package. If you change the font from the `notex` default, choose a font that matches the ASCII encoding at least in the range 32-126. `cmtt10` almost works, but it has a nonblank character in position 32 (space). The size can be any number between 5.0 and 99.99. If it is omitted, 10.0 is used. It is advisable to use `magstep` sizes: 10 times an integer or half-integer power of 1.2, rounded to two decimals, because those are the most available sizes of fonts in TeX systems. All the options are optional. If font information is given, it must be at the end, with size (if present) last. The size is needed to select a size for the font, even if the font name includes size information. For example, `set term mp "cmtt12"` selects cmtt12 shrunk to the default size 10. This is probably not what you want or you would have used cmtt10. The following common ascii characters need special treatment in TeX: @example $, &, #, %, _; |, <, >; ^, ~, \\, @{, and @} @end example The five characters $, #, &, _, and % can simply be escaped, e.g., `\\$`. The three characters <, >, and | can be wrapped in math mode, e.g., `$<$`. The remainder require some TeX work-arounds. Any good book on TeX will give some guidance. If you type your labels inside double quotes, backslashes in TeX code need to be escaped (doubled). Using single quotes will avoid having to do this, but then you cannot use `\\n` for line breaks. As of this writing, version 3.7 of gnuplot processes titles given in a `plot` command differently than in other places, and backslashes in TeX commands need to be doubled regardless of the style of quotes. Metapost pictures are typically used in TeX documents. Metapost deals with fonts pretty much the same way TeX does, which is different from most other document preparation programs. If the picture is included in a LaTeX document using the graphics package, or in a plainTeX document via epsf.tex, and then converted to PostScript with dvips (or other dvi-to-ps converter), the text in the plot will usually be handled correctly. However, the text may not appear if you send the Metapost output as-is to a PostScript interpreter. @noindent --- METAPOST INSTRUCTIONS --- @c ?commands set terminal mp detailed @c ?set terminal mp detailed @c ?set term mp detailed @c ?mp detailed @c ?metapost detailed - Set your terminal to Metapost, e.g.: @example set terminal mp mono "cmtt12" 12 @end example - Select an output-file, e.g.: @example set output "figure.mp" @end example - Create your pictures. Each plot (or multiplot group) will generate a separate Metapost beginfig...endfig group. Its default size will be 5 by 3 inches. You can change the size by saying `set size 0.5,0.5` or whatever fraction of the default size you want to have. - Quit gnuplot. - Generate EPS files by running Metapost on the output of gnuplot: @example mpost figure.mp OR mp figure.mp @end example The name of the Metapost program depends on the system, typically `mpost` for a Unix machine and `mp` on many others. Metapost will generate one EPS file for each picture. - To include your pictures in your document you can use the graphics package in LaTeX or epsf.tex in plainTeX: @example \\usepackage@{graphics@} % LaTeX \\input epsf.tex % plainTeX @end example If you use a driver other than dvips for converting TeX DVI output to PS, you may need to add the following line in your LaTeX document: @example \\DeclareGraphicsRule@{*@}@{eps@}@{*@}@{@} @end example Each picture you made is in a separate file. The first picture is in, e.g., figure.0, the second in figure.1, and so on.... To place the third picture in your document, for example, all you have to do is: @example \\includegraphics@{figure.2@} % LaTeX \\epsfbox@{figure.2@} % plainTeX @end example The advantage, if any, of the mp terminal over a postscript terminal is editable output. Considerable effort went into making this output as clean as possible. For those knowledgeable in the Metapost language, the default line types and colors can be changed by editing the arrays `lt[]` and `col[]`. The choice of solid vs dashed lines, and color vs black lines can be change by changing the values assigned to the booleans `dashedlines` and `colorlines`. If the default `tex` option was in effect, global changes to the text of labels can be achieved by editing the `vebatimtex...etex` block. In particular, a LaTeX preamble can be added if desired, and then LaTeX's built-in size changing commands can be used for maximum flexibility. Be sure to set the appropriate MP configuration variable to force Metapost to run LaTeX instead of plainTeX." @node mgr, mif, mp, terminal_ @subsubsection mgr @c ?commands set terminal mgr @c ?set terminal mgr @c ?set term mgr @c ?terminal mgr @c ?term mgr @cindex mgr @tmindex mgr The `mgr` terminal driver supports the Mgr Window system. It has no options." @node mif, next, mgr, terminal_ @subsubsection mif @c ?commands set terminal mif @c ?set terminal mif @c ?set term mif @c ?terminal mif @c ?term mif @cindex mif @tmindex mif The `mif` terminal driver produces Frame Maker MIF format version 3.00. It plots in MIF Frames with the size 15*10 cm, and plot primitives with the same pen will be grouped in the same MIF group. Plot primitives in a `gnuplot` page will be plotted in a MIF Frame, and several MIF Frames are collected in one large MIF Frame. The MIF font used for text is "Times". Several options may be set in the MIF 3.00 driver. Syntax: @example set terminal mif @{color | colour | monochrome@} @{polyline | vectors@} @{help | ?@} @end example `colour` plots lines with line types >= 0 in colour (MIF sep. 2--7) and `monochrome` plots all line types in black (MIF sep. 0). `polyline` plots curves as continuous curves and @ref{vectors} plots curves as collections of vectors. @ref{help} and `?` print online help on standard error output---both print a short description of the usage; @ref{help} also lists the options. Examples: @example set term mif colour polylines # defaults set term mif # defaults set term mif vectors set term mif help" @end example @node next, Openstep_(next), mif, terminal_ @subsubsection next @c ?commands set terminal next @c ?set terminal next @c ?set term next @c ?terminal next @c ?term next @cindex next @cindex NeXT Several options may be set in the next driver. Syntax: @example set terminal next @{<mode>@} @{<type> @} @{<color>@} @{<dashed>@} @{"<fontname>"@} @{<fontsize>@} title @{"<newtitle>"@} @end example where <mode> is `default`, which sets all options to their defaults; <type> is either `new` or `old`, where `old` invokes the old single window; <color> is either `color` or `monochrome`; <dashed> is either `solid` or `dashed`; "<fontname>" is the name of a valid PostScript font; <fontsize> is the size of the font in PostScript points; and <title> is the title for the GnuTerm window. Defaults are `new`, `monochrome`, `dashed`, "Helvetica", 14pt. Examples: @example set term next default set term next 22 set term next color "Times-Roman" 14 set term next color "Helvetica" 12 title "MyPlot" set term next old @end example Pointsizes may be changed with `set linestyle`." @node Openstep_(next), pbm, next, terminal_ @subsubsection Openstep (next) @c ?commands set terminal openstep @c ?set terminal openstep @c ?set term openstep @c ?terminal openstep @c ?term openstep @cindex openstep @cindex OpenStep @cindex Openstep /* @cindex next @cindex NeXT */ Several options may be set in the openstep (next) driver. Syntax: @example set terminal openstep @{<mode>@} @{<type> @} @{<color>@} @{<dashed>@} @{"<fontname>"@} @{<fontsize>@} title @{"<newtitle>"@} @end example where <mode> is `default`, which sets all options to their defaults; <type> is either `new` or `old`, where `old` invokes the old single window; <color> is either `color` or `monochrome`; <dashed> is either `solid` or `dashed`; "<fontname>" is the name of a valid PostScript font; <fontsize> is the size of the font in PostScript points; and <title> is the title for the GnuTerm window. Defaults are `new`, `monochrome`, `dashed`, "Helvetica", 14pt. Examples: @example set term openstep default set term openstep 22 set term openstep color "Times-Roman" 14 set term openstep color "Helvetica" 12 title "MyPlot" set term openstep old @end example Pointsizes may be changed with `set linestyle`." @node pbm, dospc, Openstep_(next), terminal_ @subsubsection pbm @c ?commands set terminal pbm @c ?set terminal pbm @c ?set term pbm @c ?terminal pbm @c ?term pbm @cindex pbm @tmindex pbm Syntax: @example set terminal pbm @{<fontsize>@} @{<mode>@} @{size <x>,<y>@} @end example where <fontsize> is `small`, `medium`, or `large` and <mode> is `monochrome`, `gray` or `color`. The default plot size is 640 pixels wide and 480 pixels high. The output size is white-space padded to the nearest multiple of 8 pixels on both x and y. This empty space may be cropped later if needed. The output of the `pbm` driver depends upon <mode>: `monochrome` produces a portable bitmap (one bit per pixel), `gray` a portable graymap (three bits per pixel) and `color` a portable pixmap (color, four bits per pixel). The output of this driver can be used with various image conversion and manipulation utilities provided by NETPBM. Based on Jef Poskanzer's PBMPLUS package, NETPBM provides programs to convert the above PBM formats to GIF, TIFF, MacPaint, Macintosh PICT, PCX, X11 bitmap and many others. Complete information is available at http://netpbm.sourceforge.net/. Examples: @example set terminal pbm small monochrome # defaults set terminal pbm color medium size 800,600 set output '| pnmrotate 45 | pnmtopng > tilted.png' # uses NETPBM" @end example @node dospc, pdf, pbm, terminal_ @subsubsection dospc @c ?commands set terminal dospc @c ?set terminal dospc @c ?set term dospc @c ?terminal dospc @c ?term dospc @cindex dospc @tmindex dospc The `dospc` terminal driver supports PCs with arbitrary graphics boards, which will be automatically detected. It should be used only if you are not using the gcc or Zortec C/C++ compilers." @node pdf, pstricks, dospc, terminal_ @subsubsection pdf @c ?commands set terminal pdf @c ?set terminal pdf @c ?set term pdf @c ?terminal pdf @c ?term pdf @cindex pdf @tmindex pdf This terminal produces files in the Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF), useable for printing or display with tools like Acrobat Reader Syntax: @example set terminal pdf @{monochrome|color|colour@} @{@{no@}enhanced@} @{fname "<font>"@} @{fsize <fontsize>@} @{font "<fontname>@{,<fontsize>@}"@} @{linewidth <lw>@} @{rounded|butt@} @{solid|dashed@} @{dl <dashlength>@}@} @{size <XX>@{unit@},<YY>@{unit@}@} @end example The default is to use a different color for each line type. Selecting `monochome` will use black for all linetypes, in which case you probably want to select `dashed` to distinguish line types. Even in in mono mode you can still use explicit colors for filled areas or linestyles. where <font> is the name of the default font to use (default Helvetica) and <fontsize> is the font size (in points, default 12). For help on which fonts are available or how to install new ones, please see the documentation for your local installation of pdflib. The `enhanced` option enables enhanced text processing features (subscripts, superscripts and mixed fonts). See `enhanced`. The width of all lines in the plot can be increased by the factor <n> specified in `linewidth`. Similarly `dashlength` is a multiplier for the default dash spacing. `rounded` sets line caps and line joins to be rounded; `butt` is the default, butt caps and mitered joins. The default size for PDF output is 5 inches by 3 inches. The @ref{size} option changes this to whatever the user requests. By default the X and Y sizes are taken to be in inches, but other units are possible (currently only cm). * does not work. @node pstricks, qms, pdf, terminal_ @subsubsection pstricks @c ?commands set terminal pstricks @c ?set terminal pstricks @c ?set term pstricks @c ?terminal pstricks @c ?term pstricks @cindex pstricks @tmindex pstricks The `pstricks` driver is intended for use with the "pstricks.sty" macro package for LaTeX. It is an alternative to the `eepic` and `latex` drivers. You need "pstricks.sty", and, of course, a printer that understands PostScript, or a converter such as Ghostscript. PSTricks is available via anonymous ftp from the /pub directory at Princeton.edu. This driver definitely does not come close to using the full capability of the PSTricks package. Syntax: @example set terminal pstricks @{hacktext | nohacktext@} @{unit | nounit@} @end example The first option invokes an ugly hack that gives nicer numbers; the second has to do with plot scaling. The defaults are `hacktext` and `nounit`." @node qms, regis, pstricks, terminal_ @subsubsection qms @c ?commands set terminal qms @c ?set terminal qms @c ?set term qms @c ?terminal qms @c ?term qms @cindex qms @tmindex qms The `qms` terminal driver supports the QMS/QUIC Laser printer, the Talaris 1200 and others. It has no options." @node regis, regis_, qms, terminal_ @subsubsection regis @c ?commands set terminal regis @c ?set terminal regis @c ?set term regis @c ?terminal regis @c ?term regis @cindex regis @tmindex regis The `regis` terminal device generates output in the REGIS graphics language. It has the option of using 4 (the default) or 16 colors. Syntax: @example set terminal regis @{4 | 16@}" @end example @node regis_, rgip, regis, terminal_ @subsubsection regis @c ?commands set terminal regis @c ?set terminal regis @c ?set term regis @c ?terminal regis @c ?term regis @cindex regis @tmindex regis The `regis` terminal device generates output in the REGIS graphics language. It has the option of using 4 (the default) or 16 colors. Syntax: @example set terminal regis @{4 | 16@}" @end example @node rgip, sun, regis_, terminal_ @subsubsection rgip @c ?commands set terminal rgip @c ?set terminal rgip @c ?set term rgip @c ?terminal rgip @c ?term rgip @cindex rgip @tmindex rgip @c ?commands set terminal uniplex @c ?set terminal uniplex @c ?set term uniplex @c ?terminal uniplex @c ?term uniplex @cindex uniplex @tmindex uniplex The `rgip` and `uniplex` terminal drivers support RGIP metafiles. They can combine several graphs on a single page, but only one page is allowed in a given output file. Syntax: @example set terminal rgip | uniplex @{portrait | landscape@} @{[<horiz>,<vert>]@} @{<fontsize>@} @end example permissible values for the font size are in the range 1--8, with the default being 1. The default layout is landscape. Graphs are placed on the page in a `horiz`x`vert` grid, which defaults to [1,1]. Example: @example set terminal uniplex portrait [2,3] @end example puts six graphs on a page in three rows of two in portrait orientation." @node sun, svg, rgip, terminal_ @subsubsection sun @c ?commands set terminal sun @c ?set terminal sun @c ?set term sun @c ?terminal sun @c ?term sun @cindex sun @tmindex sun The `sun` terminal driver supports the SunView window system. It has no options." @node svg, tek410x, sun, terminal_ @subsubsection svg @c ?commands set terminal svg @c ?set terminal svg @c ?set term svg @c ?terminal svg @c ?term svg @cindex svg @tmindex svg This terminal produces files in the W3C Scalable Vector Graphics format. Syntax: @example set terminal svg @{size <x>,<y> @{|fixed|dynamic@}@} @{@{no@}enhanced@} @{fname "<font>"@} @{fsize <fontsize>@} @{font "<fontname>@{,<fontsize>@}"@} @{fontfile <filename>@} @{rounded|butt@} @{solid|dashed@} @{linewidth <lw>@} @end example where <x> and <y> are the size of the SVG plot to generate, `dynamic` allows a svg-viewer to resize plot, whereas the default setting, `fixed`, will request an absolute size. `linewidth <w>` increases the width of all lines used in the figure by a factor of <w>. <font> is the name of the default font to use (default Arial) and <fontsize> is the font size (in points, default 12). SVG viewing programs may substitute other fonts when the file is displayed. The svg terminal supports an enhanced text mode, which allows font and other formatting commands to be embedded in labels and other text strings. The enhanced text mode syntax is shared with other gnuplot terminal types. See `enhanced` for more details. SVG allows you to embed fonts directly into an SVG document, or to provide a hypertext link to the desired font. The `fontfile` option specifies a local file which is copied into the <defs> section of the resulting SVG output file. This file may either itself contain a font, or may contain the records necessary to create a hypertext reference to the desired font. Gnuplot will look for the requested file using the directory list in the GNUPLOT_FONTPATH environmental variable. NB: You must embed an svg font, not a TrueType or PostScript font." @node tek410x, tek410x_, svg, terminal_ @subsubsection tek410x @c ?commands set terminal tek410x @c ?set terminal tek410x @c ?set term tek410x @c ?terminal tek410x @c ?term tek410x @cindex tek410x @tmindex tek410x The `tek410x` terminal driver supports the 410x and 420x family of Tektronix terminals. It has no options." @node tek410x_, tek40, tek410x, terminal_ @subsubsection tek410x @c ?commands set terminal tek410x @c ?set terminal tek410x @c ?set term tek410x @c ?terminal tek410x @c ?term tek410x @cindex tek410x @tmindex tek410x The `tek410x` terminal driver supports the 410x and 420x family of Tektronix terminals. It has no options." @node tek40, texdraw, tek410x_, terminal_ @subsubsection tek40 @c ?commands set terminal tek40xx @c ?set terminal tek40xx @c ?set term tek40xx @c ?terminal tek40xx @c ?term tek40xx @cindex tek40 @tmindex tek40 @c ?commands set terminal vttek @c ?set terminal vttek @c ?set term vttek @c ?terminal vttek @c ?term vttek @cindex vttek @tmindex vttek @c ?commands set terminal kc-tek40xx @c ?set terminal kc-tek40xx @c ?set term kc-tek40xx @c ?terminal kc-tek40xx @c ?term kc-tek40xx @cindex kc-tek40xx @tmindex kc-tek40xx @c ?commands set terminal km-tek40xx @c ?set terminal km-tek40xx @c ?set term km-tek40xx @c ?terminal km-tek40xx @c ?term km-tek40xx @cindex km-tek40xx @c ?commands set terminal selanar @c ?set terminal selanar @c ?set term selanar @c ?terminal selanar @c ?term selanar @cindex selanar @c ?commands set terminal bitgraph @c ?set terminal bitgraph @c ?set term bitgraph @c ?terminal bitgraph @c ?term bitgraph @cindex bitgraph This family of terminal drivers supports a variety of VT-like terminals. `tek40xx` supports Tektronix 4010 and others as well as most TEK emulators. `vttek` supports VT-like tek40xx terminal emulators. The following are present only if selected when gnuplot is built: `kc-tek40xx` supports MS-DOS Kermit Tek4010 terminal emulators in color; `km-tek40xx` supports them in monochrome. `selanar` supports Selanar graphics. `bitgraph` supports BBN Bitgraph terminals. None have any options." @node texdraw, tgif, tek40, terminal_ @subsubsection texdraw @c ?commands set terminal texdraw @c ?set terminal texdraw @c ?set term texdraw @c ?terminal texdraw @c ?term texdraw @cindex texdraw @tmindex texdraw The `texdraw` terminal driver supports the LaTeX texdraw environment. It is intended for use with "texdraw.sty" and "texdraw.tex" in the texdraw package. Points, among other things, are drawn using the LaTeX commands "\\Diamond" and "\\Box". These commands no longer belong to the LaTeX2e core; they are included in the latexsym package, which is part of the base distribution and thus part of any LaTeX implementation. Please do not forget to use this package. It has no options." @node tgif, tgif_, texdraw, terminal_ @subsubsection tgif @c ?commands set terminal tgif @c ?set terminal tgif @c ?set term tgif @c ?terminal tgif @c ?term tgif @cindex tgif @tmindex tgif Tgif is an X11-based drawing tool---it has nothing to do with GIF. The `tgif` driver supports different pointsizes (with @ref{pointsize}), different label fonts and font sizes (e.g. `set label "Hallo" at x,y font "Helvetica,34"`) and multiple graphs on the page. The proportions of the axes are not changed. Syntax: @example set terminal tgif @{portrait | landscape | default@} @{<[x,y]>@} @{monochrome | color@} @{@{linewidth | lw@} <LW>@} @{solid | dashed@} @{font "<fontname>"@} @{<fontsize>@} @end example where <[x,y]> specifies the number of graphs in the x and y directions on the page, `color` enables color, `linewidth` scales all linewidths by <LW>, "<fontname>" is the name of a valid PostScript font, and <fontsize> specifies the size of the PostScript font. `defaults` sets all options to their defaults: `portrait`, `[1,1]`, `color`, `linwidth 1.0`, `dashed`, `"Helvetica"`, and `18`. The `solid` option is usually prefered if lines are colored, as they often are in the editor. Hardcopy will be black-and-white, so `dashed` should be chosen for that. Multiplot is implemented in two different ways. The first multiplot implementation is the standard gnuplot multiplot feature: @example set terminal tgif set output "file.obj" set multiplot set origin x01,y01 set size xs,ys plot ... ... set origin x02,y02 plot ... unset multiplot @end example See @ref{multiplot} for further information. The second version is the [x,y] option for the driver itself. The advantage of this implementation is that everything is scaled and placed automatically without the need for setting origins and sizes; the graphs keep their natural x/y proportions of 3/2 (or whatever is fixed by @ref{size}). If both multiplot methods are selected, the standard method is chosen and a warning message is given. Examples of single plots (or standard multiplot): @example set terminal tgif # defaults set terminal tgif "Times-Roman" 24 set terminal tgif landscape set terminal tgif landscape solid @end example Examples using the built-in multiplot mechanism: @example set terminal tgif portrait [2,4] # portrait; 2 plots in the x- # and 4 in the y-direction set terminal tgif [1,2] # portrait; 1 plot in the x- # and 2 in the y-direction set terminal tgif landscape [3,3] # landscape; 3 plots in both # directions" @end example @node tgif_, tkcanvas, tgif, terminal_ @subsubsection tgif @c ?commands set terminal tgif @c ?set terminal tgif @c ?set term tgif @c ?terminal tgif @c ?term tgif @cindex tgif @tmindex tgif Tgif is an X11-based drawing tool---it has nothing to do with GIF. The `tgif` driver supports different pointsizes (with @ref{pointsize}), different label fonts and font sizes (e.g. `set label "Hallo" at x,y font "Helvetica,34"`) and multiple graphs on the page. The proportions of the axes are not changed. Syntax: @example set terminal tgif @{portrait | landscape | default@} @{<[x,y]>@} @{monochrome | color@} @{@{linewidth | lw@} <LW>@} @{solid | dashed@} @{font "<fontname>"@} @{<fontsize>@} @end example where <[x,y]> specifies the number of graphs in the x and y directions on the page, `color` enables color, `linewidth` scales all linewidths by <LW>, "<fontname>" is the name of a valid PostScript font, and <fontsize> specifies the size of the PostScript font. `defaults` sets all options to their defaults: `portrait`, `[1,1]`, `color`, `linwidth 1.0`, `dashed`, `"Helvetica"`, and `18`. The `solid` option is usually prefered if lines are colored, as they often are in the editor. Hardcopy will be black-and-white, so `dashed` should be chosen for that. Multiplot is implemented in two different ways. The first multiplot implementation is the standard gnuplot multiplot feature: @example set terminal tgif set output "file.obj" set multiplot set origin x01,y01 set size xs,ys plot ... ... set origin x02,y02 plot ... unset multiplot @end example See @ref{multiplot} for further information. The second version is the [x,y] option for the driver itself. The advantage of this implementation is that everything is scaled and placed automatically without the need for setting origins and sizes; the graphs keep their natural x/y proportions of 3/2 (or whatever is fixed by @ref{size}). If both multiplot methods are selected, the standard method is chosen and a warning message is given. Examples of single plots (or standard multiplot): @example set terminal tgif # defaults set terminal tgif "Times-Roman" 24 set terminal tgif landscape set terminal tgif landscape solid @end example Examples using the built-in multiplot mechanism: @example set terminal tgif portrait [2,4] # portrait; 2 plots in the x- # and 4 in the y-direction set terminal tgif [1,2] # portrait; 1 plot in the x- # and 2 in the y-direction set terminal tgif landscape [3,3] # landscape; 3 plots in both # directions" @end example @node tkcanvas, tpic, tgif_, terminal_ @subsubsection tkcanvas @c ?commands set terminal tkcanvas @c ?set terminal tkcanvas @c ?set term tkcanvas @c ?terminal tkcanvas @c ?term tkcanvas @cindex tkcanvas @tmindex tkcanvas This terminal driver generates Tk canvas widget commands based on Tcl/Tk (default) or Perl. To use it, rebuild `gnuplot` (after uncommenting or inserting the appropriate line in "term.h"), then @example gnuplot> set term tkcanvas @{perltk@} @{interactive@} gnuplot> set output 'plot.file' @end example After invoking "wish", execute the following sequence of Tcl/Tk commands: @example % source plot.file % canvas .c % pack .c % gnuplot .c @end example Or, for Perl/Tk use a program like this: @example use Tk; my $top = MainWindow->new; my $c = $top->Canvas->pack; my $gnuplot = do "plot.pl"; $gnuplot->($c); MainLoop; @end example The code generated by `gnuplot` creates a procedure called "gnuplot" that takes the name of a canvas as its argument. When the procedure is called, it clears the canvas, finds the size of the canvas and draws the plot in it, scaled to fit. For 2-dimensional plotting (`plot`) two additional procedures are defined: "gnuplot_plotarea" will return a list containing the borders of the plotting area "xleft, xright, ytop, ybot" in canvas screen coordinates, while the ranges of the two axes "x1min, x1max, y1min, y1max, x2min, x2max, y2min, y2max" in plot coordinates can be obtained calling "gnuplot_axisranges". If the "interactive" option is specified, mouse clicking on a line segment will print the coordinates of its midpoint to stdout. Advanced actions can happen instead if the user supplies a procedure named "user_gnuplot_coordinates", which takes the following arguments: "win id x1s y1s x2s y2s x1e y1e x2e y2e x1m y1m x2m y2m", the name of the canvas and the id of the line segment followed by the coordinates of its start and end point in the two possible axis ranges; the coordinates of the midpoint are only filled for logarithmic axes. The current version of `tkcanvas` supports neither @ref{multiplot} nor @ref{replot}." @node tpic, unixpc, tkcanvas, terminal_ @subsubsection tpic @c ?commands set terminal tpic @c ?set terminal tpic @c ?set term tpic @c ?terminal tpic @c ?term tpic @cindex tpic @tmindex tpic The `tpic` terminal driver supports the LaTeX picture environment with tpic \\specials. It is an alternative to the `latex` and `eepic` terminal drivers. Options are the point size, line width, and dot-dash interval. Syntax: @example set terminal tpic <pointsize> <linewidth> <interval> @end example where @ref{pointsize} and `linewidth` are integers in milli-inches and `interval` is a float in inches. If a non-positive value is specified, the default is chosen: pointsize = 40, linewidth = 6, interval = 0.1. All drivers for LaTeX offer a special way of controlling text positioning: If any text string begins with '@{', you also need to include a '@}' at the end of the text, and the whole text will be centered both horizontally and vertically by LaTeX. --- If the text string begins with '[', you need to continue it with: a position specification (up to two out of t,b,l,r), ']@{', the text itself, and finally, '@}'. The text itself may be anything LaTeX can typeset as an LR-box. \\rule@{@}@{@}'s may help for best positioning. Examples: About label positioning: Use gnuplot defaults (mostly sensible, but sometimes not really best): @example set title '\\LaTeX\\ -- $ \\gamma $' @end example Force centering both horizontally and vertically: @example set label '@{\\LaTeX\\ -- $ \\gamma $@}' at 0,0 @end example Specify own positioning (top here): @example set xlabel '[t]@{\\LaTeX\\ -- $ \\gamma $@}' @end example The other label -- account for long ticlabels: @example set ylabel '[r]@{\\LaTeX\\ -- $ \\gamma $\\rule@{7mm@}@{0pt@}@}'" @end example @node unixpc, unixplot, tpic, terminal_ @subsubsection unixpc @c ?commands set terminal unixpc @c ?set terminal unixpc @c ?set term unixpc @c ?terminal unixpc @c ?term unixpc @cindex unixpc @tmindex unixpc The `unixpc` terminal driver supports AT&T 3b1 and AT&T 7300 Unix PC. It has no options." @node unixplot, vx384, unixpc, terminal_ @subsubsection unixplot @c ?commands set terminal unixplot @c ?set terminal unixplot @c ?set term unixplot @c ?terminal unixplot @c ?term unixplot @cindex unixplot @tmindex unixplot The `unixplot` terminal driver generates output in the Unix "plot" graphics language. It has no options. This terminal cannot be compiled if the GNU version of plot is to be used; in that case, use the `gnugraph` terminal instead." @node vx384, vgagl, unixplot, terminal_ @subsubsection vx384 @c ?commands set terminal vx384 @c ?set terminal vx384 @c ?set term vx384 @c ?terminal vx384 @c ?term vx384 @cindex vx384 @tmindex vx384 The `vx384` terminal driver supports the Vectrix 384 and Tandy color printers. It has no options." @node vgagl, VWS, vx384, terminal_ @subsubsection vgagl @c ?commands set terminal vgagl @c ?set terminal vgagl @c ?set term vgagl @c ?terminal vgagl @c ?term vgagl @cindex vgagl @tmindex vgagl The `vgagl` driver is a fast linux console driver with full mouse and pm3d support. It looks at the environment variable SVGALIB_DEFAULT_MODE for the default mode; if not set, it uses a 256 color mode with the highest available resolution. Syntax: @example set terminal vgagl \\ background [red] [[green] [blue]] \\ [uniform | interpolate] \\ [dump "file"] \\ [mode] @end example The color mode can also be given with the mode option. Both Symbolic names as G1024x768x256 and integers are allowed. The `background` option takes either one or three integers in the range [0, 255]. If only one integers is supplied, it is taken as gray value for the background. If three integers are present, the background gets the corresponding color. The (mutually exclusive) options `interpolate` and `uniform` control if color interpolation is done while drawing triangles (on by default). A @ref{file} can be specified with the `dump "file"` option. If this option is present, (i.e the dump file name is not empty) pressing the key KP_Delete will write the file. This action cannot and cannot be rebound. The file is written in raw ppm (P6) format. Note that this option is reset each time the `set term` command is issued. To get high resolution modes, you will probably have to modify the configuration file of libvga, usually /etc/vga/libvga.conf. Using the VESA fb is a good choice, but this needs to be compiled in the kernel. The vgagl driver uses the first *available* vga mode from the following list: @example - the driver which was supplied when setting vgagl, e.g. `set term vgagl G1024x768x256` would first check, if the G1024x768x256 mode is available. - the environment variable SVGALIB_DEFAULT_MODE - G1024x768x256 - G800x600x256 - G640x480x256 - G320x200x256 - G1280x1024x256 - G1152x864x256 - G1360x768x256 - G1600x1200x256 @end example @node VWS, windows, vgagl, terminal_ @subsubsection VWS @c ?commands set terminal VWS @c ?set terminal VWS @c ?set term VWS @c ?terminal VWS @c ?term VWS @cindex VWS @tmindex VWS The `VWS` terminal driver supports the VAX Windowing System. It has no options. It will sense the display type (monochrome, gray scale, or color.) All line styles are plotted as solid lines." @node windows, wxt, VWS, terminal_ @subsubsection windows @c ?commands set terminal windows @c ?set terminal windows @c ?set term windows @c ?terminal windows @c ?term windows @cindex windows @tmindex windows Three options may be set in the `windows` terminal driver. Syntax: @example set terminal windows @{color | monochrome@} @{enhanced | noenhanced@} @{@{font@} "fontname@{,fontsize@}" @{<fontsize>@}@} @{title "Plot Window Title"@} @end example where `color` and `monochrome` select colored or mono output, `enhanced` enables enhanced text mode features (subscripts, superscripts and mixed fonts). See `enhanced` for more information. `"<fontname>"` is the name of a valid Windows font, and `<fontsize>` is the size of the font in points. Other options may be set with the graph-menu or the initialization file. The Windows version normally terminates immediately as soon as the end of any files given as command line arguments is reached (i.e. in non-interactive mode), unless you specify `-` as the last command line option. It will also not show the text-window at all, in this mode, only the plot. By giving the optional argument `-persist` (same as for gnuplot under x11; former Windows-only options `/noend` or `-noend` are still accepted as well), will not close gnuplot. Contrary to gnuplot on other operating systems, gnuplot's interactive command line is accessible after the -persist option. @noindent --- GRAPH-MENU --- @c ?commands set terminal windows graph-menu @c ?set terminal windows graph-menu @c ?set term windows graph-menu @c ?windows graph-menu @cindex graph-menu @tmindex graph-menu The `gnuplot graph` window has the following options on a pop-up menu accessed by pressing the right mouse button or selecting `Options` from the system menu: `Bring to Top` when checked brings the graph window to the top after every plot. `Color` when checked enables color linestyles. When unchecked it forces monochrome linestyles. `Copy to Clipboard` copies a bitmap and a Metafile picture. `Background...` sets the window background color. `Choose Font...` selects the font used in the graphics window. `Line Styles...` allows customization of the line colors and styles. `Print...` prints the graphics windows using a Windows printer driver and allows selection of the printer and scaling of the output. The output produced by `Print` is not as good as that from `gnuplot`'s own printer drivers. `Update wgnuplot.ini` saves the current window locations, window sizes, text window font, text window font size, graph window font, graph window font size, background color and linestyles to the initialization file `WGNUPLOT.INI`. @noindent --- PRINTING --- @c ?commands set terminal windows printing @c ?set terminal windows printing @c ?set term windows printing @c ?windows printing @cindex printing @tmindex printing In order of preference, graphs may be be printed in the following ways. `1.` Use the `gnuplot` command @ref{terminal} to select a printer and @ref{output} to redirect output to a file. `2.` Select the `Print...` command from the `gnuplot graph` window. An extra command `screendump` does this from the text window. `3.` If `set output "PRN"` is used, output will go to a temporary file. When you exit from `gnuplot` or when you change the output with another @ref{output} command, a dialog box will appear for you to select a printer port. If you choose OK, the output will be printed on the selected port, passing unmodified through the print manager. It is possible to accidentally (or deliberately) send printer output meant for one printer to an incompatible printer. @noindent --- TEXT-MENU --- @c ?commands set terminal windows text-menu @c ?set terminal windows text-menu @c ?set term windows text-menu @c ?windows text-menu @cindex text-menu @tmindex text-menu The `gnuplot text` window has the following options on a pop-up menu accessed by pressing the right mouse button or selecting `Options` from the system menu: `Copy to Clipboard` copies marked text to the clipboard. `Paste` copies text from the clipboard as if typed by the user. `Choose Font...` selects the font used in the text window. `System Colors` when selected makes the text window honor the System Colors set using the Control Panel. When unselected, text is black or blue on a white background. `Update wgnuplot.ini` saves the current text window location, text window size, text window font and text window font size to the initialisation file `WGNUPLOT.INI`. `MENU BAR` If the menu file `WGNUPLOT.MNU` is found in the same directory as WGNUPLOT.EXE, then the menu specified in `WGNUPLOT.MNU` will be loaded. Menu commands: [Menu] starts a new menu with the name on the following line. [EndMenu] ends the current menu. [--] inserts a horizontal menu separator. [|] inserts a vertical menu separator. [Button] puts the next macro on a push button instead of a menu. Macros take two lines with the macro name (menu entry) on the first line and the macro on the second line. Leading spaces are ignored. Macro commands: [INPUT] --- Input string with prompt terminated by [EOS] or @{ENTER@} [EOS] --- End Of String terminator. Generates no output. [OPEN] --- Get name of file to open from list box, with title of list box terminated by [EOS], followed by default filename terminated by [EOS] or @{ENTER@}. [SAVE] --- Get name of file to save. Similar to [OPEN] Macro character substitutions: @{ENTER@} --- Carriage Return '\\r' @{TAB@} --- Tab '\\011' @{ESC@} --- Escape '\\033' @{^A@} --- '\\001' ... @{^_@} --- '\\031' Macros are limited to 256 characters after expansion. @noindent --- WGNUPLOT.INI --- @c ?commands set terminal windows wgnuplot.ini @c ?set terminal windows wgnuplot.ini @c ?set term windows wgnuplot.ini @c ?windows wgnuplot.ini @cindex wgnuplot.ini @tmindex wgnuplot.ini Windows `gnuplot` will read some of its options from the `[WGNUPLOT]` section of `WGNUPLOT.INI` in user's %APPDATA% directory. A sample `WGNUPLOT.INI` file: @example [WGNUPLOT] TextOrigin=0 0 TextSize=640 150 TextFont=Terminal,9 GraphOrigin=0 150 GraphSize=640 330 GraphFont=Arial,10 GraphColor=1 GraphToTop=1 GraphBackground=255 255 255 Border=0 0 0 0 0 Axis=192 192 192 2 2 Line1=0 0 255 0 0 Line2=0 255 0 0 1 Line3=255 0 0 0 2 Line4=255 0 255 0 3 Line5=0 0 128 0 4 @end example The `GraphFont` entry specifies the font name and size in points. The five numbers given in the `Border`, `Axis` and `Line` entries are the `Red` intensity (0--255), `Green` intensity, `Blue` intensity, `Color Linestyle` and `Mono Linestyle`. `Linestyles` are 0=SOLID, 1=DASH, 2=DOT, 3=DASHDOT, 4=DASHDOTDOT. In the sample `WGNUPLOT.INI` file above, Line 2 is a green solid line in color mode, or a dashed line in monochrome mode. The default line width is 1 pixel. If `Linestyle` is negative, it specifies the width of a SOLID line in pixels. Line1 and any linestyle used with the `points` style must be SOLID with unit width." @node wxt, x11, windows, terminal_ @subsubsection wxt @c ?set terminal wxt @c ?terminal wxt @c ?set term wxt @c ?term wxt @cindex wxt @tmindex wxt The `wxt` terminal device generates output in a separate window. The window is created by the wxWidgets library, where the 'wxt' comes from. The actual drawing is done via cairo, a 2D graphics library, and pango, a library for laying out and rendering text. Syntax: @example set term wxt @{<n>@} @{size <width>,<height>@} @{@{no@}enhanced@} @{font <font>@} @{title "title"@} @{@{no@}persist@} @{@{no@}raise@} @{@{no@}ctrl@} @{close@} @end example Multiple plot windows are supported: `set terminal wxt <n>` directs the output to plot window number n. The default window title is based on the window number. This title can also be specified with the keyword "title". Plot windows remain open even when the `gnuplot` driver is changed to a different device. A plot window can be closed by pressing the letter 'q' while that window has input focus, by choosing `close` from a window manager menu, or with `set term wxt <n> close`. The size of the plot area is given in pixels, it defaults to 640x384. In addition to that, the actual size of the window also includes the space reserved for the toolbar and the status bar. When you resize a window, the plot is immediately scaled to fit in the new size of the window. Unlike other interactive terminals, the `wxt` terminal scales the whole plot, including fonts and linewidths, and keeps its global aspect ratio constant, leaving an empty space painted in gray. If you type @ref{replot}, click the @ref{replot} icon in the terminal toolbar or type a new `plot` command, the new plot will completely fit in the window and the font size and the linewidths will be reset to their defaults. The active plot window (the one selected by `set term wxt <n>`) is interactive. Its behaviour is shared with other terminal types. See `mouse` for details. It also has some extra icons, which are supposed to be self-explanatory. This terminal supports an enhanced text mode, which allows font and other formatting commands (subscripts, superscripts, etc.) to be embedded in labels and other text strings. The enhanced text mode syntax is shared with other gnuplot terminal types. See `enhanced` for more details. <font> is in the format "FontFace,FontSize", i.e. the face and the size comma-separated in a single string. FontFace is a usual font face name, such as \'Arial\'. If you do not provide FontFace, the wxt terminal will use \'Sans\'. FontSize is the font size, in points. If you do not provide it, the wxt terminal will use a size of 10 points. @example For example : set term wxt font "Arial,12" set term wxt font "Arial" # to change the font face only set term wxt font ",12" # to change the font size only set term wxt font "" # to reset the font name and size @end example The fonts are retrieved from the usual fonts subsystems. Under Windows, those fonts are to be found and configured in the entry "Fonts" of the control panel. Under UNIX, they are handled by "fontconfig". Pango, the library used to layout the text, is based on utf-8. Thus, the wxt terminal has to convert from your encoding to utf-8. The default input encoding is based on your \'locale\'. If you want to use another encoding, make sure gnuplot knows which one you are using. See @ref{encoding} for more details. Pango may give unexpected results with fonts that do not respect the unicode mapping. With the Symbol font, for example, the wxt terminal will use the map provided by http://www.unicode.org/ to translate character codes to unicode. Pango will do its best to find a font containing this character, looking for your Symbol font, or other fonts with a broad unicode coverage, like the DejaVu fonts. Note that "the Symbol font" is to be understood as the Adobe Symbol font, distributed with Acrobat Reader as "SY______.PFB". Alternatively, the OpenSymbol font, distributed with OpenOffice.org as "opens___.ttf", offers the same characters. Microsoft has distributed a Symbol font ("symbol.ttf"), but it has a different character set with several missing or moved mathematic characters. If you experience problems with your default setup (if the demo enhancedtext.dem is not displayed properly for example), you probably have to install one of the Adobe or OpenOffice Symbol fonts, and remove the Microsoft one. Other non-conform fonts, such as "wingdings" have been observed working. The rendering of the plot can be altered with a dialog available from the toolbar. To obtain the best output possible, the rendering involves three mechanisms : antialiasing, oversampling and hinting. Antialiasing allows to display non-horizontal and non-vertical lines smoother. Oversampling combined with antialiasing provides subpixel accuracy, so that gnuplot can draw a line from non-integer coordinates. This avoids wobbling effects on diagonal lines ('plot x' for example). Hinting avoids the blur on horizontal and vertical lines caused by oversampling. The terminal will snap these lines to integer coordinates so that a one-pixel-wide line will actually be drawn on one and only one pixel. By default, the window is raised to the top of your desktop when a plot is drawn. This can be controlled with the keyword "raise". The keyword "persist" will prevent gnuplot from exiting before you explicitely close all the plot windows. Finally, by default the key <space> raises the gnuplot console window, and 'q' closes the plot window. The keyword "ctrl" allows you to replace those bindings by <ctrl>+<space> and <ctrl>+'q', respectively. These three keywords (raise, persist and ctrl) can also be set and remembered between sessions through the configuration dialog." @node x11, x11_, wxt, terminal_ @subsubsection x11 @c ?commands set terminal x11 @c ?set terminal x11 @c ?set term x11 @c ?terminal x11 @c ?term x11 @cindex x11 @cindex X11 `gnuplot` provides the `x11` terminal type for use with X servers. This terminal type is set automatically at startup if the `DISPLAY` environment variable is set, if the `TERM` environment variable is set to `xterm`, or if the `-display` command line option is used. Syntax: @example set terminal x11 @{<n> | window "<string>"@} @{title "<string>"@} @{@{no@}enhanced@} @{font <fontspec>@} @{linewidth LW@} @{solid|dashed@} @{@{no@}persist@} @{@{no@}raise@} @{@{no@}ctrlq@} @{close@} @{size XX,YY@} @{position XX,YY@} set terminal x11 @{reset@} @end example Multiple plot windows are supported: `set terminal x11 <n>` directs the output to plot window number n. If n is not 0, the terminal number will be appended to the window title (unless a title has been supplied manually) and the icon will be labeled `Gnuplot <n>`. The active window may be distinguished by a change in cursor (from default to crosshair). The `x11` terminal can connect to X windows previously created by an outside application via the option `window` followed by a string containing the X ID for the window in hexadecimal format. Gnuplot uses that external X window as a container since X does not allow for multiple clients selecting the ButtonPress event. In this way, gnuplot's mouse features work within the contained plot window. @example set term x11 window "220001e" @end example The x11 terminal supports enhanced text mode (see `enhanced`), subject to the available fonts. In order for font size commands embedded in text to have any effect, the default x11 font must be scalable. Thus the first example below will work as expected, but the second will not. @example set term x11 enhanced font "arial,15" set title '@{/=20 Big@} Medium @{/=5 Small@}' @end example @example set term x11 enhanced font "terminal-14" set title '@{/=20 Big@} Medium @{/=5 Small@}' @end example Plot windows remain open even when the `gnuplot` driver is changed to a different device. A plot window can be closed by pressing the letter q while that window has input focus, or by choosing `close` from a window manager menu. All plot windows can be closed by specifying @ref{reset}, which actually terminates the subprocess which maintains the windows (unless `-persist` was specified). The `close` command can be used to close individual plot windows by number. However, after a @ref{reset}, those plot windows left due to persist cannot be closed with the command `close`. A `close` without a number closes the current active plot window. The gnuplot outboard driver, gnuplot_x11, is searched in a default place chosen when the program is compiled. You can override that by defining the environment variable GNUPLOT_DRIVER_DIR to point to a different location. Plot windows will automatically be closed at the end of the session unless the `-persist` option was given. The options `persist` and @ref{raise} are unset by default, which means that the defaults (persist == no and raise == yes) or the command line options -persist / -raise or the Xresources are taken. If [no]persist or [no]raise are specified, they will override command line options and Xresources. Setting one of these options takes place immediately, so the behaviour of an already running driver can be modified. If the window does not get raised, see discussion in @ref{raise}. The option `title "<title name>"` will supply the title name of the window for the current plot window or plot window <n> if a number is given. Where (or if) this title is shown depends on your X window manager. The size option can be used to set the size of the plot window. The size option will only apply to newly created windows. The position option can be used to set the position of the plot window. The position option will only apply to newly created windows. The size or aspect ratio of a plot may be changed by resizing the `gnuplot` window. Linewidths and pointsizes may be changed from within `gnuplot` with `set linestyle`. For terminal type `x11`, `gnuplot` accepts (when initialized) the standard X Toolkit options and resources such as geometry, font, and name from the command line arguments or a configuration file. See the X(1) man page (or its equivalent) for a description of such options. @cindex X resources A number of other `gnuplot` options are available for the `x11` terminal. These may be specified either as command-line options when `gnuplot` is invoked or as resources in the configuration file ".Xdefaults". They are set upon initialization and cannot be altered during a `gnuplot` session. (except `persist` and @ref{raise}) @noindent --- X11_FONTS --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 x11_fonts @c ?set terminal x11 x11_fonts @c ?set term x11 x11_fonts @c ?x11 x11_fonts @cindex x11_fonts @cindex fonts Upon initial startup, the default font is taken from the X11 resources as set in the system or user .Xdefaults file or on the command line. Example: @example gnuplot*font: lucidasans-bold-12 @end example A new default font may be specified to the x11 driver from inside gnuplot using @example `set term x11 font "<fontspec>"` @end example The driver first queries the X-server for a font of the exact name given. If this query fails, then it tries to interpret <fontspec> as "<font>,<size>,<slant>,<weight>" and to construct a full X11 font name of the form @example -*-<font>-<weight>-<s>-*-*-<size>-*-*-*-*-*-<encoding> @end example @example <font> is the base name of the font (e.g. Times or Symbol) <size> is the point size (defaults to 12 if not specified) <s> is `i` if <slant>=="italic" `o` if <slant>=="oblique" `r` otherwise <weight> is `medium` or `bold` if explicitly requested, otherwise `*` <encoding> is set based on the current character set (see @ref{encoding}). @end example So `set term x11 font "arial,15,italic"` will be translated to -*-arial-*-i-*-*-15-*-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1 (assuming default encoding). The <size>, <slant>, and <weight> specifications are all optional. If you do not specify <slant> or <weight> then you will get whatever font variant the font server offers first. You may set a default enconding via the corresponding X11 resource. E.g. @example gnuplot*encoding: iso8859-15 @end example The driver also recognizes some common PostScript font names and replaces them with possible X11 or TrueType equivalents. This same sequence is used to process font requests from `set label`. If your gnuplot was built with configuration option --enable-x11-mbfonts, you can specify multi-byte fonts by using the prefix "mbfont:" on the font name. An additional font may be given, separated by a semicolon. Since multi-byte font encodings are interpreted according to the locale setting, you must make sure that the environmental variable LC_CTYPE is set to some appropriate locale value such as ja_JP.eucJP, ko_KR.EUC, or zh_CN.EUC. Example: @example set term x11 font 'mbfont:kana14;k14' # 'kana14' and 'k14' are Japanese X11 font aliases, and ';' # is the separator of font names. set term x11 font 'mbfont:fixed,16,r,medium' # <font>,<size>,<slant>,<weight> form is also usable. set title '(mb strings)' font 'mbfont:*-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-*' @end example The same syntax applies to the default font in Xresources settings, for example, @example gnuplot*font: \\ mbfont:-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-*-*-*-c-*-jisx0208.1983-0 @end example If gnuplot is built with --enable-x11-mbfonts, you can use two special PostScript font names 'Ryumin-Light-*' and 'GothicBBB-Medium-*' (standard Japanese PS fonts) without the prefix "mbfont:". @noindent --- COMMAND-LINE_OPTIONS --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 command-line-options @c ?set terminal x11 command-line-options @c ?set term x11 command-line-options @c ?x11 command-line-options @cindex command-line-options In addition to the X Toolkit options, the following options may be specified on the command line when starting `gnuplot` or as resources in your ".Xdefaults" file (note that @ref{raise} and `persist` can be overridden later by `set term x11 [no]raise [no]persist)`: @example `-mono` forces monochrome rendering on color displays. `-gray` requests grayscale rendering on grayscale or color displays. (Grayscale displays receive monochrome rendering by default.) `-clear` requests that the window be cleared momentarily before a new plot is displayed. `-tvtwm` requests that geometry specifications for position of the window be made relative to the currently displayed portion of the virtual root. `-raise` raises plot window after each plot `-noraise` does not raise plot window after each plot `-noevents` does not process mouse and key events `-ctrlq ` closes window on ctrl-q rather than q `-persist` plot windows survive after main gnuplot program exits @end example @cindex X resources The options are shown above in their command-line syntax. When entered as resources in ".Xdefaults", they require a different syntax. Example: @example gnuplot*gray: on gnuplot*ctrlq: on @end example `gnuplot` also provides a command line option (`-pointsize <v>`) and a resource, `gnuplot*pointsize: <v>`, to control the size of points plotted with the `points` plotting style. The value `v` is a real number (greater than 0 and less than or equal to ten) used as a scaling factor for point sizes. For example, `-pointsize 2` uses points twice the default size, and `-pointsize 0.5` uses points half the normal size. The `-noevents` switch disables all mouse and key event processing (except for `q` and `<space>` for closing the window). This is useful for programs which use the x11 driver independent of the gnuplot main program. The `-ctrlq` switch changes the hot-key that closes a plot window from `q` to `<ctrl>q`. This is useful is you are using the keystroke-capture feature `pause mouse keystroke`, since it allows the character `q` to be captured just as all other alphanumeric characters. The `-ctrlq` switch similarly replaces the <space> hot-key with <ctrl><space> for the same reason. @noindent --- MONOCHROME_OPTIONS --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 monochrome_options @c ?set terminal x11 monochrome_options @c ?set term x11 monochrome_options @c ?x11 monochrome_options @cindex monochrome_options @cindex X resources For monochrome displays, `gnuplot` does not honor foreground or background colors. The default is black-on-white. `-rv` or `gnuplot*reverseVideo: on` requests white-on-black. @noindent --- COLOR_RESOURCES --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 color_resources @c ?set terminal x11 color_resources @c ?set term x11 color_resources @c ?x11 color_resources @cindex color_resources @cindex X resources The X11 terminal honors the following resources (shown here with their default values) or the greyscale resources. The values may be color names as listed in the X11 rgb.txt file on your system, hexadecimal RGB color specifications (see X11 documentation), or a color name followed by a comma and an `intensity` value from 0 to 1. For example, `blue, 0.5` means a half intensity blue. @example gnuplot*background: white gnuplot*textColor: black gnuplot*borderColor: black gnuplot*axisColor: black gnuplot*line1Color: red gnuplot*line2Color: green gnuplot*line3Color: blue gnuplot*line4Color: magenta gnuplot*line5Color: cyan gnuplot*line6Color: sienna gnuplot*line7Color: orange gnuplot*line8Color: coral @end example The command-line syntax for these is simple only for background, which maps directly to the usual X11 toolkit option "-bg". All others can only be set on the command line by use of the generic "-xrm" resource override option Examples: @example gnuplot -background coral @end example to change the background color. @example gnuplot -xrm 'gnuplot*line1Color:blue' @end example to override the first linetype color. @noindent --- GRAYSCALE_RESOURCES --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 grayscale_resources @c ?set terminal x11 grayscale_resources @c ?set term x11 grayscale_resources @c ?x11 grayscale_resources @cindex grayscale_resources @cindex X resources When `-gray` is selected, `gnuplot` honors the following resources for grayscale or color displays (shown here with their default values). Note that the default background is black. @example gnuplot*background: black gnuplot*textGray: white gnuplot*borderGray: gray50 gnuplot*axisGray: gray50 gnuplot*line1Gray: gray100 gnuplot*line2Gray: gray60 gnuplot*line3Gray: gray80 gnuplot*line4Gray: gray40 gnuplot*line5Gray: gray90 gnuplot*line6Gray: gray50 gnuplot*line7Gray: gray70 gnuplot*line8Gray: gray30 @end example @noindent --- LINE_RESOURCES --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 line_resources @c ?set terminal x11 line_resources @c ?set term x11 line_resources @c ?x11 line_resources @cindex line_resources @cindex X resources `gnuplot` honors the following resources for setting the width (in pixels) of plot lines (shown here with their default values.) 0 or 1 means a minimal width line of 1 pixel width. A value of 2 or 3 may improve the appearance of some plots. @example gnuplot*borderWidth: 2 gnuplot*axisWidth: 0 gnuplot*line1Width: 0 gnuplot*line2Width: 0 gnuplot*line3Width: 0 gnuplot*line4Width: 0 gnuplot*line5Width: 0 gnuplot*line6Width: 0 gnuplot*line7Width: 0 gnuplot*line8Width: 0 @end example `gnuplot` honors the following resources for setting the dash style used for plotting lines. 0 means a solid line. A two-digit number `jk` (`j` and `k` are >= 1 and <= 9) means a dashed line with a repeated pattern of `j` pixels on followed by `k` pixels off. For example, '16' is a dotted line with one pixel on followed by six pixels off. More elaborate on/off patterns can be specified with a four-digit value. For example, '4441' is four on, four off, four on, one off. The default values shown below are for monochrome displays or monochrome rendering on color or grayscale displays. Color displays default to dashed:off @example gnuplot*dashed: off gnuplot*borderDashes: 0 gnuplot*axisDashes: 16 gnuplot*line1Dashes: 0 gnuplot*line2Dashes: 42 gnuplot*line3Dashes: 13 gnuplot*line4Dashes: 44 gnuplot*line5Dashes: 15 gnuplot*line6Dashes: 4441 gnuplot*line7Dashes: 42 gnuplot*line8Dashes: 13 @end example , " @noindent --- X11 PM3D_RESOURCES --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 pm3d_resources @c ?set terminal x11 pm3d_resources @c ?set term x11 pm3d_resources @c ?x11 pm3d_resources @cindex pm3d_resources @c ?x11 pm3d @cindex X resources Choosing the appropriate visual class and number of colors is a crucial point in X11 applications and a bit awkward, since X11 supports six visual types in different depths. By default `gnuplot` uses the default visual of the screen. The number of colors which can be allocated depends on the visual class chosen. On a visual class with a depth > 12bit, gnuplot starts with a maximal number of 0x200 colors. On a visual class with a depth > 8bit (but <= 12 bit) the maximal number of colors is 0x100, on <= 8bit displays the maximum number of colors is 240 (16 are left for line colors). Gnuplot first starts to allocate the maximal number of colors as stated above. If this fails, the number of colors is reduced by the factor 2 until gnuplot gets all colors which are requested. If dividing `maxcolors` by 2 repeatedly results in a number which is smaller than `mincolors` `gnuplot` tries to install a private colormap. In this case the window manager is responsible for swapping colormaps when the pointer is moved in and out the x11 driver's window. The default for `mincolors` is maxcolors / (num_colormaps > 1 ? 2 : 8), where num_colormaps is the number of colormaps which are currently used by gnuplot (usually 1, if only one x11 window is open). Some systems support multiple (different) visual classes together on one screen. On these systems it might be necessary to force gnuplot to use a specific visual class, e.g. the default visual might be 8bit PseudoColor but the screen would also support 24bit TrueColor which would be the preferred choice. The information about an Xserver's capabilities can be obtained with the program `xdpyinfo`. For the visual names below you can choose one of StaticGray, GrayScale, StaticColor, PseudoColor, TrueColor, DirectColor. If an Xserver supports a requested visual type at different depths, `gnuplot` chooses the visual class with the highest depth (deepest). If the requested visual class matches the default visual and multiple classes of this type are supported, the default visual is preferred. Example: on an 8bit PseudoColor visual you can force a private color map by specifying `gnuplot*maxcolors: 240` and `gnuplot*mincolors: 240`. @example gnuplot*maxcolors: <integer> gnuplot*mincolors: <integer> gnuplot*visual: <visual name> @end example , " @noindent --- X11 OTHER_RESOURCES --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 other_resources @c ?set terminal x11 other_resources @c ?set term x11 other_resources @c ?x11 other_resources @cindex X resources By default the contents of the current plot window are exported to the X11 clipboard in response to X events in the window. Setting the resource 'gnuplot*exportselection' to 'off' or 'false' will disable this. By default text rotation is done using a method that is fast, but can corrupt nearby colors depending on the background. If this is a problem, you can set the resource 'gnuplot.fastrotate' to 'off' @example gnuplot*exportselection: off gnuplot*fastrotate: on gnuplot*ctrlq: off @end example @node x11_, xlib, x11, terminal_ @subsubsection x11 @c ?commands set terminal x11 @c ?set terminal x11 @c ?set term x11 @c ?terminal x11 @c ?term x11 @cindex x11 @cindex X11 `gnuplot` provides the `x11` terminal type for use with X servers. This terminal type is set automatically at startup if the `DISPLAY` environment variable is set, if the `TERM` environment variable is set to `xterm`, or if the `-display` command line option is used. Syntax: @example set terminal x11 @{<n> | window "<string>"@} @{title "<string>"@} @{@{no@}enhanced@} @{font <fontspec>@} @{linewidth LW@} @{solid|dashed@} @{@{no@}persist@} @{@{no@}raise@} @{@{no@}ctrlq@} @{close@} @{size XX,YY@} @{position XX,YY@} set terminal x11 @{reset@} @end example Multiple plot windows are supported: `set terminal x11 <n>` directs the output to plot window number n. If n is not 0, the terminal number will be appended to the window title (unless a title has been supplied manually) and the icon will be labeled `Gnuplot <n>`. The active window may be distinguished by a change in cursor (from default to crosshair). The `x11` terminal can connect to X windows previously created by an outside application via the option `window` followed by a string containing the X ID for the window in hexadecimal format. Gnuplot uses that external X window as a container since X does not allow for multiple clients selecting the ButtonPress event. In this way, gnuplot's mouse features work within the contained plot window. @example set term x11 window "220001e" @end example The x11 terminal supports enhanced text mode (see `enhanced`), subject to the available fonts. In order for font size commands embedded in text to have any effect, the default x11 font must be scalable. Thus the first example below will work as expected, but the second will not. @example set term x11 enhanced font "arial,15" set title '@{/=20 Big@} Medium @{/=5 Small@}' @end example @example set term x11 enhanced font "terminal-14" set title '@{/=20 Big@} Medium @{/=5 Small@}' @end example Plot windows remain open even when the `gnuplot` driver is changed to a different device. A plot window can be closed by pressing the letter q while that window has input focus, or by choosing `close` from a window manager menu. All plot windows can be closed by specifying @ref{reset}, which actually terminates the subprocess which maintains the windows (unless `-persist` was specified). The `close` command can be used to close individual plot windows by number. However, after a @ref{reset}, those plot windows left due to persist cannot be closed with the command `close`. A `close` without a number closes the current active plot window. The gnuplot outboard driver, gnuplot_x11, is searched in a default place chosen when the program is compiled. You can override that by defining the environment variable GNUPLOT_DRIVER_DIR to point to a different location. Plot windows will automatically be closed at the end of the session unless the `-persist` option was given. The options `persist` and @ref{raise} are unset by default, which means that the defaults (persist == no and raise == yes) or the command line options -persist / -raise or the Xresources are taken. If [no]persist or [no]raise are specified, they will override command line options and Xresources. Setting one of these options takes place immediately, so the behaviour of an already running driver can be modified. If the window does not get raised, see discussion in @ref{raise}. The option `title "<title name>"` will supply the title name of the window for the current plot window or plot window <n> if a number is given. Where (or if) this title is shown depends on your X window manager. The size option can be used to set the size of the plot window. The size option will only apply to newly created windows. The position option can be used to set the position of the plot window. The position option will only apply to newly created windows. The size or aspect ratio of a plot may be changed by resizing the `gnuplot` window. Linewidths and pointsizes may be changed from within `gnuplot` with `set linestyle`. For terminal type `x11`, `gnuplot` accepts (when initialized) the standard X Toolkit options and resources such as geometry, font, and name from the command line arguments or a configuration file. See the X(1) man page (or its equivalent) for a description of such options. @cindex X resources A number of other `gnuplot` options are available for the `x11` terminal. These may be specified either as command-line options when `gnuplot` is invoked or as resources in the configuration file ".Xdefaults". They are set upon initialization and cannot be altered during a `gnuplot` session. (except `persist` and @ref{raise}) @noindent --- X11_FONTS --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 x11_fonts @c ?set terminal x11 x11_fonts @c ?set term x11 x11_fonts @c ?x11 x11_fonts @cindex x11_fonts @cindex fonts Upon initial startup, the default font is taken from the X11 resources as set in the system or user .Xdefaults file or on the command line. Example: @example gnuplot*font: lucidasans-bold-12 @end example A new default font may be specified to the x11 driver from inside gnuplot using @example `set term x11 font "<fontspec>"` @end example The driver first queries the X-server for a font of the exact name given. If this query fails, then it tries to interpret <fontspec> as "<font>,<size>,<slant>,<weight>" and to construct a full X11 font name of the form @example -*-<font>-<weight>-<s>-*-*-<size>-*-*-*-*-*-<encoding> @end example @example <font> is the base name of the font (e.g. Times or Symbol) <size> is the point size (defaults to 12 if not specified) <s> is `i` if <slant>=="italic" `o` if <slant>=="oblique" `r` otherwise <weight> is `medium` or `bold` if explicitly requested, otherwise `*` <encoding> is set based on the current character set (see @ref{encoding}). @end example So `set term x11 font "arial,15,italic"` will be translated to -*-arial-*-i-*-*-15-*-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1 (assuming default encoding). The <size>, <slant>, and <weight> specifications are all optional. If you do not specify <slant> or <weight> then you will get whatever font variant the font server offers first. You may set a default enconding via the corresponding X11 resource. E.g. @example gnuplot*encoding: iso8859-15 @end example The driver also recognizes some common PostScript font names and replaces them with possible X11 or TrueType equivalents. This same sequence is used to process font requests from `set label`. If your gnuplot was built with configuration option --enable-x11-mbfonts, you can specify multi-byte fonts by using the prefix "mbfont:" on the font name. An additional font may be given, separated by a semicolon. Since multi-byte font encodings are interpreted according to the locale setting, you must make sure that the environmental variable LC_CTYPE is set to some appropriate locale value such as ja_JP.eucJP, ko_KR.EUC, or zh_CN.EUC. Example: @example set term x11 font 'mbfont:kana14;k14' # 'kana14' and 'k14' are Japanese X11 font aliases, and ';' # is the separator of font names. set term x11 font 'mbfont:fixed,16,r,medium' # <font>,<size>,<slant>,<weight> form is also usable. set title '(mb strings)' font 'mbfont:*-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-*' @end example The same syntax applies to the default font in Xresources settings, for example, @example gnuplot*font: \\ mbfont:-misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--14-*-*-*-c-*-jisx0208.1983-0 @end example If gnuplot is built with --enable-x11-mbfonts, you can use two special PostScript font names 'Ryumin-Light-*' and 'GothicBBB-Medium-*' (standard Japanese PS fonts) without the prefix "mbfont:". @noindent --- COMMAND-LINE_OPTIONS --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 command-line-options @c ?set terminal x11 command-line-options @c ?set term x11 command-line-options @c ?x11 command-line-options @cindex command-line-options In addition to the X Toolkit options, the following options may be specified on the command line when starting `gnuplot` or as resources in your ".Xdefaults" file (note that @ref{raise} and `persist` can be overridden later by `set term x11 [no]raise [no]persist)`: @example `-mono` forces monochrome rendering on color displays. `-gray` requests grayscale rendering on grayscale or color displays. (Grayscale displays receive monochrome rendering by default.) `-clear` requests that the window be cleared momentarily before a new plot is displayed. `-tvtwm` requests that geometry specifications for position of the window be made relative to the currently displayed portion of the virtual root. `-raise` raises plot window after each plot `-noraise` does not raise plot window after each plot `-noevents` does not process mouse and key events `-ctrlq ` closes window on ctrl-q rather than q `-persist` plot windows survive after main gnuplot program exits @end example @cindex X resources The options are shown above in their command-line syntax. When entered as resources in ".Xdefaults", they require a different syntax. Example: @example gnuplot*gray: on gnuplot*ctrlq: on @end example `gnuplot` also provides a command line option (`-pointsize <v>`) and a resource, `gnuplot*pointsize: <v>`, to control the size of points plotted with the `points` plotting style. The value `v` is a real number (greater than 0 and less than or equal to ten) used as a scaling factor for point sizes. For example, `-pointsize 2` uses points twice the default size, and `-pointsize 0.5` uses points half the normal size. The `-noevents` switch disables all mouse and key event processing (except for `q` and `<space>` for closing the window). This is useful for programs which use the x11 driver independent of the gnuplot main program. The `-ctrlq` switch changes the hot-key that closes a plot window from `q` to `<ctrl>q`. This is useful is you are using the keystroke-capture feature `pause mouse keystroke`, since it allows the character `q` to be captured just as all other alphanumeric characters. The `-ctrlq` switch similarly replaces the <space> hot-key with <ctrl><space> for the same reason. @noindent --- MONOCHROME_OPTIONS --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 monochrome_options @c ?set terminal x11 monochrome_options @c ?set term x11 monochrome_options @c ?x11 monochrome_options @cindex monochrome_options @cindex X resources For monochrome displays, `gnuplot` does not honor foreground or background colors. The default is black-on-white. `-rv` or `gnuplot*reverseVideo: on` requests white-on-black. @noindent --- COLOR_RESOURCES --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 color_resources @c ?set terminal x11 color_resources @c ?set term x11 color_resources @c ?x11 color_resources @cindex color_resources @cindex X resources The X11 terminal honors the following resources (shown here with their default values) or the greyscale resources. The values may be color names as listed in the X11 rgb.txt file on your system, hexadecimal RGB color specifications (see X11 documentation), or a color name followed by a comma and an `intensity` value from 0 to 1. For example, `blue, 0.5` means a half intensity blue. @example gnuplot*background: white gnuplot*textColor: black gnuplot*borderColor: black gnuplot*axisColor: black gnuplot*line1Color: red gnuplot*line2Color: green gnuplot*line3Color: blue gnuplot*line4Color: magenta gnuplot*line5Color: cyan gnuplot*line6Color: sienna gnuplot*line7Color: orange gnuplot*line8Color: coral @end example The command-line syntax for these is simple only for background, which maps directly to the usual X11 toolkit option "-bg". All others can only be set on the command line by use of the generic "-xrm" resource override option Examples: @example gnuplot -background coral @end example to change the background color. @example gnuplot -xrm 'gnuplot*line1Color:blue' @end example to override the first linetype color. @noindent --- GRAYSCALE_RESOURCES --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 grayscale_resources @c ?set terminal x11 grayscale_resources @c ?set term x11 grayscale_resources @c ?x11 grayscale_resources @cindex grayscale_resources @cindex X resources When `-gray` is selected, `gnuplot` honors the following resources for grayscale or color displays (shown here with their default values). Note that the default background is black. @example gnuplot*background: black gnuplot*textGray: white gnuplot*borderGray: gray50 gnuplot*axisGray: gray50 gnuplot*line1Gray: gray100 gnuplot*line2Gray: gray60 gnuplot*line3Gray: gray80 gnuplot*line4Gray: gray40 gnuplot*line5Gray: gray90 gnuplot*line6Gray: gray50 gnuplot*line7Gray: gray70 gnuplot*line8Gray: gray30 @end example @noindent --- LINE_RESOURCES --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 line_resources @c ?set terminal x11 line_resources @c ?set term x11 line_resources @c ?x11 line_resources @cindex line_resources @cindex X resources `gnuplot` honors the following resources for setting the width (in pixels) of plot lines (shown here with their default values.) 0 or 1 means a minimal width line of 1 pixel width. A value of 2 or 3 may improve the appearance of some plots. @example gnuplot*borderWidth: 2 gnuplot*axisWidth: 0 gnuplot*line1Width: 0 gnuplot*line2Width: 0 gnuplot*line3Width: 0 gnuplot*line4Width: 0 gnuplot*line5Width: 0 gnuplot*line6Width: 0 gnuplot*line7Width: 0 gnuplot*line8Width: 0 @end example `gnuplot` honors the following resources for setting the dash style used for plotting lines. 0 means a solid line. A two-digit number `jk` (`j` and `k` are >= 1 and <= 9) means a dashed line with a repeated pattern of `j` pixels on followed by `k` pixels off. For example, '16' is a dotted line with one pixel on followed by six pixels off. More elaborate on/off patterns can be specified with a four-digit value. For example, '4441' is four on, four off, four on, one off. The default values shown below are for monochrome displays or monochrome rendering on color or grayscale displays. Color displays default to dashed:off @example gnuplot*dashed: off gnuplot*borderDashes: 0 gnuplot*axisDashes: 16 gnuplot*line1Dashes: 0 gnuplot*line2Dashes: 42 gnuplot*line3Dashes: 13 gnuplot*line4Dashes: 44 gnuplot*line5Dashes: 15 gnuplot*line6Dashes: 4441 gnuplot*line7Dashes: 42 gnuplot*line8Dashes: 13 @end example , " @noindent --- X11 PM3D_RESOURCES --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 pm3d_resources @c ?set terminal x11 pm3d_resources @c ?set term x11 pm3d_resources @c ?x11 pm3d_resources @cindex pm3d_resources @c ?x11 pm3d @cindex X resources Choosing the appropriate visual class and number of colors is a crucial point in X11 applications and a bit awkward, since X11 supports six visual types in different depths. By default `gnuplot` uses the default visual of the screen. The number of colors which can be allocated depends on the visual class chosen. On a visual class with a depth > 12bit, gnuplot starts with a maximal number of 0x200 colors. On a visual class with a depth > 8bit (but <= 12 bit) the maximal number of colors is 0x100, on <= 8bit displays the maximum number of colors is 240 (16 are left for line colors). Gnuplot first starts to allocate the maximal number of colors as stated above. If this fails, the number of colors is reduced by the factor 2 until gnuplot gets all colors which are requested. If dividing `maxcolors` by 2 repeatedly results in a number which is smaller than `mincolors` `gnuplot` tries to install a private colormap. In this case the window manager is responsible for swapping colormaps when the pointer is moved in and out the x11 driver's window. The default for `mincolors` is maxcolors / (num_colormaps > 1 ? 2 : 8), where num_colormaps is the number of colormaps which are currently used by gnuplot (usually 1, if only one x11 window is open). Some systems support multiple (different) visual classes together on one screen. On these systems it might be necessary to force gnuplot to use a specific visual class, e.g. the default visual might be 8bit PseudoColor but the screen would also support 24bit TrueColor which would be the preferred choice. The information about an Xserver's capabilities can be obtained with the program `xdpyinfo`. For the visual names below you can choose one of StaticGray, GrayScale, StaticColor, PseudoColor, TrueColor, DirectColor. If an Xserver supports a requested visual type at different depths, `gnuplot` chooses the visual class with the highest depth (deepest). If the requested visual class matches the default visual and multiple classes of this type are supported, the default visual is preferred. Example: on an 8bit PseudoColor visual you can force a private color map by specifying `gnuplot*maxcolors: 240` and `gnuplot*mincolors: 240`. @example gnuplot*maxcolors: <integer> gnuplot*mincolors: <integer> gnuplot*visual: <visual name> @end example , " @noindent --- X11 OTHER_RESOURCES --- @c ?commands set terminal x11 other_resources @c ?set terminal x11 other_resources @c ?set term x11 other_resources @c ?x11 other_resources @cindex X resources By default the contents of the current plot window are exported to the X11 clipboard in response to X events in the window. Setting the resource 'gnuplot*exportselection' to 'off' or 'false' will disable this. By default text rotation is done using a method that is fast, but can corrupt nearby colors depending on the background. If this is a problem, you can set the resource 'gnuplot.fastrotate' to 'off' @example gnuplot*exportselection: off gnuplot*fastrotate: on gnuplot*ctrlq: off @end example @node xlib, xlib_, x11_, terminal_ @subsubsection xlib @c ?commands set terminal xlib @c ?set terminal xlib @c ?set term xlib @c ?terminal xlib @c ?term xlib @cindex xlib @tmindex xlib The `xlib` terminal driver supports the X11 Windows System. It generates gnuplot_x11 commands, but sends them to the output file specified by `set output '<filename>'`. `set term x11` is equivalent to `set terminal xlib; set output "|gnuplot_x11 -noevents"`. `xlib` takes the same set of options as `x11`." @node xlib_, , xlib, terminal_ @subsubsection xlib @c ?commands set terminal xlib @c ?set terminal xlib @c ?set term xlib @c ?terminal xlib @c ?term xlib @cindex xlib @tmindex xlib The `xlib` terminal driver supports the X11 Windows System. It generates gnuplot_x11 commands, but sends them to the output file specified by `set output '<filename>'`. `set term x11` is equivalent to `set terminal xlib; set output "|gnuplot_x11 -noevents"`. `xlib` takes the same set of options as `x11`." @node Graphical_User_Interfaces, Bugs, Terminal_types, Top @chapter Graphical User Interfaces @c ?graphical user interfaces @cindex gui's Several graphical user interfaces have been written for `gnuplot` and one for win32 is included in this distribution. Bruce Ravel (ravel@@phys.washington.edu) has written a gnuplot-mode for GNU emacs and XEmacs based on the earlier gnuplot.el file by Gershon Elber. While the gnuplot CVS repository has its own copy the most recent version of this package is available from @uref{http://feff.phys.washington.edu/~ravel/software/gnuplot-mode/,http://feff.phys.washington.edu/~ravel/software/gnuplot-mode/ } For Python, Tk/Tcl, and other front-ends, check the links on @uref{http://gnuplot.sourceforge.net/links.html,http://gnuplot.sourceforge.net/links.html } @menu * Bugs:: @end menu @node Bugs, Concept_Index, Graphical_User_Interfaces, Top @chapter Bugs @cindex bugs Bugs reported since the current release as well as older ones may be located via the official distribution site on SourceForge. Please e-mail bug reports to the gnuplot-bugs mailing list. Or upload the report to the gnuplot web site on SourceForge. Please give complete information on the version of gnuplot you are using and, if possible, a test script that demonstrates the bug. See @ref{Seeking-assistance}. The sections below list problems known to be present in gnuplot version 4.2 at the time of release. Some of these are actually bugs in external support libraries and may have been fixed independent of any changes in gnuplot. @menu * Gnuplot_limitations:: * External_libraries:: @end menu @node Gnuplot_limitations, External_libraries, Bugs, Bugs @section Gnuplot limitations @c ?bugs gnuplot @cindex gamma @findex gamma @cindex bessel @cindex timefmt @opindex timefmt @cindex nohidden3d @cindex floating point exceptions Floating point exceptions (floating point number too large/small, divide by zero, etc.) may occasionally be generated by user defined functions. Some of the demos in particular may cause numbers to exceed the floating point range. Whether the system ignores such exceptions (in which case `gnuplot` labels the corresponding point as undefined) or aborts `gnuplot` depends on the compiler/runtime environment. The gamma and bessel functions do not work for complex arguments. Only one color palette at a time is active for any given x11 plot window. This means that multiplots whose constituent plots use different palettes will not display correctly in x11. Coordinates specified as "time" wrap at 24 hours, and have a precision limited to 1 second. This is in particular a limitation in using time format to handle geographic coordinates. Error bars are not handled properly in polar/spherical coordinate plot modes. The 'nohidden3d' option that is supposed to exempt individual plots from the global property 'set hidden3d' does not work for parametric curves. @node External_libraries, , Gnuplot_limitations, Bugs @section External libraries @c ?bugs external_libraries @cindex libgd @cindex svgalib @tmindex svgalib @cindex locale @opindex locale @cindex internationalization @cindex pdf @tmindex pdf External library GD (used by PNG/JPEG/GIF drivers): Versions of libgd through 2.0.33 contain various bugs in mapping the characters of Adobe's Symbol font. Also it is possible to trigger a library segfault if an anti-aliased line crosses an upper corner of the canvas. External library PDFlib (used by PDF driver): Gnuplot can be linked against libpdf versions 4, 5, or 6. However, these versions differ in their handling of piped I/O. Therefore gnuplot scripts using piped output to PDF may work only for some versions of PDFlib. External library svgalib (used by linux and vgagl driver): Requires gnuplot to be suid root (bad!) and has many bugs that are specific to the video card or graphics driver used in X11. Internationalization (locale settings): Gnuplot uses the C runtime library routine setlocale() to control locale-specific formatting of input and output number, times, and date strings. The locales available, and the level of support for locale features such as "thousands' grouping separator", depend on the internationalization support provided by your individual machine. @node Concept_Index, Command_Index, Bugs, Top @unnumbered Concept Index @printindex cp @node Command_Index, Options_Index, Concept_Index, Top @unnumbered Command Index @printindex cm @node Options_Index, Function_Index, Command_Index, Top @unnumbered Options Index @printindex op @node Function_Index, Terminal_Index, Options_Index, Top @unnumbered Function Index @printindex fn @node Terminal_Index, , Function_Index, Top @unnumbered Terminal Index @printindex tm @c @shortcontents @contents @bye